V(10)12: 2019 ITJEMAST's Research Articles

Volume 10 Issue 12 (2019)

ANALYSIS OF RUSSIAN MIGRATION FLOWS WITH SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATION

ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

THE INFLUENCE OF MUGHAL ARCHITECTURE ON MASJID ZAHIR: CASE STUDY ON FIVE RURAL MOSQUES IN KEDAH, MALAYSIA

http://TuEngr.com READINESS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE THROUGH DYNAMIC CAPABILITIES AND ROUTINIZATION: A STUDY OF THREE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES WATER PERMEABILITY OF CONCRETE MIXING ASH AND CRUSHED DUST A STUDY OF URBAN DESIGN ELEMENTS IN STRUCTURED VILLAGE AT GELUGOR, PENANG AN ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH AREAS IN PRECISION AGRICULTURE AN INVESTIGATION ON STAKEHOLDERS' PERCEPTION REGARDING EFFECTIVENESS OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN PAKISTAN'S HIGHER EDUCATION INFLUENCES OF THE IODINE-POLYMER PREPARATION "MONCLAVIT-1" ON THE HORMONAL, MORPHOLOGICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL STATUS OF THE BLOOD OF LAMBS OF WEST SIBERIAN MEAT BREED LAND-USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION ANALYSIS USING PIXEL BASED METHODS: CASE OF TAROM CITY, IRAN

AN APPRAISAL OF POLICIES OF LAND ACQUISITION AND RESETTLEMENT OF INVOLUNTARY DISPLACED PEOPLE IN SHANGHAI (1978-2005) EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT ON FUNCTIONING AND DEVELOPMENT OF PASSENGER MOTOR TRANSPORT SERVICES IN URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS A COMPETENCY-BASED SUCCESSION PLANNING MODEL WITH RESPECT TO ADJUSTING ROLE OF ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE IN TELECOMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE COMPANY OF IRAN (TICIR) RESOURCE-SAVING WASTE-FREE PRODUCTION AS AN INNOVATIVE METHOD OF IMPROVING ENTERPRISES’ BUSINESS PERFORMANCE IN THE MEAT PRODUCTION PERSONALITY AND POST-PURCHASE CONSUMER REGRET EXPERIENCED AFTER IMPULSE BUYING: A CROSS-THEORETICAL APPROACH WITH INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES MODERATOR DETERMINATION OF SUB-SOIL SHEAR WAVE 𝟑𝟎

VELOCITY (𝑽𝑺 ) IN LAYERED SOIL WITH FEM IN RELATION TO APPROXIMATED AND ANALYTICAL RESULTS SOLVING FUZZY FRACTIONAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS BY ADOMIAN DECOMPOSITION METHOD USED IN OPTIMAL CONTROL THEORY AN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS MODEL DEVELOPMENT BASED ON HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGIES BY GROUNDED THEORY IN DISTRICT 7 OF IRANIAN GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY EFFECTS OF SEED PLANTS ON QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE YIELDS OF VETCH AND BARLEY IN DIFFERENT MIXING RATIOS

2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

International Editorial Board

Editor-in-Chief Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, PhD Professor Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA

Executive Editor Boonsap Witchayangkoon, PhD Associate Professor Thammasat University, THAILAND

Editorial Board:

Assoc. Prof. Dr. Mohamed Gadi (University of Nottingham, UNITED KINGDOM) Professor Dr.Hitoshi YAMADA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Professor Dr. Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN ) Professor Dr.Mikio SATOMURA (Shizuoka University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.Chuen-Sheng Cheng (Yuan Ze University, TAIWAN) Emeritus Professor Dr.Mike Jenks (Oxford Brookes University, UNITED KINGDOM ) Professor Dr.I Nyoman Pujawan (Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology, INDONESIA) Professor Dr.Toshio YOSHII (EHIME University, JAPAN) Professor Dr.Neven Duić (University of Zagreb, CROATIA) Professor Dr.Dewan Muhammad Nuruzzaman (University Malaysia Pahang MALAYSIA) Professor Dr.Masato SAITOH (Saitama University, JAPAN)

Scientific and Technical Committee & Editorial Review Board on Engineering, Technologies and Applied Sciences:

Associate Prof. Dr. Paulo Cesar Lima Segantine (University of São Paulo, BRASIL) Associate Prof. Dr. Kurt B. Wurm (New Mexico State University, USA ) Associate Prof. Dr. Truong V.B.Giang (Vietnam National University, Hanoi, VIETNAM) Associate Prof. Dr. Fatemeh Khozaei (Islamic Azad University Kerman Branch, IRAN) Assistant Prof.Dr. Zoe D. Ziaka (International Hellenic University, GREECE) Associate Prof.Dr. Junji SHIKATA (Yokohama National University, JAPAN) Assistant Prof.Dr. Akeel Noori Abdul Hameed (University of Sharjah, UAE) Assistant Prof.Dr. Rohit Srivastava (Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, INDIA) Assistant Prof. Dr.Muhammad Yar Khan (COMSATS University, Pakistan) Assistant Prof. Dr. David Kuria (Kimathi University College of Technology, KENYA ) Dr. Mazran bin Ismail (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA ) Dr. Salahaddin Yasin Baper (Salahaddin University - Hawler, IRAQ ) Dr. Foong Swee Yeok (Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA) Dr.Azusa FUKUSHIMA (Kobe Gakuin University, JAPAN) Dr.Yasser Arab (Ittihad Private University, SYRIA).

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies Volume 10 Issue 12 (2019) http://TuEngr.com

ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642

FEATURE PEER-REVIEWED ARTICLES

READINESS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE THROUGH DYNAMIC CAPABILITIES AND ROUTINIZATION: A STUDY OF THREE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES

10A12A

WATER PERMEABILITY OF CONCRETE MIXING ASH AND CRUSHED DUST

10A12B

A STUDY OF URBAN DESIGN ELEMENTS IN STRUCTURED VILLAGE AT GELUGOR, PENANG

10A12C

AN ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH AREAS IN PRECISION AGRICULTURE

10A12D

AN INVESTIGATION ON STAKEHOLDERS' PERCEPTION REGARDING EFFECTIVENESS OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN PAKISTAN'S HIGHER EDUCATION

10A12E

INFLUENCES OF THE IODINE-POLYMER PREPARATION "MONCLAVIT1" ON THE HORMONAL, MORPHOLOGICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL STATUS OF THE BLOOD OF LAMBS OF WEST SIBERIAN MEAT BREED

10A12F

LAND-USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION ANALYSIS USING PIXEL BASED METHODS: CASE OF TAROM CITY, IRAN

10A12G

ANALYSIS OF RUSSIAN MIGRATION FLOWS WITH SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATION

10A12H

THE INFLUENCE OF MUGHAL ARCHITECTURE ON MASJID ZAHIR: CASE STUDY ON FIVE RURAL MOSQUES IN KEDAH, MALAYSIA

10A12I

AN APPRAISAL OF POLICIES OF LAND ACQUISITION AND RESETTLEMENT OF INVOLUNTARY DISPLACED PEOPLE IN SHANGHAI (1978-2005)

10A12J

EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT ON FUNCTIONING AND DEVELOPMENT OF PASSENGER MOTOR TRANSPORT SERVICES IN URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS

10A12K

A COMPETENCY-BASED SUCCESSION PLANNING MODEL WITH RESPECT TO ADJUSTING ROLE OF ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE IN TELECOMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE COMPANY OF IRAN (TICIR)

10A12L

i

RESOURCE-SAVING WASTE-FREE PRODUCTION AS AN INNOVATIVE METHOD OF IMPROVING ENTERPRISES’ BUSINESS PERFORMANCE IN THE MEAT PRODUCTION

10A12M

PERSONALITY AND POST-PURCHASE CONSUMER REGRET EXPERIENCED AFTER IMPULSE BUYING: A CROSS-THEORETICAL APPROACH WITH INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES MODERATOR

10A12N

đ?&#x;‘đ?&#x;‘đ?&#x;‘đ?&#x;‘

DETERMINATION OF SUB-SOIL SHEAR WAVE VELOCITY (���� ) IN LAYERED SOIL WITH FEM IN RELATION TO APPROXIMATED AND ANALYTICAL RESULTS

10A12O

Solving Fuzzy Fractional Differential Equations by Adomian Decomposition Method Used In Optimal Control Theory

10A12P

AN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS MODEL DEVELOPMENT BASED ON HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGIES BY GROUNDED THEORY IN DISTRICT 7 OF IRANIAN GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY

10A12Q

EFFECTS OF SEED PLANTS ON QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE YIELDS OF VETCH AND BARLEY IN DIFFERENT MIXING RATIOS

10A12R

Contacts: Professor Dr.Ahmad Sanusi Hassan (Editor-in-Chief), School of Housing, Building and Planning, UNIVERSITI SAINS MALAYSIA, 11800 Minden, Penang, MALAYSIA. Tel: +60-4653-2835 Fax: +60-4-657 6523, Sanusi@usm.my, Editor@TuEngr.com Associate Professor Dr.Boonsap Witchayangkoon (Executive Editor), Faculty of Engineering, THAMMASAT UNIVERSITY, Klong-Luang, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND. Tel: +66-2-5643005 Ext 3101. Fax: +66-2-5643022 DrBoonsap@gmail.com Managing Office TUENGR Group 88/244 Moo 3, Moo Baan Saransiri, Klong#2, KlongLuang, Pathumtani, 12120, THAILAND. Tel/WhatsApp: +66-995535450.

Postal Paid in MALAYSIA/THAILAND.

ii

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12A

READINESS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE THROUGH DYNAMIC CAPABILITIES AND ROUTINIZATION: A STUDY OF THREE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES Abdul Salam Khuhro

a*

a

b

Rafique Ahmed Khuhro , Muhammad Irfan a b

a

, Asad Afzal Humayon , Muhammad Sajjad , a

COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus, PAKISTAN. University of Haripur, PAKISTAN

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

This empirical study investigates the Pakistani firms’ dynamic capabilities and routinization in relation with China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC). Three industrial estates were selected to predict this unescapable change. These industrial estates are Hattar, and Gadoon Amazai from KPK province, and Taxila from Punjab province, Pakistan.

The proposed model is based on five variables: three variables of Keywords: dynamic capabilities, one of routinization and the fifth for the Readiness China Pakistan of Organizational Change. This model is analysed through structural Economic Corridor (CPEC); Strategic Sense equation modelling technique with AMOS. CFA is conducted to test the Making Capacity; adopted scales relevance with the model. Model fit indicators designates Timely Decision Making the standard statistics. Ten hypotheses were developed to test the Capacity; Change suggested model, out of which seven hypotheses were accepted based on Implementation level of significances. The study finds that the firms under observation Capacity; Structural are ready for organizational change due to CPEC with reference to Equation Modeling; strategic capacities and routinization for strategic level. Routinization AMOS. of the strategic level has positively mediated between strategic sense making capacity and readiness of organizational change; same is with another change implementation capacity and readiness for organizational change. However, routinization of the strategic level failed to mediate the relationship between timely decision-making capacity and readiness for organizational change.

Article history: Received 24 May 2019 Received in revised form 19 July 2019 Accepted 26 July 2019 Available online 01 August 2019

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Pakistan and China both countries have economic and two sided trade cooperation from many years, as trade routes are crucial for the trade and economic growth, for example silk route which connect the east and west from china to Europe via Mediterranean Sea (Abid & Ashfaq, 2015; Ahmed, 2019; Haider, 2005; Rehman et al., 2018; Rippa, 2019). China Pakistan economic corridor *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

1

(CPEC) is being considered a game changer for Asia, Middle East and Europe including Pakistan.

For Pakistan, it is a collection of projects which are under construction with estimated cost of $46 billion. It expands the Pakistani infrastructure through road, rail, pipelines and air transportation to enhance the economic links between Pakistan and China. It will also enhance the free exchange of growth, regional knowledge sharing, cultural activities, people to people contact and understanding via academic(Ministry of Planning, 2015). Pakistani officials expect 700,000 direct jobs between 2015 to 2030 from the result of this project and two to two point five percent increases in Pakistan’s economic growth annually (Sial, 2014).

The study of dynamic capabilities adapts the new environmental requirements and to change the operations that has been taken in the debate on premeditated management (Teece, 2018; Di Stefano et al., 2010; Helfat & Peteraf, 2003; Zollo & Winter, 2002; Teece et al., 1997). Another consideration is that the ability of firm to build and integrate the external and internal competences in order to facing the rapid change in environments of the firms (Leonard‐Barton, 1992). A growing numbers of scholars in the last decade have considered the dynamic capabilities as: “value creation, core firm strategy and competitive advantage (Lin et al., 2016; Eisenhardt & Martin, 2000; Helfat & Martin, 2015; Teece, 2007; Teece et al., 1997; Wohlgemuth & Wenzel, 2016)”.

It is the fact that Chinese firms are more efficient than Pakistani firms, either at strategic or operational level (Di Stefano et al., 2010; Ahmed Sheikh & Wang, 2011). This study is to analyse the Pakistani firms which are the first major touch to CPEC. Are they ready for future change or not? The future change predicts via dynamic capabilities and routinization.

2. THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK AND HYPOTHESES 2.1 STRATEGIC SENSE MAKING CAPACITY

Strategic Sense Making Capacity (SSMC) is defined as “it is a process which consist of scanning, action and then interpretation ” (Thomas et al., 1993). Originally the authors introduced the concept of SSMC, established the linkage of these phases with sense making and to the performance of firms.

Daft & Weick (1984) discussed about the three phases of learning, interpretation and the scanning which are connected via a responsive loop. The scanning, action and interpretation are not merely involved with the outer environment but it also considered the experiences which were enhanced via action. The feedback relationship exist in-between the action and interpretation which is also dependent on an interested question that what come first either sense making or the action.

Gioia & Chittipeddi (1991) suggested that change in strategy for a firm was possible only when sense making was interpreted as an initiator of action. Therefore, sense making is seemed to be a process of cognition, which take the information from internal learning and the external environment with purposeful action which ultimately lead to change. Also, their work introduced the concept of sense making which links the collective and individual level of cognition. Even though it cannot be said straightway that the solely domain of sense making is the collective or an individual action. It proposed that the intervention is required to relocate the initial sense making from an individual to a smaller and then to a larger network. Through this technique firm is capable of to implement the change. This perspective is focusing on that how inauguration of a purposeful action is taking place and why firms participate in the initial phase of strategic sense making which takes place in the

2

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

beginning. Sense making is a process in which organizations acts and interprets on information which consists on its environment (Pandza & Thorpe, 2009; Weick, 1995).

In the changing environment it is better to respond and to deploy the resources to enhance the ability of firms to configure in an effective way (Eisenhardt & Martin, 2000). Ravasi and Schultz (2006) analysed firm concentrated with sense making process as: It is the re-action to the exterior change which implied individual’s engagement with the sense making to handle with the uncertainties and to resolve the causal uncertainty.

2.2 TIMELY DECISION MAKING CAPACITY (TDMC)

Timely decision making capacity’ (TDMC) is defined as “It is the phenomenon which readily formulate, assess and select the strategic orientation for timely adjustment with the environment fluctuations” (Sharfman & Dean, 1997). For making decisions which should be aligned with the changing environment, organizations must build suitable and effective information system. This system may be comprised of tangible or intangible stuff, but it should assist the information technology for timely decision making. In fact, information technology provide an effective and efficient platform for making right and adequate decisions (Aydiner et al., 2019; Sher & Lee, 2004).

In the strategic process of decision making, firms should also quickly deal with different dilemmas to quickly adopt the remedies for the unsatisfactory situations. Eisenhardt (1989a, 1989b) conducted the research about the decision making speed and the availability of alternate decisions. It was found the results were positively related with the decision speed while the availability of alternative decisions boost the cognitive processing. It was also found that the presence of experienced analysts provided confidence to top management for speeding up the decisions and act quickly (Cvitanovic et al., 2016; Eisenhardt, 1989a, 1989b).

Timely decisions or faster decisions are made by the experienced boards rather than the inexperienced because the formers know a little bit more about their organizations and industries and can more quickly focus on the strategic issues because of their experience. Time is a precious element in which organizations regulate their decision making process. In practice, some organizations take too much time and others take very few time for timely decision making (Ariely & Zakay, 2001). But ultimately those firms have the advantage who consume less or moderate time for decision making.

2.3 CHANGE IMPLEMENTATION CAPACITY

Change Implementation Capacity’ (CIC) is defined as “it is the capability to coordinate and making strategic decisions for bringing change in the firm. This activity involved various organizational and managerial processes which depends on the required tasks and objectives to be achieved” (Harreld et al., 2007; Helfat et al., 2009).

Change implementation capacity is front of the managerial as well as academic environment (Pettigrew, Woodman, & Cameron, 2001). The capacity to implement the change has been increased and provoked the thoughtfulness of management researchers as a number of articles has grown and published dramatically in recent years (Buchanan et al., 1999; Schreyögg & Noss, 2000). Though wider array of confusing, conflicting theories and approaches happen in the literature for change management and its implementation (Burnes, 2004; Cummings & Worley, 2009; Thames & Webster, 2009). *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

3

Doyle (2002) suggested that the current practice breaks the unrestricted assumptions regarding the organizational change with respect to its nature. Today organizations face the complexity, increase the stride and unpredictable about the change (Kerber & Buono, 2005; Miller, 2004). The diverse nature of internal or external factors prompted for change and force the organizations to change its way of doing day to day operations, structure, size or the shapes (Balogun & Hailey, 2008; Luecke, 2003). In order to succeed and survive in present contemporary and highly competitive business environment the change implementation capacity is crucial for the successful management (Lawrence et al., 2006).

2.4 ROUTINIZATION OF THE STRATEGIC LEVEL

Zollo and Winter (2002) defined the Routinization of the Strategic Level (RSL) as “The high level collection of routine/routines that utilizes the input flows with its implementation together. It convenes upon organizations management with certain set of options or decisions for obtaining significant outputs of a specific type”. Wohlgemuth and Wenzel (2016) suggested that for strategic level routinization has a significant and positive effect on readiness for organizational change and for dynamic capabilities which supports hypotheses of H4, H5 and H6. Zollo and Winter (2002) proposed in the literature that these routines are the stable patterns at the strategic level. The literature of routines reveals that the concept of routines previously fits into the theories of economic change and the theories of organizational change (Becker, 2004; Wohlgemuth & Wenzel, 2016).

2.5 READINESS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE

Lewin (1947) explained Readiness for Organizational Change’ (ROC) as “an individual’s progression through change with the three stages of unfreezing, moving, and refreezing”. Via this pioneer idea of Lewin researchers have set to further elaborate the organizational change and contribute in the literature through these stages. Holt et al. (2007) proposed that: change is appropriate for the organization, and it is also beneficial to organizational members. Armenakis et al. (1993) proposed “that readiness was a precursor of resistance and adoption behaviours”. The readiness concept have been initially introduced by Jacobson (1957). The groundwork for readiness as it is a unique construct which embedded with the different theoretical models that describes the change (Van de Ven & Poole, 1995).

Figure 1: Hypothesized research model.

4

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

2.6 HYPOTHESES OF THIS STUDY Hypothesis is the conjecture or an intelligent guess that usually involved in proposing a relationship among independent and dependent variables. It is a precise and testable statement that a researcher predicts for the outcome of the study (Mcleoad, 2018).

Following are the hypotheses of the study H1a: Strategic Sense Making Capacity positively effects the Readiness for Organizational Change H1b: Strategic Sense Making Capacity positively effects the Routinization of the Strategic Level H2a: Timely Decision Making Capacity has positively affects the Readiness for Organizational Change H2b: Timely Decision Making Capacity has positively effects the Routinization of the Strategic Level H3a: Change Implementation Capacity has positively effects the Readiness for Organizational Change H3b: Change Implementation Capacity has positively effects the Routinization of the Strategic Level H4: Routinization of the Strategic Level has positively effects the Readiness for Organizational Change H5: Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Strategic Sense Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change H6: Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Timely Decision Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change H7: Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Change Implementation Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change

3. METHOD The data for this study was accessed from Pakistani firms. To investigate and find out the readiness for organizational change through routinization and dynamic capabilities of the strategic level in the perspective of CPEC, three industrial estates were approached through a survey from the Gadoon Amazai, Hattar and the Taxila Industrial Estates. From 200 distributed questionnaires, researchers received 170 filled questionnaires. Out of these 170 responses, 2 questionnaires were discarded as found ineligible. Hence, the total response rate is 84%. The relationships among variables or their effects are measured and tested by structural regression modelling using SPSS and its extension of AMOS. Convenience sampling was employed and self-administered questionnaires had been used as an instrument of the study. The questionnaires includes the demographical and proposed model constructs questions. All are close ended questions however respondents are given open ended area at the end to write anything they fell about the readiness for change due to CPEC. Questionnaire consisted of three parts, one is descriptive in nature, second is Likert scale *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

5

questions which measure the constructs of the study while third is open ended section for respondents to give their own opinion on readiness for change due to CPEC. From first part, researchers observed the profile of the respondents, from second part the model of the study was tested while the third part was used for the future insight recommendations. The scale is adopted with minor changes as per environmental and cultural aspects. The construct are Strategic Sense-Making Capacity (SSMC), Timely Decision-Making Capacity (TDMC), Change Implementation Capacity (CIC) from (Li & Liu, 2014); Routinization of the Strategic Level RSL from (Wohlgemuth & Wenzel, 2016) and Readiness for Organizational Change (ROC) from (Cunningham et al., 2002).

4. DATA ANALYSIS AND ITS RESULTS 4.1 CONFIRMATORY FACTOR ANALYSIS (CFA) Exploratory factor analysis was not applies as the scales used in this study are already used in other research works and have been found reliable in measuring the targeted constructs. Hence, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was preceded (Tabachnick & Fidell, 1996; 2007). There are five variables presented in the measurement model, SSMC, TDMC, CIC, RSL and Readiness for Organizational Change due to CPEC. In different studies researchers have been used the various fit indices for reporting the SEM i.e., structural equation modeling but currently researcher are using the CFI, CMIN, TLI and RMSEA as suggested by Schreiber et al. (2006). The fit indexes threshold is like this: CMIN/df (< 0.08 good), TLI (> 0.90 good), CFI (> 0.90 good) and RMSEA (< 3 good).

4.2 MEASUREMENT MODEL FOR CFA In this study the measurement model consists of five variables which are: SSMC, TDMC, CIC, RSL and ROC. Thus, the CFA was measured altogether and the fit indices were spotted as per standard. Over all model of the study revealed the good fit indices as shown below in Table 1.

Table 1: Fit indices of Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) Study Model This study model consists of five indicators of SSMC, three of TDMC, four of CIC, two of RSL and six of ROC

RMSEA

TLI

CFI

CMIN/df

0.051

0.903

0.910

2.083

Table 2: Standard Regression Weights: Factor loading SSMC5 SSMC4 SSMC3 SSMC2 SSMC1 TDMC3 TDMC2 TDMC1 CIC4 CIC3

SSMC SSMC SSMC SSMC SSMC TDMC TDMC TDMC CIC CIC

Estimate .597 .803 .744 .840 .841 .558 .796 .810 .691 .689

Factor loading CIC2 CIC1 RSL2 RSL1 ROC6 ROC5 ROC4 ROC3 ROC2 ROC1

CIC CIC RSL RSL ROC ROC ROC ROC ROC ROC

Estimate .881 .874 .726 .767 .810 .895 .850 .780 .650 .650

Factor loadings of all items, factors and constructs were checked thoroughly. Kline (2011) suggested that the factor loading for standardized coefficients must be higher than > 0.50. By following this suggestion, the study has found factor loading of all items more than .05 except the TDMC 4, which was already removed and CFA was conducted again to see the results. The

6

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

standardized factor loading or factor weights of the model is presented in Table 2.

4.3 RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF THE MEASUREMENT MODEL Reliability and validity scales were assessed after conducting the confirmatory factor analysis.

Researcher has used the composite reliability (CR), similar to Cronbach's , and has got the standard values of the constructs which is more than 0.7. Convergent validity is assessed via average variance extracted (AVE), the standard value would be greater than 0.5. All the constructs have convergent validity in acceptable range. The discriminant validity of the model can be checked via the “maximum squared shared variance” denoted by (MSV). The discriminant validity occurs whenever the AVE’s value is higher than squared shared variance i-e, MSV. In this case all constructs have standard discriminant validities. The complete picture of results is presented in Table 3.

Table 3: Reliability and validity of the model Variable

CR

RSL SSMC TDMC CIC ROC

0.716 0.851 0.770 0.867 0.901

AVE (Convergent Validity) 0.558 0.655 0.534 0.623 0.606

MSV (Discriminant Validity) 0.481 0.407 0.311 0.311 0.581

4.4 HYPOTHESES TESTING THROUGH STRUCTURAL REGRESSION MODEL To test the hypotheses in multiple regression analysis majority of the previous studies used the structural equation modeling (SEM) and opted only for Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA) but this study used the structural regression (SR) technique to test all hypothesis while using SEM. As per Preacher & Hayes (2008), using SR models in the SEM has the advantage to test all the hypotheses simultaneously while the latter can only measure the hypotheses separately.

Through the using of 5000 bootstrap technique, authors applied the SR model for all the assumed relationships as shown in Figure 2. It is observed that SR model of this study had good fit indices for the observed which is evident in picture of the Model and fitness indexes of SR Model below in figure 3. The symbols e1, e2, … , e23 are the error variable of each item of all five latent variables.

Figure 2: Structural Regression (SR) Model.

The results Table 4 demonstrated that strategic sense making capacity has effect on readiness for organizational change (ROC) where  = 0.534; S.E = 0.204 and p = 0.009. From this, it can be concluded that strategic sense making capacity has positive effect on Routinization. Therefore, H1a is *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

7

supported that Strategic Sense Making Capacity has positive effect on Readiness for Organizational Change. For routinization of the Strategic Level (RSL) where  = 0.683; S.E = 0.155 and p = <0.001, H1b is supported that Strategic Sense Making Capacity has positive effect on Routinization of the Strategic Level. The results in Table 4 also explicitly stated that timely decision making capacity has positive effect on readiness for organizational change for ROC where  = 0.472; S.E = 0.206 and p = 0.022. It has also positive effect for RSL where  = 0.046; S.E = 0.183 and p = 0.803. From this, it can be concluded that H2a is supported while H2b is not supported. Results also disclosed that Change Implementation Capacity has positive effect on readiness for organizational change (ROC) where  = 0.086; S.E = 0.117 and p = 0.464. While for Routinization of the Strategic Level change (RSL)  = 0.302; S.E = 0.101 and p = 0.003. Therefore, H3a and H3b both are supported. Further, the mediating variable Routinization of the Strategic Level change has positive effect on dependent variable readiness for organizational change where  = 0.995; S.E = 0.201and p = 0.000. Therefore, H4 is also supported and it can be said that Routinization of the Strategic Level has positive effect on Readiness for Organizational Change due to CPEC. Table 4: Results of Structural Regression (SR) Model RSL ROC Variables P.E S.E p-value P.E S.E p-value SSMC .683 .155 <0.001 .534 .204 0.009 TDMC .046 .183 0.803 .472 .206 0.022 CIC .302 .101 0.003 .086 .117 0.464 RSL .995 .201 <0.001 R² 0.492 0.675 Note: P.E = Standardized Point of Estimate (β), S.E = Standard Error, p-value = Probability or significance level, SSMC= Strategic Sense Making Capacity, TDMC = Timely Decision-Making Capacity, CIC= Change Implementation Capacity, RSL= Routinization of the Strategic Level, ROC = Readiness for Organizational Change

4.5 ROUTINIZATION OF THE STRATEGIC LEVEL AS AN UNDERLYING MEDIATION TOOL BETWEEN INDEPENDENT VARIABLES (SSMC, TDMC AND CIC) AND DEPENDENT VARIABLE (READINESS FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE) Mediation mechanism was tested through AMOS software. It was hypothesized that the Routinization of the Strategic Level mediates between the independent variables (SSMC, TDMC and CIC) and dependent variable. Readiness for Organizational Change was tested with 5000 bootstrap samples. This is the appropriate methodology for calculating the explicit indirect effect of each mediator separately with the help of AMOS. Table 5 shows the results of analysis of mediation, using 5000 bootstraps, for measuring the indirect effects of strategic sense making capacity (SSMC), timely decision making capacity (TDMC) and Change Implementation Capacity (CIC) on readiness for organizational change via Routinization of the Strategic Level.

Hypothesis (H5) states that Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Strategic Sense Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change. For this analysis, authors used SR model with 5000 bootstrapping’ technique as suggested by (Preacher & Hayes, 2008). In table 5, the results showed that the Strategic Sense Making Capacity indirectly effect the Readiness for Organizational Change. This relationship is significant and support the hypothes S.E = 0.347; p = 0.001) which defines that Routinization of the Strategic Level is playing as a mediating role between Strategic Sense Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change.

8

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

Additionally, the direct effect of Strategic Sense Making Capacity on Readiness for Organizational Change is insignificant which shows that Routinization of the Strategic Level is performing full mediating role. Hypothesis H6 stated that Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Timely Decision Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change. For testing this, authors measured SR model with 5000 bootstrappingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; sampling method as suggested by (Preacher & Hayes, 2008). In table 5, the results showed that the indirect effect of Timely Decision -0.045; S.E = 0.27 and p =0.919) which states that Routinization of the Strategic Level is not acting the mediating role between Timely Decision Making Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change.

Table 5: Effects of SSMC, TDMC and CIC on ROC (Mediator: RSL)

SSMC The Total Effect for path c The Direct Effect for path c The Indirect Effect via RSL for paths a & b TDMC The Total Effect for path c The Direct Effect for path c The Indirect Effect via RSL for paths a & b

ROC BC 95% CI Lower Upper

P.E

S.E

p-value

.145

.160

.193

.456

.374

.534

.352

1.376

.131

.006

.679

.347

.278

1.431

.001

.426

.288

-.127

1.000

.122

.472

.303

-.064

1.132

.080

-.045

.273

-.580

.512

.919

Result

Supported

Not Supported

CIC .386 .141 .144 .710 .002 Supported The Total Effect for path c The Direct Effect for path c .086 .165 .219 .410 .514 The Indirect Effect via RSL .301 .153 .057 .626 .016 for paths a & b BC stands for Biased Corrected; CI stands for Confidence Intervals (for 5000 samples of bootstrap) and P.E. stands for Point of Estimate for level of significance of p < 0.05

The last hypothesis H7 states that Routinization of the Strategic Level positively mediates between Change Implementation Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change. To test for this assumption authors again used structural regression i.e., SR model with 5000 bootstrapping sampling method as per suggestion of Preacher & Hayes (2008). The results in Table 5 showed the indirect effect of Change Implementation Capacity on Readiness for Organizational Change is significant as is acting the mediating role between Change Implementation Capacity and Readiness for Organizational Change. Therefore, study hypothesis H7 is also supported. Furthermore, the direct effect of Change Implementation Capacity on Readiness for Organizational Change is insignificant which shows that Routinization of the Strategic Level is performing full mediating role.

5. CONCLUSION China Pak Economic Corridor is considered as the game changer for the region. However, there are some sceptic arguments specially related to native industry. This triggered the attention to get it confirmed from the Pakistani industry about their readiness for organizational due to CPEC. The *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

9

readiness for organizational change could be confirmed through the organizational capabilities and routinization. Same has been researched and a theoretical model is created after thorough literature review. With the support of previous research and considering the problem at hand researchers had developed hypothesis which could disclose the Pakistani industry readiness for organizational change. Industry was asked to provide the response on the prepared instrument that was through questionnaire. The questionnaire was prepared to collect the descriptive and scaled data. Scales are adopted from previous studies and have been modified as per local context and research problem.

Collected data was analysed through multivariate tests. Apart from descriptive statistics, researchers had used the confirmatory factor analysis and structural equational modelling to test the hypothesis and the model as a whole. The software used for data analysis was AMOS. There were seven hypothesis and hypothesis one, two and three were divided in two sub hypothesis a & b by considering the paths of SEM. The total number of hypothesis in research were ten, three are not supported while seven are supported. Out of three mediations two are supported while the mediating effect of RSL between CIC and ROC is not supported.

Referring the model fitness and SEM relationship results, it can be claimed that Pakistani firms are ready for organizational change due to CPEC. There is positive relationship between SSMC with RSL and ROC and CIC with RSL. However, there is lack of timely decision making capacity and CIC effect on ROC which needs to be improved.

This research work has contributed in the literature as the theoretical relations are tested with mediating effect for the first time. The study also provided the practical implications which are related with the burning issue of CPEC and local business concerns. Although, there needs to be further studies which could bring the more depth analysis about the firms’ readiness for organizational change due to CPEC, however, this research can be used by the policy makers as first step to understand the firms’ behaviour to forthcoming change.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL The data used or generated from this study is available upon request to the corresponding author.

7. REFERENCES Abid, M., & Ashfaq, A. (2015). CPEC: Challenges and Opportunities for Pakistan. Pakistan Vision, 16(2).

Ahmed Sheikh, N., & Wang, Z. (2011). Determinants of capital structure: An empirical study of firms in manufacturing industry of Pakistan. Managerial Finance, 37(2), 117-133.

Ahmed, Z. S. (2019). Impact of the China–Pakistan Economic Corridor on Nation-Building in Pakistan.

Journal of Contemporary China, 28(117), 400-414.

Ali, R., & Abbas, M. (2019). User’s E-Readiness for E-Health and Traditional Healthcare: A Case of Dera Ismail Khan, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan.

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. 10(5), 607-615.

Ariely, D., & Zakay, D. (2001). A timely account of the role of duration in decision making. Acta psychologica, 108(2), 187-207.

Armenakis, A. A., Harris, S. G., & Mossholder, K. W. (1993). Creating readiness for organizational change. Human relations, 46(6), 681-703.

10

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

Aydiner, A. S., Tatoglu, E., Bayraktar, E., & Zaim, S. (2019). Information system capabilities and firm performance: Opening the black box through decision-making performance and business-process performance. International Journal of Information Management, 47, 168-182.

Balogun, J., & Hailey, V. H. (2008). Exploring strategic change. Pearson Education.

Becker, M. C. (2004). Organizational routines: a review of the literature. Industrial and Corporate Change, 13(4), 643-678.

Buchanan, D., Claydon, T., & Doyle, M. (1999). Organisation development and change: the legacy of the nineties. Human Resource Management Journal, 9(2), 20-37.

Burnes, B. (2004). Kurt Lewin and the planned approach to change: a reâ&#x20AC;?appraisal. Journal of Management studies, 41(6), 977-1002.

Cummings, T. G., & Worley, C. G. (2009). Organization development and change: Cengage learning.

Cunningham, C. E., Woodward, C. A., Shannon, H. S., MacIntosh, J., Lendrum, B., Rosenbloom, D., & Brown, J. (2002). Readiness for organizational change: A longitudinal study of workplace, psychological and behavioural correlates. Journal of Occupational and Organizational psychology, 75(4), 377-392.

Cvitanovic, C., McDonald, J., & Hobday, A. (2016). From science to action: principles for undertaking environmental research that enables knowledge exchange and evidence-based decision-making.

Journal of Environmental Management, 183, 864-874.

Daft, R. L., & Weick, K. E. (1984). Toward a model of organizations as interpretation systems. Academy of management review, 9(2), 284-295.

Di Stefano, G., Peteraf, M., & Verona, G. (2010). Dynamic capabilities deconstructed: a bibliographic investigation into the origins, development, and future directions of the research domain.

Industrial and Corporate Change, 19(4), 1187-1204.

Doyle, M. (2002). From change novice to change expert: Issues of learning, development and support.

Personnel Review, 31(4), 465-481.

Eisenhardt, K. M. (1989a). Agency theory: An assessment and review. Academy of management review, 14(1), 57-74.

Eisenhardt, K. M. (1989b). Making fast strategic decisions in high-velocity environments. Academy of Management journal, 32(3), 543-576.

Eisenhardt, K. M., & Martin, J. A. (2000). Dynamic capabilities: what are they? Strategic management journal, 21(10-11), 1105-1121.

Gioia, D. A., & Chittipeddi, K. (1991). Sensemaking and sensegiving in strategic change initiation.

Strategic management journal, 12(6), 433-448.

Haider, Z. (2005). Sino-Pakistan relations and Xinjiang's Uighurs: Politics, trade, and Islam along the Karakoram highway. Asian Survey, 45(4), 522-545.

Harreld, J. B., O'Reilly, C. A., & Tushman, M. L. (2007). Dynamic capabilities at IBM: Driving strategy into action. California Management Review, 49(4), 21-43.

Helfat, C. E., & Martin, J. A. (2015). Dynamic managerial capabilities: Review and assessment of managerial impact on strategic change. Journal of management, 41(5), 1281-1312.

Helfat, C. E., Finkelstein, S., Mitchell, W., Peteraf, M., Singh, H., Teece, D., & Winter, S. G. (2009).

Dynamic capabilities: Understanding strategic change in organizations: John Wiley & Sons.

Holt, D. T., Armenakis, A. A., Feild, H. S., & Harris, S. G. (2007). Readiness for organizational change the systematic development of a scale. Journal of applied behavioral science, 43(2), 232-255. *Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

11

Jacobson, E. H. (1957). The effect of changing industrial methods and automation on personnel. Paper presented at the symposium on preventive and social psychology, Washington, DC. Kerber, K., & Buono, A. F. (2005). Rethinking organizational change: Reframing the challenge of change management. Organization Development Journal, 23(3), 23.

Kline, R. B. (2011). Convergence of structural equation modeling and multilevel modeling: na.

Lawrence, T. B., Dyck, B., Maitlis, S., & Mauws, M. K. (2006). The underlying structure of continuous change. MIT Sloan Management Review, 47(4), 59.

Leonard‐Barton, D. (1992). Core capabilities and core rigidities: A paradox in managing new product development. Strategic management journal, 13(S1), 111-125.

Lewin, K. (1947). Frontiers in group dynamics II. Channels of group life; social planning and action research. Human relations, 1(2), 143-153.

Li, D.-y., & Liu, J. (2014). Dynamic capabilities, environmental dynamism, and competitive advantage: Evidence from China. Journal of Business Research, 67(1), 2793-2799.

Lin, H.-F., Su, J.-Q., & Higgins, A. (2016). How dynamic capabilities affect adoption of management innovations. Journal of Business Research, 69(2), 862-876.

Luecke, R. (2003). Managing change and transition. Vol. 3. Harvard Business Press.

Miller, D. (2004). Building sustainable change capability. Industrial and Commercial Training, 36(1), 9-12.

Ministry of Planning, D. R. (2015). http://cpec.gov.pk/introduction/1

CPEC

Introduction.

Retrieved

from

Pandza, K., & Thorpe, R. (2009). Creative search and strategic sense‐making: missing dimensions in the concept of dynamic capabilities. British Journal of Management, 20, S118-S131.

Pettigrew, A. M., Woodman, R. W., & Cameron, K. S. (2001). Studying organizational change and development: Challenges for future research. Academy of management journal, 44(4), 697-713.

Preacher, K. J., & Hayes, A. F. (2008). Asymptotic and resampling strategies for assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models. Behavior research methods, 40(3), 879-891.

Ravasi, D., & Schultz, M. (2006). Responding to organizational identity threats: Exploring the role of organizational culture. Academy of Management journal, 49(3), 433-458.

Rehman, A. U., Hakim, A., Khan, K., & Khan, I. U. (2018). Role of CPEC in development of trade, transport and economy of Pakistan. Romanian Journal of Transport Infrastructure, 7(1), 77-92.

Rippa, A. (2019). Cross-Border Trade and “the Market” between Xinjiang (China) and Pakistan. Journal of Contemporary Asia, 49(2), 254-271.

Schreiber, J. B., Nora, A., Stage, F. K., Barlow, E. A., & King, J. (2006). Reporting structural equation modeling and confirmatory factor analysis results: A review. Journal of educational research, 99(6), 323-338.

Schreyögg, G., & Noss, C. (2000). Von der Episode zum fortwährenden Prozess–Wege jenseits der Gleichgewichtslogik im organisatorischen Wandel. Management for schung, 10, 33-62.

Sharfman, M. P., & Dean Jr, J. W. (1997). Flexibility in strategic decision making: informational and ideological perspectives. Journal of Management Studies, 34(2), 191-217.

Sher, P. J., & Lee, V. C. (2004). Information technology as a facilitator for enhancing dynamic capabilities through knowledge management. Information & management, 41(8), 933-945.

12

Abdul Salam Khuhro, Asad Afzal Humayon, Muhammad Sajjad, Rafique Ahmed Khuhro, Muhammad Irfan

Sial, S. (2014). The China-Pakistan Economic Corridor: an assessment of potential threats and constraints. Conflict and Peace Studies, 6(2), 24.

Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (1996). Using Multivariate Statistics (3rd ed.). New York: Harper Collins.

Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L. S. (2007). Using multivariate statistics (5 ed.). Boston: Pearson Education.

Teece, D. J. (2007). Explicating dynamic capabilities: the nature and microfoundations of (sustainable) enterprise performance. Strategic management journal, 28(13), 1319-1350.

Teece, D. J. (2018). Business models and dynamic capabilities. Long Range Planning, 51(1), 40-49.

Teece, D. J., Pisano, G., & Shuen, A. (1997). Dynamic capabilities and strategic management. Strategic management journal, 509-533.

Thames, B., & Webster, D. W. (2009). Chasing change: Building organizational capacity in a turbulent environment. John Wiley & Sons.

Thomas, J. B., Clark, S. M., & Gioia, D. A. (1993). Strategic sensemaking and organizational performance: Linkages among scanning, interpretation, action, and outcomes. Academy of Management journal, 36(2), 239-270.

Van de Ven, A. H., & Poole, M. S. (1995). Explaining development and change in organizations.

Academy of management review, 20(3), 510-540.

Weick, K. E. (1995). Sense-making in organizations. Vol. 3: Sage.

Wohlgemuth, V., & Wenzel, M. (2016). Dynamic capabilities and routinization. Journal of Business Research, 69(5), 1944-1948.

Zollo, M., & Winter, S. G. (2002). Deliberate learning and the evolution of dynamic capabilities.

Organization science, 13(3), 339-351.

Abdul Salam Khuhro did his MS in Management Sciences from COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus. His main areas of research interest are strategic management, Dynamic Capabilities, Organizational Change, Routinization and Blue Ocean Strategies.

Dr.Asad Afzal Humayon is a Principal Research Officer at COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus. He has a PhD in Management Sciences. His research is related to Management Sciences.

Dr.Muhammad Sajjad is an Assistant Professor at COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus, Pakistan. He has a PhD in Management Sciences. His researches are Management, HRM, Technology Adoption, Entrepreneurship.

Rafique Ahmed Khuhro is an Assistant Professor at University of Haripur. Also, he is Director, Office of Research, Innovation and Commercialization, University of Haripur. He is a Lecturer at COMSATS Institute of Information Technology. He has an MS (Marketing). His researches are Marketing, Customer Services, Branding, BoP Markets Dr.Muhammad Irfan is an Assistant Professor at COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus, Pakistan. He has a PhD in Economics from Federal Urdu University of Arts Science and Technology Islamabad, Pakistan. He researches are Applied Econometrics, Natural Resource Economics, Ecological Economics, Econometric Analysis, Econometric Modeling, Non-Market valuation, Climate Change Economics, Climate Change Adaptation, Environmental Resources Management, Environmental Awareness, Health Economics, Environmental Economics, and Urban Economics.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (Abdul Salam Khuhro). E-mail: polite.prsn@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12A http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12A.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.150

13

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12B

WATER PERMEABILITY OF CONCRETE MIXING ASH AND CRUSHED DUST a*

b

Phongphoom Sornchomkaew , Kritsada Anantakarn , and c Thongchai Phothong a

Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Rattanakosin, THAILAND. b Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, Rajamangala University of Technology Tawan-ok, THAILAND c Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, King Mongkut’s University of Technology Thonburi, THAILAND ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 19 April 2019 Received in revised form 11 July 2019 Accepted 22 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

The objectives of the research studied the use of pozzolan and crushed dust as admixtures in general concrete for permeability. The replacement of Portland cement with palm oil waste ash by 0, 10, 20, and 30 percent by weight respectively, and replacement sand with crushed dust at levels of 100, 90, 80, and 70 percent by weight were determined. After 28 days of curing, the results showed suitable Keywords: quantities of replacing cement with pozzolan waste ash is 30 percent Palm-oil waste ash; by weight, and 100 percent replacement sand with crushed dust can Cement replacement; Natural pozzolan material; improve the physical and mechanical properties of concrete. Ash and crushed dust can decrease the permeability of concrete by 1.50–3.30 Concrete mix design; time. Concrete replacement sand with crushed dust 100, 90, 80, and 70 Pozzolan ash. percent by weight can decrease the permeability of concrete by 20 percent.

The rate of the permeability in concrete is reduced in proportion to the increase of pozzolan ash and crushed dust. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION The use of natural rocks in the construction industry must be processed to be suitable to use. The limestone mountain must be blown, and then the rocks come into the milling process to obtain the required sizes. This process produces crushed dust which is very small and cannot pass through the sieve, the crushed dust will be blown out to pile aside as waste dust causing waste and cost keeping it in the place and carry away. Effects of replacement were studied e.g. by Sornchomkaew et al.

(2018). by replacing natural sand in concrete mixture with rice hull ash, dark husk ash, and crushed dust.

The residue of palm fruit from agriculture which considered as waste can be used as fuel for *Corresponding author (P.Sornchomkaew). E-mail: sck_pp@hotmail.com. ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.151

1

steaming of water to generate electricity. This process leaves over the ash which has to carry away as this ash is dusty and disperse around. The ash may cause air pollution in surrounded environment area which cost money to solve this problem. Many recent pieces of the research reported that this dust could be used as a pozzolan in concrete work to replace cement. So this research was purposed to study the permeability in concrete mixed with bio-ash and crushed dust which encourage the compressive strength well. The concrete texture which had a mixture of dust, as observed, was rougher and had more porosity than the normal concrete. Hence, it was possible that this concrete might resist the water permeability less which is not a good concrete property. This research had tested by steady flow water passed through the concrete as the water could not pass through the concrete or could pass through slowly, meant the water had less damage to concrete. Since the fluid can pass through the concrete less, steel inside the concrete will cause less rusty as well.

Figure 1: Palm-oil ash obtained from the production process

2. MATERIALS 2.1 PALM-OIL ASH The palm-oil ash used in this research study was derived from the burning process for the fuel production in the palm-oil mill in Chon Buri Province. The result from physical properties analysis found that the specific gravity of palm-oil ash was 2.25 and the moisture content was 45.31%.

Considering the physical characteristic of the palm-oil ash using high magnification by Scanning Electron Microscope: SEM of palm-oil shell ash from X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis (XRF) from the laboratory of the Department of Science Service which magnified of 100 times. It was found that the particles from palm-oil ash were in uncertain shape, lumpy, non-layered round, and porous. When the palm-oil shell as was magnified at 1,000 times, it was found the ash appeared as round grains, rugged surface, and porous.

Table 1: Chemical property of palm-oil ash.

Oxide SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO SO3 Other oxides LOI.

2

Percent by weight (%) Palm-oil ash 54.05 13.06 1.02 7.85 5.24 2.32 10.80

Sultan Alsharari, Aznan Che Ahmad, and Saleh Aljohani

From the chemical properties analysis of palm-oil ash in Table 1, whereas the sum of silicon dioxide SiO2 , aluminum oxide AI2O2 and iodide oxide Fe2O3 in palm-oil ash; the amount was 68.1%, the sulfur trioxide SO3 was 2.32% and the loss on ignition was 10.80%. Considering the chemical composition of the palm-oil ash according to ASTM C628 standard, it can be classified as Class N pozzolan which is natural pozzolan material.

Figure 2: Physical appearance of palm-oil ash.

2.2 CRUSHED DUST AND SAND Crushed dust which was used in this research study had tested properties according to ASTM C628 standard by testing the grain size analysis of fine aggregate with the sieve analysis which resulted in values of Cu = 24 and Cc = 3.58. The test of organic impurities in fine aggregate for organic matter determination by using indicator papers comparing with bottle liquid, from comparing the color of indicator papers of 3 % concentrated sodium hydroxide over the crushed dust samples with the standard color, resulting in a lighter color than the standard color. Hence, this crushed dust was appropriate to use.

Figure 3: Crushed dust.

The sand used in this research had the following chemical properties; SiO2 = 98.8%, AI 2O3 = 0.2%, Fe2O3 = 0.07%, Cao = 0.4% and MgO = 0.08%. From the grain size analysis of fine aggregate by sieve analysis to compare the standard size of fine aggregate and crushed dust was showed the beginning of the line and the end of the line showed the similar value of the standard and crushed dust. *Corresponding author (P.Sornchomkaew). E-mail: sck_pp@hotmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.151

3

But the value in the middle hold more space which meant that in the beginning the crushed dust remained the same as standard value in the sieve and then hold more space in the middle when the crushed dust had bigger grain sizes, after that it came close to standard value again at the end since that it had similar percentage value of size as both crushed dust and sand shared the similar quantities.

3. EXPERIMENTAL DETAILS 3.1 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN To test the concrete permeability, the sample concrete was mixed and cast as the trial-and-error design of water proportion toward palm-oil ash and crushed dust. The designed compressive strength was 250 Kilogram per square centimeter (ksc) and the concrete slump was from 5cm to 10cm according to ACI211 standard as shown in Table 2 Table 2: Proportion of Concrete Mixtures Code C-PC C-100-0 C-100-10 C-100-20 C-100-30 C-90-0 C-90-10 C-90-20 C-90-30 C-80-0 C-80-10 C-80-20 C-80-30 C-70-0 C-70-10 C-70-20 C-70-30

Cement 347 347 312 278 243 347 312 278 243 347 312 278 243 347 312 278 243

Mixture Material (kg/m3) Palm-oil ash Sand Crushed Dust 842 842 35 842 69 842 104 842 84 758 35 84 758 69 84 758 104 84 758 168 674 35 168 674 69 168 674 104 168 674 253 589 35 253 589 69 253 589 104 253 589

Stone 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881

Water 215 204 205 206.5 208 204.5 205 206 208 205 206.5 208 210 205.5 207 208 210

3.2 WATER PERMEABILITY OF CONCRETE The testing of concrete permeability in the concrete sample aged 28 days, the cylindrical concrete sample was cut at a longitudinal center with a thickness of 4 centimeters. The casted epoxy of 2.5 cm thickness around the side surface of the cut concrete sample and left for 24 hours. After that, the block shell was assembled underwater with the pressure of 5 bars, then brought to set at the testing machine as shown in Figures 4, 5, 6.

Figure 4: Assembled Epoxy.

4

Sultan Alsharari, Aznan Che Ahmad, and Saleh Aljohani

Figure 5: Underwater assembled block shell. Figure 6: Settled block shell at a testing machine

4. DISCUSSION The result of concrete permeability which was the main objective of this research was concluded in Table 3. It was found that the controlled concrete C-PC code 28 days of curing, the coefficient of permeability was 1.202  10-2 m/s. Whereas, the concrete which mixed with 0% palm-oil ash and 100, 90, 80, 70 % of crushed dust replacement of sand showed the coefficient of permeability of concrete 28 days of curing at C-100-0, C-90-0, C-80-0, and C-70-0 code. At 28 days of curing concrete, the coefficient of permeability was 9.708  10-13, 9.810  10-13 , 9.903  10-13 and 1.001  10-12 m/s respectively. To explain this result, the permeability was decreased because crushed dust had more fine particles than the fine aggregate which helped to fill the void in the concrete and resulting in higher density in concrete mixed by crushed dust as shown in Table 3.

Table 3: Results of permeability testing in concrete with all cement mixture and with crushed dust mixture instead of sand Code C-PC C-100-0 C-90-0 C-80-0 C-70-0

Water Permeability of Concrete at 28 days (m/s) 1.202 x 10-12 9.708 x 10-13 9.810 x 10-13 9.903 x 10-13 1.001 x 10-12

In addition, it was found that the concrete using palm-oil ash instead of cement at 0, 10, 20, and 30 mixed with all crushed dust instead of sand could decrease the coefficient permeability at the code of C-100-0, C-100-10, C-100-20 and C-100-30 was 9.708  10-13, 6.104  10-13, 4.583  10-13, and 3.645  10-13 m/s respectively. Because of the finer particles of palm-oil ash and calcium silicate hydrate which reacted with pozzolan helped fill the void and resulted in concrete mixed with palm-oil ash and crushed dust to obtained more density and higher impermeability as shown in Table 4.

Table 4: Result of permeability testing of concrete mixed with 100 % crushed dust instead of sand Code C-PC C-100-0 C-100-10 C-100-20 C-100-30

Water Permeability of Concrete at 28days (m/s) 1.202  10-12 9.708  10-13 6.104  10-13 4.583  10-13 3.645  10-13

*Corresponding author (P.Sornchomkaew). E-mail: sck_pp@hotmail.com. ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.151

5

5. CONCLUSION The research studies the permeability in concrete that mixed with pozzolan as palm-oil ash instead of cement and crushed dust instead of sand. The study finds that the replacement of crushed dust instead of fine aggregate at 100%, 90%, 80%, and 70% by weight in concrete with 28 days of curing could make less coefficient of permeability than in controlled concrete at 1.20 to 1.24 times.

Also, the replacement of palm-oil ash and crushed dust instead of cement and fine aggregate in concrete with 28 days of curing could make less coefficient of permeability than in controlled concrete at 1.50 to 3.30 times. From the laboratory experiment, the best proportion of using palm-oil ash instead of cement and crushed dust instead of fine aggregate to obtain well impermeability was 30% of palm-oil ash and 100% of crushed dust by weight.

6. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT The used or generated data and the result of this study are available upon request to the corresponding author.

7. REFERENCES Ababneh, A., Benboudjema, F., & Xi, Y. (2003). Chloride penetration in nonsaturated concrete.

Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, 15(2), 183-191.

American Society for Testing and Materials. (2010). Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 04.02, Philadelphia: ASTM International.

Boddy, A. Hooton, RD. and Gruber, KA. (2001). Long-term testing of chloride-penetration resistance of concrete containing high-reactivity metekaolin. Cement and Concrete Research, 31(5), 759-7 65.

Care, S. (2008). Effect of temperature on porosity and on chloride diffusion in cement pastes.

Construction and Building Materials, 22(7), 1560-1573.

Chindaprasirt, P., Homwuttiwong, S., & Jaturapitakkul, C. (2007). Strength and water permeability of concrete containing palm oil fuel ash and rice huskâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;bark ash. Construction and Building Materials, 21(7), 1492-1499.

Dhir, R. K., & Jones, M. R. (1999). Development of chloride-resisting concrete using fly ash. Fuel, 78(2), 137-142.

El-Dieb, A. S., & Hooton, R. D. (1995). Water-permeability measurement of high performance concrete using a high-pressure triaxial cell. Cement and Concrete Research, 25(6), 1199-1208.

Homwuttiwong, S., Chindaprasirt, P., and Jaturaitakkul, C. (2006). Water Permeability of Concrete Containing Various Pozzolan . International Conference on Pozzolan, Concrete and Geopolymer, 226-236.

Hooton, R. D., & Titherington, M. P. (2004). Chloride resistance of high-performance concretes subjected to accelerated curing. Cement and Concrete Research, 34(9), 1561-1567.

Khatri, R. P., & Sirivivatnanon, V. (1997). Methods for the determination of water permeability of concrete. Materials Journal, 94(3), 257-261.

Ludirdja, D., Berger, R. L., & Young, J. (1989). A simple method for measuring water permeability of concrete. Materials Journal, 86(5), 433-439.

6

Sultan Alsharari, Aznan Che Ahmad, and Saleh Aljohani

Poon, C. S., Kou, S. C., & Lam, L. (2006). Compressive strength, chloride diffusivity and pore structure of high-performance metakaolin and silica fume concrete. Construction and building materials, 20(10), 858-865.

Sornchomkaew, P., Witchayangkoon, B., & Sirimontree, S. (2018). Chloride Infiltration Effects by Replacing Natural Sand in Concrete Mixture with Rice Hull Ash, Dark Husk Ash, and Crushed Dust. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 9(1), 43-48.

Phongphoom Sornchomkaew is a Lecturer at Department of Civil Engineering, Faculty of Engineering and Architecture, Rajamagala University of Technology Rattanakosin Wang Klai Kang Won Campus, Prachaup Kiri Kan, Thailand. He holds a Master of Engineering degree from Thammasat University. His research focuses on technology applications to facilitate and foster civil engineering study.

Dr. Kritsada Anantakarn is a Lecturer at the Department of Civil Engineering Technology, Faculty of Engineering and Architectures, Rajamongala University of Technology Tawan-ok, Uthenthawai Campus, Thailand. He earned his Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering) from Faculty of Engineering Rajamangala Institute of Engineering, and a Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s degree in of Urban and Environmental Planning from King Mongkut's Institute of Technology Ladkrabang, and a PhD from Thammasat University. He is interested in GPS/GNSS and spatial technology.

Dr. Thongchai Phothong is a Lecturer at Department of Civil Engineering Department, Faculty of Engineering, King Mongkut's University of Technology Thonburi (KMUTT). He is at KMUTT. He earned his Bachelor Degree (Civil Engineering) from King Mongkut's University of Technology Thonburi (KMUTT), Thailand, and Master Degree in Geotechnical Engineering also from KMUTT. He earned his PhD from Thammasat University. He is interested in spatial technology and applications.

*Corresponding author (P.Sornchomkaew). E-mail: sck_pp@hotmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12B http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12B.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.151

7

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12C

A STUDY OF URBAN DESIGN ELEMENTS IN STRUCTURED VILLAGE AT GELUGOR, PENANG Lee Phei Qie a*, Lai Chi Mun a*, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan a, Asif Ali

a,b

, Boonsap Witchayangkoon

c

a School

of Housing, Building & Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA Section, University Polytechnic of Aligarh Muslim University, INDIA c Department of Civil Engineering, Thammasat School of Engineering, Thammasat University, THAILAND. b Architecture

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 19 April 2019 Received in revised form 10 July 2019 Accepted 15 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

This paper analyses the town image and the mental mapping of the structured village at Gelugor, Penang, on five urban design elements, which are the path, edge, district, node, and landmark. Observation, data collection and fieldwork survey are the methods applied in the study. The study finds that Taman Tun Sardon and structural village in Gelugor have a masterplan with gridiron design, which makes the site systematically arranged. The gridiron concept forms primary road networks and linkages with vehicular paths, which make the site well connected. The path becomes the most dominant element in this study.

This study shows that structured village at Gelugor has an urban design with regular gridiron urban layout, which provides good circulation in the area. The gridiron pattern then becomes distortion at Taman Tun Sardon area due to the hilly topography of the site. The paths formed by the gridiron layout have enabled a clear definition of the district in the structured village at Gelugor. The path is the most dominant element in the study area. Besides, the study shows that there is a lack of quality nodes and landmarks available in the study area. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Town image; Gridiron layout; Mental mapping; Structured village; Urban circulation; Urbanization.

1. INTRODUCTION This paper analyses and identifies the five major design elements and principles namely paths, edges, districts, nodes and landmarks which are implemented in the case study area, structured village at Gelugor, Penang based on understanding on urban design elements within of the local traditional built environment in Malaysia (Khashim et al., 2017) referring to the theories of Kevin Lynch (1962).

Penang is one of the states in Peninsular Malaysia. It is situated in northwest coast, comprising of Penang Island, and also Seberang Perai. George Town (Figure 1) is the capital city of Penang, with Gelugor (Figure 2) as a suburb in its southern part. The urbanisation of Gelugor (Figure 2) started by *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

1

residential development since early of the 1960s. Sumatra fishermen populates Gelugor (Figure 2) since the late 18th century. The land use in Gelugor then was transformed into agricultural use to plant rubber and nutmeg by Captain Francis Lightâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s partner, named David Brown.

Figure 1: Key plan of the study The urban study area (Figure 3) is structured villages at Gelugor (Figure 2) which comprise of Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor. The area is situated 7.7km from George Town, linked by Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah from Batu Uban to Batu Dumbar. It is consisting of residential area, with some mixture of commercial, governmental, religious and educational zones. Kampung Sungai Gelugor still maintain its traditional Malay village structure and elements although it is surrounded by the drastically high rise residential development. It is 68 acres with 5 acres of government land, located near to the Penang Bridge which is gateway of Penang. The study also covers 5.5 acres of low cost landed residential neighbourhood of Taman Tun Sardon with a garden city concept from England (Khashim et al., 2017). Taman Tun Sardon is located 5.7km from Georgetown. The main road which linked Taman Tun Sardon is Jalan Hilir Pemancar.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW 2.1 IRREGULAR GRIDIRON URBAN LAYOUT The study area covers two parts of Gelugor town, Kampung Sungai Gelugor, and Taman Tun Sardon. The most significant characteristic is the urban layout of the area. The building blocks are neatly in a grid formation (Zakaria, 2018). This urban layout design is a basic planning masterplan embraced by the British colonial administration (Hassan, 2009). During the Britishâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s colonial era, divide and rule concept has been implemented into the formation of urban pattern to allocate different ethnic groups into separated settlements (Hassan, 2017). This concept has indirectly affected the urban circulation and town image of the study area. The urban gridiron layout is designed in the irregular pattern due to the alignment with the topography of the study area.

2.2 STRUCTURED VILLAGE Part of the study area, Kampung Sungai Gelugor is formed by the structured village concept. The structured village is to accommodate Bumiputera (indigenous) people. The urban design is based on a concept of high-density low-rise type residential development (Hassan, 1999; Hassan & Ku Hassan, 2001). It is a planned village that focuses on providing socio-economic livelihood and benefit of villagers in the urban area, equipped with basic infrastructures and services as one of the decent examples (Bentley et al., 1985).

2

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

2.3 URBAN DESIGN ELEMENTS Lynch (1960) discusses urban design by observing the visual and physical form of a city at an urban scale. The principle composes five urban design elements, which are the path, edge, district, node, and landmark. With this approach, the urban design elements are to analyse the impact of urban design of a city to its function, history, name or the meaning (Larice & Macdonald, 2013).

Figure 2: Location plan

Figure 3: Layout plan of the study area.

2.4 BACKGROUND OF CASE STUDY This study site (Figure 3) consists of two neighborhood areas, Kampung Sungai Gelugor, and Taman Tun Sardon. The total of 73.5 acres of site compromises the elements of the structured village as its traditional arrangement approach (Elmagalta et al., 2010). There are many public facilities and institutions located in the site, including Taman Tun Sardon Pavilion, Market place dan Gelugor Community Hall, GIATMARA, Sungai Gelugor Jamek Mosque, State Fishery Department, Sungai Gelugor Primary School, Sungai Gelugor Hall, Hindu temple, post office, and banks. From 68 acres of Kampung Sungai Gelugor, 5 acres is government land, while 63 acres of it is originally owned by Malay citizen, which then sold to a foreigner named Brown, a businessman which manage both plantations of rubber and nutmeg in Gelugor (Figure 2). The land is being used for agricultural by Brown when he owns the land, but then he returns the land to the Malay citizens when he decided to go back to his own country, England (Jawatankuasa, 2007). Relocation of the people from another place to this residential area name Kampung Sungai Gelugor was developed by the government once the land use is being converted again to residential after Brown left the place. According to the 2016 local resident interview, Refurbishment Program of Poor People House is being proposed and carried out by the Penang government to refurbish the house of poor residents in Kampung Sungai Gelugor.

Currently, the land is populated by almost 1020 families, mostly Malay people (Jawatankuasa, 2007).

In 1826, a primary school of Sekolah Rendah Sungai Gelugor was built in Kampung Sungai Gelugor and becoming the oldest Malay school in Malaysia. Taman Tun Sardon is a low-cost housing neighbourhood scheme being developed by the Penang government to solve the issues of housing affordability by the poor people located at Lot 482 in Penang (Pejabat Rancangan Perumahan Taman Tun Sardon, 1982). The Lot 482 land was owned by 92 Temporary Occupation License (TOL) *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

3

holders but then sold to the government by relocated 88 of the 92 TOL holder in Taman Tun Sardon, while another four holders to longhouse in Paya Terubong (Pejabat Rancangan Perumahan Taman Tun Sardon, 1982). This development starts in early 1977 and completed in the year 1982. The site includes in the study only consists the landed housing development which 139 units of double storeys residential houses are built on the 5.5 acres of land from March 1977 to May 1978 with a cost of RM 4 million (Pejabat Rancangan Perumahan Taman Tun Sardon, 1982). Information from the interview of the local resident in 2018 notes that currently, most residents had renovated their houses.

3. METHODOLOGY This research design approach identifies the mental mapping of the selected site by utilising five urban design elements (Yasin et al., 2017) according to the theory of Kevin Lynch. The urban design elements are district, path, edge, node, and landmark. Figure-ground plan of the area involved is drawn in AutoCAD to gain an initial understanding of the case study. Preliminary study on history and background of the site is conducted to obtain fundamental information of the site. A site survey is later carried out to gain a more accurate understanding of the site. Detailed information is then obtained through a visit to Majlis Perbandaran Pulau Penang (MBPP) and Taman Tun Sardon Housing Planning Office. The quality of the key urban design elements is identified during the site survey. The data collected from the site is analyzed based on Kevin Lynchâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s urban mapping theory.

The scale of measurement of the urban design elements are as follow: o Paths The width and length of the paths are under the study to analyse its relation to the function, importance, accessibility of the paths at the site. o Edges The edges are determined based on the physical features and function of the edges that could become boundary at the site. o Districts The background and history, age, size, land use, and dominance are analysed for the district elements. o Nodes The function, attraction, and placemaking of the nodes are studied to analyse the importance of the nodes at the site. o Landmark The popularity, scale, and attraction of the landmarks are observed to study their effects onto the site.

4. RESULTS AND ANALYSIS 4.1 PATHS 4.1.1 VEHICULAR PATH Figure 5, Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah is the Sultan Azlan Shah Boulevard. In Taman Tun Sardon, Pintasan Pemancar 1 refers to Pemancar Shortcut 1, Lengkok Pemancar refers to Pemancar Arc. Hilir Pemancar refers to Pemancar Downstream, Tingkat Pemancar refers to Pemancar Level while Jalan Molek refers to Molek Road. In Kampung Sungai Gelugor, Jalan Akuarium refers to Akuarium Road, Tingkat Sungai Gelugor is the Sungai Gelugor Level, Persiaran Sungai Gelugor refers to Sungai

4

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

Gelugor Sight, Jalan Ismail Nagore is Ismail Nagore road while Lengkok Sungai Gelugor refers to Sungai Gelugor Arc. There are five main entrances on the site. Two entrances linked to Taman Tun Sardon while the other three linked to Kampung Sungai Gelugor. All the entrances are double way entrances accepting the flow of traffic from both inlet and outlet.

Figure 5: Vehicular Path plan of the study area.

Traffic lights are spotted at the entrance linking to Jalan Ismail Nagore, which act as a guide of traffic flow and divert the traffic load for the vehicles that enter or exit the site. There is only one arterial road in the site, which is Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah. It is a 20 metersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; double way vehicular path consists of three lanes each side, connecting the site to Batu Urban from the north and also Jelutong from the south. The road is aligned in between commercial area, separated from the residential area by the collector roads. Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah is being linked to many collector roads such as Lengkok Pemancar and Hilir Pemancar from its west, Jalan Akuarium and Jalan Ismail Nagore from its east. From the vehicular statistics, Figure 6, Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah can be considered as a good arterial pathway as it serves no traffic jam even at the peak period of 7.00 pm as the traffic flow is smooth. Thirty collector roads are spotted in the study area, mainly 6 meters in length, with double way traffic flow one lane each side. In Taman Tun Sardon, collector of Lengkok Pemancar is linked to another collector road, Jalan Pemancar and interconnected with Hilir Pemancar, while Hilir Pemancar is connected with Jalan Molek. Most of the collector roads in the site of Kampung Sungai Gelugor line between the residential units such as Tingkat Sungai Gelugor 1 until Tingkat Sungai Gelugor 10, Lengkok Sungai Gelugor 1 and Lengkok Sungai Gelugor 2. The local roads are the 4-meter vehicular path which serves the private community. There are 18 local roads on the site. One of the local roads from Lengkok Pemancar separates Pasar Rakyat Gelugor and Astaka Taman Tun Sardon, by allowing only one lane traffic flow along the road. The local road from Tingkat Sungai *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

5

Gelugor 5 to dead-end covered by residential units, creating a cul-de-sac, while another local road acts as a back lane of the commercial shophouse units. The local road which linked from Jalan Molek poses a small loop circulation of a cul-de-sac along with the residential units.

Figure 6: Arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah (left) and collector road of Tingkat Sungai Gelugor 6 (right) 4.1.2 PEDESTRIAN PATH

Figure 7: Pedestrian Path Plan of the study area.

The pedestrian pathways are only found along both of the side of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah, mainly interlocking pathway, Figure 7. There are no pedestrian pathways spotted in the residential area and this leads to less pedestrian in the residential areas. Figure 8, the pathways along Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah connect two pedestrian link bridge serving across the road, one is linked to the commercial shop lots from Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor, while another pedestrian link bridge is used to connect the residential areas from Taman Tun Sardon and School of

6

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

SK Sungai Gelugor. Two bus stops are situated at site serving two ways of a public transportation route, one in front of Taman Tun Sardon, another at Kampung Sungai Gelugor.

Figure 8: Pathway along Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah (left) Linkbridge connecting Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor (right).

Figure 9: Edges of the study area.

4.2 EDGES The dominant edge unites the site is the main road edge by the arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah, it set a barrier in between of two main residential districts of Kampung Sungai Gelugor and also Taman Tun Sardon which is in the different urban sprawl, Figure 9. Kampung Sungai Gelugor is a gridiron arrangement of the settlements while Taman Tun Sardon utilizes the Garden City concept.

Another major road edge is Lebuhraya Tun Dr Lim Chong Eu (Tun Dr. Lim Chong Eu Highway), separating the residential district of Kampung Sungai Gelugor to the reclaimed land residential *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

7

development of The Light. A minor road edge at the side of Tingkat Sungai Gelugor 10 sets a boundary between residential units in Kampung Sungai Gelugor and the government quarters.

The commercial edges are being separated from the residential area by the collector road of Tingkat Pemancar for Taman Tun Sardon and Tingkat Sungai Gelugor 2 for Kampung Sungai Gelugor; it is defined as an edge because of its faรงade style which is different from the residential units. There is a natural edge which is the river edge that set up by Sungai Gelugor. It distinguishes the boundary of Kampung Sungai Gelugor.

4.3 DISTRICTS

Figure 10: Districts of the study area.

The most dominant district of the site is residential areas, followed by the commercial area, then government quarters, educational area and lastly the recreational area, Figure 10. Residential area all belongs to the landed property including terrace house, semi-detached house, bungalow with different hierarchy from the single storey until three storeys residential units. Taman Tun Sardon belongs to Garden City residential district as the housing layout is being organically arranged according to the different contour of the slope while Kampung Sungai Gelugor is gridiron residential district as it is developed according to gridiron arrangement. Most of them are relocated under the housing program for low-cost housing. Some of the houses have been renovated into a modern style of architecture while some remain their traditional style. There are two main commercial districts, separated by Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah. One of the commercial districts situated at Taman Tun Sardon, while another at Kampung Sungai Gelugor, separating the residential district from the arterial road, setting up the boundaries between private zones and public zones. Both of the commercial districts comprise of shop lots selling a variety of services or items such as laundry, hotel, restaurants and mini markets. The government quarters are basically used for the residential and office for members in the Royal Malaysian Navy (TLDM). Quarters of single-storey terrace units are built on this district for the occupants. Educational districts are identified in the site of study. The school of SK Sungai

8

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

Gelugor is situated at the south region of Kampung Sungai Gelugor, serving not only primary education but also pre-primary school education. Recreational area includes empty land for multipurpose use such as any sports activities or meeting point. There is a big empty land along Jalan Ismail Nagore, while a court is situated along Persiaran Sungai Gelugor 2.

Figure 11: Residential District of the study area

4.4 NODES

Figure 12: Nodes of the study area.

The nodes (Figure 12) that can be found on the site are mainly activity areas or amenities provided in the neighbourhood because there are two residential areas at the site, which are Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor. Besides, stop of public transport has also become one of the nodes at the site. The bus stop naturally becomes a node when people are waiting at the bus stop, especially during peak hour. These nodes are introverted nodes as they give little directional sense. *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

9

The principle of the direction is only toward or away from the node itself due to unclear connections and general directions. SK Sungai Gelugor, Gelugor market and community centre, and Astaka Taman Tun Sardon are some of the public amenities that can be found at the site. The nodes that are determined are functional nodes that serve the community of the site. Tanah Lapang Jalan Ismail Nagore is considered as the dominant node at the site due to its largest land size among the identified nodes. Gelugor Market and community centre is the second dominant node due to its important function that is part of the need of the localsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; daily life. The religion nodes that can be found at the site are the mosque and Hindu temple. All of these nodes are temporal nodes because the activities that create nodes only happen at a certain period.

4.5 LANDMARKS Landmarks are usually identified due to its distinctive identity, form, height or usage at the site.

The landmarks (Figure 13) identified are mostly parts of the amenities around that area. They act as points of references and can be used to identify oneâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s location. The landmarks recognised are a mosque, Hindu temple, post office, Gelugor market, Gelugor community centre and school. The mosque and Hindu temple become distant landmarks due to the uniqueness and distinctive architectural styles that are different from other buildings. The architectural styles make the landmarks easy to be spotted from afar. On the other hand, post office, market, community centre and school are identified as landmarks with their significant and distinctive usage at the site. There are only one post office and one school at the site, which makes visitors easy to identify their location when they see these buildings. The mosque and Hindu temple are the dominant landmarks at the site due to their height and size that could be recognised from far. These landmarks also represent part of the culture of the site.

Figure 13: Landmarks of the study area.

10

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

5. DISCUSSION 5.1 PATHS The path is the most dominant urban design element in the site of the study area. Paths in the site are interconnecting with each other according to its hierarchy, separating the zoning of the site by its function and privacy (Ewing & Handy, 2009). Vehicular pathway poses high accessibility as the arterial road is interconnected to the local roads by the collector roads, slowing down and reducing the traffic loads at the residential area from the commercial area. The relation between the pathways smoothen the traffic flow and reduce the traffic load at the main arterial road by providing a few entrances to each of the residential areas. Traffic lights are spotted on-site for controlling the traffic flow of the main arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah. Several cul-de-sacs are spotted in the residential area, providing loop circulation or dead-end of the local roads to increase the privacy of the residential units aligned with them. For pedestrian pathway, it poses low accessibility as the paths are only provided along the main arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah, aligned with the commercial shop lots in front of Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor, but not linked to the residential area. The pedestrian pathways are linked by the pedestrian link bridges, providing access across the main arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah without stopping the traffic. Bus stops are provided at both sides of the arterial road for accessibility of public transportation.

5.2 EDGES The main edge linking the whole site is the road edge of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah, connecting the two main residential districts of Taman Tun Sardon and Kampung Sungai Gelugor. Another road edge of Lebuhraya Tun Dr Lim Chong Eu defines the boundary of Kampung Sungai Gelugor, separating it with another residential district from the east, and provides privacy between the residential units. There is a river edge of Sungai Gelugor which also separates Kampung Sungai Gelugor from Markas Rejimen 2 KOR Polis Tentera Diraja situated at its southern region. While commercial edges are found aligned with the main arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah, separating the road from residential areas, creating a buffer to the private zone from the sound pollution of traffic at the road.

5.3 DISTRICTS The district is another dominant urban element in the site of study. There are mainly residential areas, one at Taman Tun Sardon while another at Kampung Sungai Gelugor, each of the districts is being separated from the main arterial road of Jalan Sultan Azlan Shah by commercial districts. The commercial districts are located along the arterial road, setting up at the centre region where most pedestrian and traffic will pass by to attract the flow of customers. There is a government quarters at the northern region of Kampung Sungai Gelugor which serves as both residential and official management areas of the government for members in Royal Malaysian Navy (TLDM). The recreational district is being set on an empty land along Jalan Ismail Nagore for assembly spot and also some of the recreational activities.

5.4 NODES Node is one of the less dominant elements in the study area. Nodes at the site are mostly open spaces formed by thematic concentration and breakpoints of public transportation. The nodes (Figure *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

11

12) found at the site are facilities of the housing area. We can see that the scale of the land used as activity areas are larger compared to the surrounding residential lots. With this characteristic, it becomes a node and able to accommodate people and acts as a gathering point of the locals. These nodes that formed by the amenities encourage social interaction among the locals. However, the nodes only form at certain period due to the activities; for example, the religion nodes will form only at prayer period. Permanent nodes are lacking at the site. There are no nodes at the junction of roads.

This situation is due to fast moving traffic at the site and poor pedestrian connectivity at the site.

Besides, the identified nodes are not vibrant. This situation could be caused by the improper planning of the activity area. Most of the nodes at the site are introverted nodes because it is difficult to recognise from far. These nodes can hardly be used as a directional reference to other locations.

5.5 LANDMARKS Landmark is one of the less dominant elements in the study area. Landmark (Figure 13) is very limited at the site. The landmarks that can be found are mainly neighbourhood facilities due to its location in the housing area. The site is a lack of directional landmarks that could help in determining or spotting location. Visual landmarks that are spotted at the site are both religion landmarks. The mosque and Hindu temple can stand out from the surrounding building due to the architectural styles that are affected by religion. The styles form a strong contrast with the surrounding building. The other landmarks are distinctive due to their functions or usage, which are different from housings at the site. The most dominant landmark in the study area is Mosque due to its unique architectural style and size at the site, followed by Gelugor Market because it is the daily necessity of the locals.

6. CONCLUSION The site of the case study is a housing area that involves Taman Tun Sardon and a structural village in Gelugor, which is Kampung Sungai Gelugor. Most dominant element at the study area is a path that forms the urban pattern, then follow by district and edge. The landmark and node contribute less in building up the town image of the study area. The urban planning and layout of the site is a distorted gridiron layout. This type of urban layout design provides a systematical structure to the housing area. The layout provides effective circulation of vehicular pathways, which are good for wayfinding. Efficient coordination of hierarchical paths is formed by the gridiron layout of the circulation. The edges created by the highway and river have formed a distinctive boundary around the site. The dominant district at the site is residential district supported by the commercial district, which is part of the facilities of the housing area. However, landmarks and nodes are limited which causes lack of point of reference at the site. The site is less community-friendly due to limited potential space and place that could become landmark and node. These two elements are the main elements that act as the meeting or gathering point for the community. More nodes should be introduced to the site to strengthen the sense of community at the site. The site is very unique due to it has the background of a traditional village. It transformed to suit the current need. With its background as a traditional village, the Malay culture and identity could easily be observed through the architectural style and facilities provided at the housing area.

12

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

7. DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT The used or generated data and the result of this study are available upon request to the corresponding author.

8. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT We would like to express our sincere appreciation to Universiti Sains Malaysia for a support to this study with a Bridging Grant, Number 304.PPBGN.6316521. We also feel thankful to all of the respondents that took part in this research during the data collection .

9. REFERENCES Bentley, I., Alcock, A., Murrain, P., McGlynn, S. & Smith, G. (1985). Responsive Environments: A Manual for Designers. Abingdon: Architectural Press.

Elmagalta, A.M., Hassan, A.S. & Ku Hassan, K.A. (2010). Resort Architecture in Langkawi. Malaysia.

Penang: USM Press.

Ewing, R., & Handy, S. (2009). Measuring the unmeasurable: Urban design qualities related to walkability. Journal of Urban design, 14(1), 65-84.

Hassan, A.S. & Ku Hassan, K.A. (2001). Konsep Perumahan Tradisional Berkelompok dan Berdensiti Tinggi di Pantai Barat Semenanjung Malaysia (High Density Traditional Clustered Housing Concept at Western Coastal Area in Peninsular Malaysia). Penang: USM Press.

Hassan, A.S. (1999). Corak Penempatan Perumahan Tradisional Berkepadatan Tinggi. Journal of Housing, Building and Planning. Penang: USM Press.

Hassan, A.S. (2009). The British Colonial ‘Divide and Rule’ Concept in Inner City of George Town.

Penang: Its Influence to Irregular Layout of the Transport Access. International Journal of Transportation, Springer Science + Business Media LLC., 36(3), 309-324.

Hassan, A.S. (2017). Amalan Tebusguna Tanah, Reka Bentuk Bandar dan Seni Bina di Malaysia. Penang: USM Press.

Jawatankuasa Kerja Kampung Sungai Gelugor (2007), Menelusuri sejarah awal Kampung Sungai Gelugor, Retrieved on 24 April 2019 at http://jkkksggelugor.tripod. com/id1.html.

Khashim, N. F., Ismail, M., Hassan, A. S., & Al-Ashwal, N. T. (2017). A Study on Kevin Lynch's Urban Design Elements: Precinct 9 East Putrajaya. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 8(3), 153-167.

Khashim, N.F., Ismail, M., Hassan, A.S. & Al-Ashwal, N.T. (2017). A Study on Kevin Lynch’s Urban Design Elements: Precinct 9 East Putrajaya, International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 23 (7): 6140-6143.

Larice, M. & Macdonald, E. (2013). The Urban Design Reader. New York: Routledge.

Lynch, K. (1960). The Image of the City. Massachusetts: The MIT Press.

Pejabat Rancangan Perumahan Taman Tun Sardon. (1982), Taman Tun Sardon (Unpublished Report).

School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia.

Phei Qie, Lee et al. (2018), Urban Street Study in Gelugor (Unpublished Report). School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia. *Corresponding authors 1.(Lee Phei Qie). Tel: +60-11-19119511, lynn52.lq@gmail.com. 2.(Lai Chi Mun). Tel: +60-17-6774923. lcmun238@gmail.com. ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12C http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12C.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.152

13

Yasin, N. M., Hassan, A. S., & Al-Ashwal, N. T. (2017). Investigation of Mental Mapping in Urban Design: Case of Queensbay, Penang. International Transaction Journal of Engineering Management & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 8(4), 261-273.

Zakaria, M.H., Ismail, M., Hassan, A.S. & Al-Ashwal, N.T.. (2018). Urban Design Study on Kota Bharu City Centre, Kelantan, Malaysia . The Arab World Geographer. 21(3). 193-208.

Lee Phei Qie is a postgraduate student of Master of Architecture in Universiti Sains Malaysia. She obtained her degree of Bachelor of Architecture in Science School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. Her current interests involve architectural design development, sustainable housing structure and urban planning design.

Lai Chi Mun is a postgraduate student of Master of Architecture in Universiti Sains Malaysia. She received her Bachelor of Architecture in Science from Taylor's University in 2018. Chi Mun's current interests include housing development design and urban planning design.

Professor Dr.Ahmad Sanusi Hassan is a Professor in Architecture Programme at the School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. He obtained a Bachelor and Master of Architecture degrees from University of Houston, Texas, USA, and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree from University of Nottingham, United Kingdom. His research focuses on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design Development for Southeast Asia, history and theory of Architecture, Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Animation.

Asif Ali is an Assistant Professor of Architecture in the University Polytechnic of Aligarh Muslim University,India. He received his B.Arch. from Aligarh Muslim University with Honors in 1998. He did his M. Arch.from Aayojan School of Architecture, Jaipur, India. Asif Ali's current interests include Sustainable Development and Islamic Architecture in India. Presently he is pursuing his PhD at School of Housing, Building and Planning, University of Science, Malaysia.

Dr.Boonsap Witchayangkoon is an Associate Professor of Department of Civil Engineering at Thammasat University.

He received his B.Eng. from King Mongkutâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s University of Technology Thonburi with Honors. He continued his PhD study at University of Maine, USA, where he obtained his PhD in Spatial Information Science & Engineering. Dr. Witchayangkoon current interests involve Applications of Emerging Technologies to Engineering.

14

Lee Phei Qie, Lai Chi Mun, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan, Asif Ali and Boonsap Witchayangkoon

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12D

AN ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH AREAS IN PRECISION AGRICULTURE A.S.Gusev a, G.A.Beznosov a, N.V. Ziablitckaia b, M.V. Kholmanskikh a, L.A. Novopashin a, L.V. Denyozhko a, A.A. Sadov a* a Federal

State Budgetary Educational Institution of Higher Education «Ural State Agrarian University» (FGBOU VO Uralsky GAU) Ekaterinburg, ul. Karl Liebknecht, 42, RUSSIAN FEDERATION. b South Ural State University, Chelyabinsk, pr.Lenina, 76, RUSSIAN FEDERATION. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 01 May 2019 Received in revised form 18 July 2019 Accepted 29 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

This article discusses the key research areas in precision farming and precision agriculture. The bibliographic method is used as a research tool. The average level of precision farming technologies in the USA is 30-50%, in the Russian Federation 10%. Despite the fact that precision agriculture technologies are aimed primarily at reducing costs by increasing the intensity of production and the level of resource output, Keywords: the studies show that the resource intensity of agricultural production in Agriculture technology; Russia is still too high to speak about success in resource conservation.

Web of Science; The 2014-2018 articles contents in the bibliographic database Web of Precision farming; Science are analyzed, totaling 4662 articles. In the most highly cited Precision livestock farming (PLF); Precision articles native English speakers (USA, UK, Australia) often use the term “precision farming”, while other countries scientists (China, India, EU, agriculture research.

Iran, etc.) use the term “precision agriculture”. The considerable leaders in the total number of publications on the subject are countries with traditionally developed agriculture, such as the USA (20.0% of the number of articles reviewed), Brazil (8.8%), China (17.5%), and Spain (7.3%). The leader among scientific journals with publications on the problem is “Computers and electronics in agriculture”; it has 4.9% of all articles. The leading research organizations include the US Department of Agriculture (USDA), the Chinese academy of Sciences, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas CSIC (Spain).

The average level of introduction of precision farming technologies in the USA is estimated at 30-50%, while at large farms the level of technology use is twice the small ones. Its most common elements are: a computer with high-speed Internet access, an analysis of soil samples (98%); yield maps, yield monitors, GPS navigation systems (about 80%); differential fertilization technologies (60%); satellite images and a vegetative index analysis - (no more than 30%) of farmers. All the listed technologies should be developed intensively both in the world and in Russia, with the increased investments in precision agriculture research. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH. *Corresponding author (A.Sadov) E-mail: artemsadov@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.131

1

INTRODUCTION Entrepreneurship in the agrarian sector is making significant efforts to reduce the costs of major resources. One of the solutions based on various technological breakthroughs in the digital industry is precision agriculture technologies.

There is an opinion that the concept of “precision agriculture” is associated with the concepts of “precision farming” and “precision livestock farming” (PLF). The scientific literature uses the following synonyms of the category “precision farming”: coordinate farming, information technology, GPS technologies, etc. For the first time, there were the elements of the precision farming system with GPS to determine the position to which any measured parameter of the field should be linked [1]. Precision farming technologies began to be used in the late 1980s in the United States and Australia [2,3,4] The application of the precision farming system became possible due to advances in such technologies as global positioning systems (GPS), geographic information systems (GIS), remote sensing and simulation modeling, and robotics. These technological breakthroughs have made opportunities for assessing and managing spatial and temporal variability using various methods. The combination of these concepts is traditionally referred to as precision farming (precision agriculture) or crop and soil management.

Precision animal husbandry can be defined as “the application of principles and methods of technological design in animal husbandry for automatic monitoring, modeling, and management of animal husbandry” [5]. These technologies in animal husbandry make the production more cost-effective [6], socially and environmentally sustainable, and this can be achieved by observing, interpreting the behavior [8] and, if possible, individual control after animals [9].

METHODOLOGY The relevance of precision farming has resulted in an increase of publications in recent years.

However, there is no structured analysis of this published material. This study attempts to analyze the scientific results of research on problems of precision agriculture published in 2014–2018. With the bibliometric method, mainly based on the use of network analysis tools, it became possible to explore the main aspects of this research area. This will discover the trends in publications and areas of research, as well as their geographical distribution. In the Web of Science database, 4,662 scientific publications were found over a specified period. The number of publications has increased after 2014 significantly, which underlines the relevance of the research topic.

The study aims to determine the directions and prospects for the use of precision agriculture systems by analyzing the publications on this topic.

The bibliographic method was used as a methodological research tool. At the first stage, the content of publications on the systems of precision agriculture was analyzed. The review of publications was carried out on the basis of a system approach. A literature screening was performed and the text was analyzed to clarify whether the selected articles were relevant to the research problems. As a result, the most relevant publications in peer-reviewed research journals were chosen.

The rest of the publications were irrelevant to the research problem, as they were related to the

2

A.S.Gusev, G.A.Beznosov, N.V. Ziablitckaia, M.V. Kholmanskikh, L.A. Novopashin, L.V. Denyozhko, A.A. Sadov

precision agriculture indirectly and, thus, were excluded from further analysis. The review concerns a comparison of the research areas of “precision farming” and “precision agriculture”, the specific nature and frequency of occurrence of particular research sub-areas in the world scientific literature according to the Web of Science database.

The results of the study can be used by the executive authorities in the development of programs on innovative agricultural development and technical modernization of the industry.

RESEARCH RESULT The concept of “Precision agriculture” can be defined as a characteristic of soil conditions at the field level for land management [10]. There are other approaches, in particular, “Precision Agriculture”, that is a management concept based on observation, measurement, and response to variability within fields in crops [11].

There are three main stages in the precision farming system. Firstly, it is a primary exploratory analysis, which is collecting information about the economy, field, culture, and region. Secondly, there is an analysis of the results of monitoring, followed by the adoption of relevant management decisions. And the third stage is the development of a field treatment strategy for a specific agrarian operation or in general for the next year, and relevant agro-technological operations [12, 13].

There are various estimates of the level of introduction of precision farming systems into agricultural production. The average level of introduction of precision farming technologies in the USA is estimated at the level of 30-50%, while at large farms the level of technology use is 2 times higher than at small ones. Its most common elements are: a computer with high-speed Internet access, an analysis of soil samples (98%); yield maps, yield monitors, GPS navigation systems (about 80%); differential fertilization technologies (60%); satellite images and a vegetative index analysis - (no more than 30%) of farmers.

The precision livestock farming is a kind of precision agriculture; its essence is the economical and accurate use of material resources: fuel, seeds, feed, electricity, introduction of the latest scientific advances in the production of animal origin products using modern technical equipment with electronics for optimal results with the best cost recovery with the products. Moreover, if in precision farming, the implementation of the technology requires not only electronics but also spatial positioning with space navigation systems, in precision livestock farming this task is simplified due to the use of electronic animal identification systems. The effectiveness of precision animal husbandry is in the availability of a complex of precision technologies and technical means with electronic control.

According to scientists’ opinion, a key requirement to precision machine technologies in animal husbandry is providing the specified parameters for the implementation of technological processes and living conditions in rooms and in choosing modes of interaction of machines with biological objects to produce a high-quality product with desired properties. They include such operations as preparation of balanced feed mixtures, individual feed dosing systems, automatic milking machines and equipment, means for deep cooling of milk, systems for automatic control of climate parameters in livestock housings, systems for sorting and packaging finished products. *Corresponding author (A.Sadov) E-mail: artemsadov@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.131

3

For this reason, precision agriculture is widespread only in large areas of the United States, Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom. Such technologies are beginning to be introduced in Russia.

Number of publications, pieces

There is a serious difference in the assessment of the current level of application of precision farming technologies in Russia. So, according to the Ministry of Agriculture of Russia, the elements of precision farming are used in 1591 farms of the country on an area of 7521 thousand hectares.

According to the Ministry of Agriculture, the leading regions in terms of the number of farms are the Lipetsk, Oryol, Samara, Kurgan, Voronezh, and Tyumen regions. The share of coverage with various communication technologies of agricultural land in 2018 was at the level of 10% [14]. At the same time, there are assessments of scientists of the Kuban State Agrarian University (Figure 1).

200

182 139 141

160 120 80 40

77

121 68 39

27 21 14 21 19 16

64 54 47 3

16

3

0

Region Figure 1: Region of Russia applying precision farming technology.

According to the Ministry of Agriculture, the leading regions by the number of farms are the Lipetsk, Oryol, Samara, Kurgan, Voronezh, and Tyumen regions. The share of coverage of agricultural lands with various communication technologies in 2018 is at the level of 10%.

At the same time, the concept of "Scientific and technological development of digital agriculture "Digital Agriculture", developed under the Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation by such competent organizations as the Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow State University by M.V. Lomonosov, "Higher School of Economics" and others reports that the share of agricultural enterprises which use the Internet of things, precision farming, digital herd, and smart greenhouses by the end of 2018 is less than 1%. But the target indicators have an ambitious goal to increase this number in 20 times by 2021, and 60 times by 2024. Regional Departments and Ministries have already joined the implementation of these plans, at least through increasing the share of such enterprises by considering certain technological operations as precision farming technologies, which can hardly be considered justified. Such work gave a leading position in the application of precision farming technologies in agriculture to the subsidized Kurgan region, Lipetsk, Oryol, Samara, Voronezh and Tyumen regions. This proves the absence of a fundamental scientific and regulatory framework and may result in distortion of the real situation in the development of precision farming

4

A.S.Gusev, G.A.Beznosov, N.V. Ziablitckaia, M.V. Kholmanskikh, L.A. Novopashin, L.V. Denyozhko, A.A. Sadov

technologies that are dangerous for the Russia economy as a whole.

Despite the fact that precision agriculture technologies are aimed primarily at reducing costs by increasing the intensity of production and the level of resource output, the studies show that the resource intensity of agricultural production in Russia is still too high to speak about success in resource conservation. Table 1 exhibits resource intensity for the Kurgan region of Russia.

Table 1: Resource intensity of production by the example of agricultural enterprises of grain specialization in the Kurgan region. №

Total resources

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Total

0.533 0.138 0.095 0.364 0.029 0.979 0.221 0.154 0.124 0.126 0.182 0.046 0.280 0.124 0.138 0.074 0.185 0.130 0.079 4.000

Gross Production thousand Specific rubles 47091 0.108 13563 0.031 8298 0.019 35564 0.081 2235 0.005 152546 0.349 16929 0.039 11483 0.026 6941 0.016 9300 0.021 9860 0.023 3479 0.008 32032 0.073 15447 0.035 10425 0.024 7693 0.018 29298 0.067 14777 0.034 9674 0.022 436636 1.000

Resource intensity 4.943 4.435 4.976 4.468 5.706 2.802 5.711 5.846 7.801 5.898 8.067 5.795 3.815 3.510 5.763 4.178 2.760 3.832 3.578 –

Land intensity 0.849 1.369 1.779 1.190 1.641 0.756 0.974 1.684 1.799 1.352 1.588 2.057 1.228 1.055 1.248 1.170 0.577 0.793 1.254 –

Considering Labour Capital intensity intensity 0.204 2.820 0.472 1.261 0.974 0.501 1.231 1.160 1.507 1.540 0.640 0.565 2.526 0.947 2.948 0.238 3.178 1.845 1.630 1.700 4.184 0.993 1.888 0.832 1.109 0.313 0.654 0.774 2.067 1.274 0.350 1.767 0.655 0.594 0.684 1.354 0.714 0.554 – –

Materials intensity 1.071 1.334 1.722 0.887 1.018 0.841 1.263 0.977 0.979 1.217 1.302 1.019 1.165 1.028 1.173 0.891 0.934 1.001 1.056 –

To determine the level of regulatory resource intensity with consideration of the qualitative characteristics of the soil and intensity of resource use, we use the following formula, Pnorm = 12.39 – 0.08x1 + 1.39x2 + 0.83x3- 3.63 x4, where x1 – soil assessment grade, x2 – the intensity of labour use, thousand-person – hour/ha; x3 – intensity of fixed production facilities use, thousand rubles/ha; x4 –intensity of material resources use, thousand rubles/ha.

The coefficient of regulatory resource intensity development shows an average level of resource use in the analyzed agricultural enterprises of grain specialization depending on the soil quality, intensity use of labour, fixed capital and material resources (Table 2).

Ranking of the analyzed agricultural enterprises of grain specialization by a degree of development of the regulatory resource intensity shows that the first nine of them do not develop the possible level of resource intensity. thus. having large reserves for the production of additional products (Table 3). *Corresponding author (A.Sadov) E-mail: artemsadov@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.131

5

Table 2: The ratio of physical and regulatory resource intensity of production (by the example of agricultural enterprises of grain specialization in the Kurgan region) Number of agricultural organization in order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Resource intensity Physical

Regulatory

4.943 4.435 4.976 4.468 5.706 2.802 5.711 5.846 7.801 5.898 8.067 5.795 3.815 3.510 5.763 4.178 2.760 3.832 3.578

4.472 3.603 3.531 5.364 5.849 3.881 6.052 6.196 7.527 5.571 7.256 5.935 3.776 3.458 5.635 4.648 2.828 4.377 3.925

A degree of development of regulatory resource intensity 0.905 0.812 0.710 1.201 1.025 1.385 1.060 1.060 0.965 0.945 0.900 1.024 0.990 0.985 0.978 1.112 1.025 1.142 1.097

Gross production. thousand rubles 47091 13563 8298 35564 2235 152546 16929 11483 6941 9300 9860 3479 32032 15447 10425 7693 29298 14777 9674

Additional GP. thousand rubles -4488 -2546 -2410 7138 56 58756 1011 687 -243 -515 -991 84 -324 -230 -231 864 718 2104 938

Table 3: Ranking of agricultural enterprises by a degree of development of the regulatory resource intensity (by example of the enterprises of grain specialization in the Kurgan region) Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

N* 3 2 11 1 10 9 15 14 13 12 5 17 7 8 19 16 18 4 6

A degree of development Gross production. of regulatory resource thousand rubles Regulatory intensity 3.531 0.710 8298 3.603 0.812 13563 7.256 0.900 9860 4.472 0.905 47091 5.571 0.945 9300 7.527 0.965 6941 5.635 0.978 10425 3.458 0.985 15447 3.776 0.990 32032 5.935 1.024 3479 5.849 1.025 2235 2.828 1.025 29298 6.052 1.060 16929 6.196 1.060 11483 3.925 1.097 9674 4.648 1.112 7693 4.377 1.142 14777 5.364 1.201 35564 3.881 1.385 152546 Note: N* = Number of agricultural organization.

Resource intensity Physical 4.976 4.435 8.067 4.943 5.898 7.801 5.763 3.510 3.815 5.795 5.706 2.760 5.711 5.846 3.578 4.178 3.832 4.468 2.802

Additional GP. thousand rubles -2410 -2546 -991 -4488 -515 -243 -231 -230 -324 84 56 718 1011 687 938 864 2104 7138 58756

The other enterprises in this ranking make full use of the existing potential. which is due to the getting of additional gross production thanks to the most efficient use of production resources.

Problems and prospects of using precision agriculture are the subjects of many studies (Figure 2).

6

A.S.Gusev, G.A.Beznosov, N.V. Ziablitckaia, M.V. Kholmanskikh, L.A. Novopashin, L.V. Denyozhko, A.A. Sadov

Number of publications, pieces

1500 1000

654

766

2014

2015

1005

1056

1180

2016 Years

2017

2018

500 0

Figure 2: The number of publications by years As the figure shows. the greatest interest in these issues arose after 2014. For the studied period, 4662 articles were found. which proves the urgency of the problem.

The analysis of the Web of Science publications over the past 5 years shows that the areas of animal husbandry, food production, and veterinary medicine are within the precision farming, while such unique areas as plant science, computer science, and mathematical computational biology are characteristic for precision agriculture (Figure 3).

4000

Agriculture

3662

Number of publications, pieces

3500

Plant sciences

3000 2500 2000 1500

Science technology other topics 1938 15331465 1292128612061169 10691049

1000

Environmental sciences ecology Engineering

500 0

Computer science

Research areas

Mathematical computational biology

Figure 3: The main areas of studies on precision agriculture.

A comparison of publications with the keywords “precision farming” and “precision agriculture” shows that in the most highly cited articles native English speakers (USA. UK. Australia) often use the term “precision farming”. while scientists from non-English speaking countries (China. India.

EU. Iran. etc.) in similar cases use the term “precision agriculture”.

A keyword analysis allows identifying key publications on issues of precision agriculture. They include “Computers and electronics in agriculture”; it is 4.9% of all articles (Figure 4).

Figure 4: Scientific editions with the most number of publications on precision agriculture. *Corresponding author (A.Sadov) E-mail: artemsadov@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.131

7

“Precision agriculture” takes second place. which has 3.6% of publications in the studied period.

Number of publications, pieces

Many countries study the problems and prospects of the introduction of precision farming and animal husbandry in agriculture. These are the countries with traditionally developed agriculture. such as the USA. China. Brazil. Germany. Italy. and Spain (Figure 5).

1000

934 814

800 600

482

400

410

341 311 308 270 246

200

0

Country

170

USA Peoples r China China Brazil Spain India Germany Italy Australia Canada

Figure 5: Countries with the largest number of publications on precision agriculture.

The leaders are the United States (20.0% of articles). Brazil (8.8%). China (17.5%). and Spain (7.3%).

Many scientific organizations are engaged in the research of precision agriculture technologies.

The leaders are the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), the Chinese Academy of Sciences (China), the Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas (CSIC, Spain), the State University System of Florida (USA), the China Agricultural University (China) and others (Figure 6).

United states department of agriculture USDA Chinese academy of sciences

Number of publications, pieces

200 160

158

China agricultural university

120 120

99 99 82

80

74 72 72 69 69

Consejo superior de investigaciones cientificas CSIC Chinese ACAD SCI

40

State university system of FLORIDA

0

Indian council of agricultural research ICAR

Organization

Figure 6: Scientific organizations with the largest number of publications on precision agriculture

DISCUSSION The article deals with the financing of R&D mainly through foreign funds and scientific organizations. which take a leading position in the open “grant market”.

The use of advanced technical tools and achievements in precision farming allows predicting crop yields. determining the level of normalized difference vegetation index (NDVI) plants.

8

A.S.Gusev, G.A.Beznosov, N.V. Ziablitckaia, M.V. Kholmanskikh, L.A. Novopashin, L.V. Denyozhko, A.A. Sadov

performing analysis and considering the variability of the level of moisture supply. which is of great importance in crop growing. Modern large-scale agricultural production cannot be imagined without precision farming technologies. which are possible on the basis of the use of indicator systems, sensors, and lidars, various prediction algorithms and artificial intelligence.

The development of precision farming technologies is associated with ever-increasing demands for economic efficiency and ecological safety of farming. There is a need to reduce the cost of expensive fertilizers and plant protection products as well as fuel and lubricants.

CONCLUSION The use of the elements of precision agriculture makes a huge commercial market for the development of the agro-industrial sector throughout the world. We have been proposed the coefficient of regulatory resource intensity development shows an average level of resource use in the analyzed agricultural enterprises of grain specialization depending on the soil quality. intensity use of labour. fixed capital and material resources. In recent years. the leading countries have invested great amounts of money and have made great efforts to take advantage of this industry. The leaders in these studies are the countries with developed agriculture such as the United States, China, Brazil, Spain, etc. It is obvious that all these technologies should be developed intensively in Russia but this should be associated with increased investments in research in the field of precise agriculture.

AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL The data used is included in this article. No data is generated from this study.

CONFLICT OF INTERESTS The authors confirm that the revealed information does not contain a conflict of interest.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT The work was carried out with the support (FGBOU VO) the Ural State Agrarian University.

REFERENCES [1] .Comparetti. Antonio. (2011). Precision Agriculture: Past. Present and Future [2] Pierce. F. J.. & Nowak. P. (1999). Aspects of precision agriculture. Advances in Agronomy. 67. 1–85 [3] Cook. S. E.. & Bramley. R. G. V. (1998). Precision agriculture opportunities. benefits and pitfalls of site-specific crop management in Australia. Animal Production Science. 38(7). 753–763 [4] Staford. J. V. (2000). Implementing precision agriculture in the 21st century. Journal of Agricultural Engineering Research. 76(3). P.267–275.

[5] Tullo. Emanuela; Finzi. Alberto; Guarino. Marcella Review: Environmental impact of livestock farming and Precision Livestock Farming as a mitigation strategy. Science of the total environment.

2019. 650(2): 2751-2760. DOI: 10.1016/j.scitotenv.2018.10.018 [6] Anestis. V.; Bartzanas. T.; Kittas. C. The life cycle inventory analysis for the milk produced in a Greek commercial dairy farm-the link to precision livestock farming. PREC LIV FARM 2015. P.: 670-680. 2015 Precision Livestock Farming 2015 [7] Bartzanas. T., Papanastasiou. D. K., Skoufos. I., et al. Environmental friendly poultry production using novel precision livestock techniques. 7 EC PLF 2015: 811-819. Precision Livestock Farming 2015 *Corresponding author (A.Sadov) E-mail: artemsadov@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12D http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12D.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.131

9

[8] Almeida. C. Marisa R.; Santos. Filipa; Ferreira. A. Catarina F.; et al. Can veterinary antibiotics affect constructed wetlands performance during treatment of livestock wastewater? Ecological engineering Volume:102. PP.:583-588 MAY 2017 DOI: 10.1016/j.ecoleng.2017.02.035 [9] Alhamada. M.; Debus. N.; Lurette. A.; et al. Automatic oestrus detection system enables monitoring of sexual behaviour in sheep. Small ruminant research Volume:149 PP: 105-111. APR 2017 DOI: 10.1016/j.smallrumres.2017.02.003 [10] Robert. P. C. 1993 Characterisation of soil conditions at the field level for soil specific management. Geoderma605772 [11] Pallottino. F; Biocca. M; Nardi. P; Figorilli. S; Menesatti. P; Costa. C. Science mapping approach to analyze the research evolution on precision agriculture: world. EU and Italian situation PRECISION AGRICULTURE. 19(6): 1011-1026 DEC 2018 [12] Akinchin A.V., Levshakov L.V., Linkov S.A., Kim V.V., Gorbunov V.V. Information technologies in precision farming. The Bulletin of Kurgan state agricultural academy. 2017. 9: 16 – 21 [13] Vu D.K., Nguen V.V., Solenaya O.Y., Ronzhin A.L. The review of tasks of presicion farming and agrarian robotized tools. The journal of Kabardino-Balkaria scientific centre of RAN. 2017. 3:13–19.

[14] Fedorenko V.F.. Chernoivanov V.I.. Goltyapin V.Y.. Fedorenko I.V. “The world trends in intellectualization of agriculture: scientific analytical review.” – M.: FGBNU «Rosinformagro». – 232 pp. 2018.

Dr.A.S. Gusev has a Ph.D. in Biological Sciences. His research interests are Land Management, Economic and Mathematical Modeling of Economic Processes and Phenomena in the Precision Farming System, Land Management based on Modern Digital Technologies.

Dr.G.A. Beznosov has a PhD in Economics. His research includes Development of the Economic Mechanism of Resource Conservation, Economic and Mathematical Modeling of Economic Processes and Phenomena in the Precision Farming System, Development of the Organizational and Economic Mechanism of Sustainable Land Management based on Modern Digital Technologies, Profitability of Agricultural Production.

Professor Dr.N.V. Ziablitckaia is Professorat South Ural State University, Chelyabinsk, Russia. She holds the Doctor of Economics degree. Her research interests encompass Business Planning, Competitive Advantages of an Organization, Lean Manufacturing, Development of Petrochemical clusters, Petrochemical Industry.

M.V. Kholmanskikh is a Lecturer. His research is pertaining to Precision Farming Technologies, Lean Manufacturing, Economic and Mathematical Modeling of Economic Processes and Phenomena in the Precision Farming System.

L.A. Novopashin is a Candidate of Technical Sciences, Associate Professor. His scientific interests are problems of starting Transport and Technological Machines, Digitalization of Agriculture, research of Alternative Types of Energy.

L.V. Denyozhko is a Candidate of Technical Sciences, Associate Professor. Her scientific interests are research of Working Processes in Internal Combustion Engines, the use of Digital Technologies in the Study of Processes in Thermoelectric Thermometers, Research of Alternative Types of Energy.

A. A. Sadov is a Post-graduate Student. His research interests are research on renewable alternative types of Energy, Processes of Digitalization of Agriculture, Development of Robotic Complexes for Agricultural Needs.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners. using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

10

A.S.Gusev, G.A.Beznosov, N.V. Ziablitckaia, M.V. Kholmanskikh, L.A. Novopashin, L.V. Denyozhko, A.A. Sadov

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12E

AN INVESTIGATION ON STAKEHOLDERS’ PERCEPTION REGARDING EFFECTIVENESS OF SOCIAL MEDIA IN PAKISTAN’S HIGHER EDUCATION a*

Muhammad Junaid Siraji , Liaquat Hussain a

a

Institute of Education & Research, Gomal University, Dera Ismail Khan, KP, PAKISTAN.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 15 April 2019 Received in revised form 22 July 2019 Accepted 30 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

In the contemporary era, social media is considered as a vital tool for providing opportunities to different groups of stakeholders to get them informed about shared interests. It helps stakeholders in sharing views, organizing demands and managing their interventions. The effectiveness of social media has become vital phenomenon which needs further exploration in different context including higher education. The stakeholders’ perception (students, parents & teachers) about social media effectiveness has developed the leading and burning issue in the context of higher education. These concepts have been extracted from the existing research studies which were transformed into theoretical framework wherein hypotheses were developed. The perceptions of the said stakeholders were analyzed by collecting primary data from students, parents, and teachers hailing from the higher educational institutions of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. The results of study provide significant information in deciding relationships between research concepts. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Social media effectiveness; Higher educational institutions; Parents’ perception; Students' perception; Teachers’ perception.

1. INTRODUCTION In the modern age of globalization, social media has played critical role by sharing information over digital technologies thereby connecting diverse group of individuals for certain well-defined motives. The social media is the main channel of communicating information over the advanced technologies which is helpful in creating and sharing ideas, information and expression around virtual groups (Greenhow et al., 2006). The social media talk about applications of diverse tools and techniques by visiting diverse websites over internet that are designed to allow different individuals to share information more quickly and effectively (Hemmi et al., 2009). Social media played critical role in developing interactions by linking like-minded people who have similar interests. The effectiveness and vitality of social media become imperative in each domain and context but its role in higher education becomes phenomenal due to application and adaptability of the digital technologies (Sharda et al., 2013). *Corresponding author (Muhammad Junaid Siraji) E-mail: junidik@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.155

1

The higher educational institutions being the highest seats of the learning and teaching are responsible to deliver quality education to students thus producing competent and committed future workforces to different sectors of economy (Mukhaini et al., 2014). In higher education, different stakeholders (students, parents & teachers) are frequently held liable in maintaining the mission and values which are mostly related to the long-lasting objectives and standards of institutions (Gemma & Marín, 2015). The stakeholders are accountable for the sole educational experiences, so, letting them offer distinctive social media involvements just seems right. They can play pivotal role by sharing the institutional standards and values over social media to up-bring the standing along with norms and values of the concerned institutions (Akhmad et al., 2018). In same line, stakeholders over effective utilization of social media might overwhelm the situation at pat to international standards.

2. THEORETICAL DEVELOPMENT In the contemporary competitive era, the emergent role of social media has become dynamic in each domain like society, politics, economics, and education (Sharda et al., 2013). Certainly, there exists some new opportunities with regard to applications of various social media networks like social networking websites, content communities, shared projects, wikis, blogs and other different forums which have their momentous impact upon the educational process for all the stakeholders (teachers, students and parents) (Gemma & Marín, 2015). Social media, with the introduction and application of advanced technologies, gain continuous admiration in the contemporary era (Christin & Harney, 2017). The effective social media use bring along certain wide-ranging positive values as it is pool of the diverse connected communications networks committed to community-based ideas, interaction, content sharing and collaboration (Akhmad et al., 2018). These collaborations might have certain benefits for stakeholders (students, parents & teachers) when used in context of the teaching and learning environment especially in the higher institutions.

2.1 STAKEHOLDERS’ PERCEPTION The present study is a response to the widespread use of social media by different stakeholders for academic-related commitments. This study might highlight social media as effective teaching and learning instrument in higher education. With respect to the higher education, different stakeholders are associated with institutions in which students, parent, and teachers are foremost. These are real shareholders who are ultimate beneficiaries of educational quality and might have wide-ranging contribution in enriching educational standards. The social media might be sources of academic interaction among the students which might be helpful in inspiring their potentials towards shortcomings in their academic activities. Conversely, social media has gained attention of parents as they are worried about time spent by children on social media regarding negative and positive consequences. Equally, teachers are only source who through motivation can inspire students and parents towards the positive usages of social media for educational purposes.

2.1.1 PERCEPTION OF STUDENTS In the students’ lifetime, the most prominent dynamic forces are learning by studying to gain certain knowledge to become the individuals of honorable characters. But nowadays, the teaching and learning process is totally threatened by students fetching captured by maneuvers of social networking (Isman & Dabaj, 2004). On one hand, students are able to obtain updated knowledge by

2

Muhammad Junaid Siraji, Liaquat Hussain

using the social media networking but on other hand, students ignore their studies by disbursing their time on different websites of social networking instead of learning academic credentials and interacting with those people who have ample knowledge in this regard (Hamid et al., 2011).

Consequently, the active and frequent partaking in social media networking might adversely mark academic successes by hindering their journeys towards future careers (Hamid et al., 2015). Students have diverse perceptions about social media usages about positive and negative consequences associated with use of social media networking for diverse drives (social interaction & academic information) (Akhmad et al., 2018).

2.1.2 PERCEPTION OF PARENTS The literature revealed that parents have diverse responses around the usage of social media as social networking is sometimes helpful in accommodating students in academic conversation but most of time it is considered as time-wasting activities (Greenhow et al., 2006). Most of the parents perceive that students are using social media for social interaction and not for academic collaboration which in turn greatly affects their academic performance and achievements (Funk et al., 2009).

Further revealed that issues of social media usage results in rigid conversations among the students and parents as both of them view social media at both the ends (positive & negative dimensions) (Allen et al., 2013). Similarly, due to rapid technological changes, the parents frequently fall overdue their children in understanding the digital technologies' practices (Christin & Harney, 2017). Since students know often more about different websites of social media rather than their parents, students are often at risk of learning problematic behaviors by using social media from different websites.

2.1.3 PERCEPTION OF TEACHERS The teachers’ perception matter a lot with regard to the usages of social media by their students as the teachers are always of the opinion that the social media has both positive and negative impact on students’ behaviors, learning activities along with academic performance and successes (Gulbahar & Hunain, 2008). Networking (social media) can encourage students to effect linguistic problems and can improve student engagement in their academic curriculum. As the dominance of technologies (social) is fast-growing, so, teachers must comprehend how it is disturbing the students’ morale so, there is dire need to educate students about the consequences of social media (Gemma & Marín, 2015). The core aim of research is to explore capabilities of teachers that how effective social media has established in the cognitive and affective growth of students (Christin & Harney, 2017). In this regard, diverse social media networking like Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn, and other applications might be the best sources of the learning and teaching when used by students under the guidance of the teachers (Akhmad et al., 2018).

2.2 SOCIAL MEDIA EFFECTIVENESS In past, the sharing of thoughts and information communication among different groups of individuals was constrained by different dynamics like long-distance, availability of resources, accessibility of different means and lack of different channels for communication (Greenhow et al., 2006). There exist solid prospects that effective utilization of social media technologies mechanisms confirm constant expansion and quality control in higher education. The social media effectiveness is linked to focused agility and is considered the best source of international and regional merger of *Corresponding author (Muhammad Junaid Siraji) E-mail: junidik@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.155

3

diverse procedures and processes (Hemmi et al., 2009). This, in turn, rises necessity for active contrivances for professional gratitude of higher education credentials. In education sector, social media networking offering students prospect to link with other students, alumni and teachers regarding both within and outside domain (Allen et al., 2013). The social-networking applications have capacity to attract, encourage and involve students in the extensive communicative practices (Akhmad et al., 2018).

2.3 THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK Figure 1 shows the theoretical framework used in this study. The correlation and regression analysis are used to explore the effectiveness of social media.

Figure 1: the theoretical framework regarding social media effectiveness.

2.4 HYPOTHESES OF STUDY Hypotheses are given as H#1: There is a positive and significant association between stakeholdersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (students, parents & teachers) perception and social media effectiveness (correlation analysis).

H#2: There is a significant and positive impact of the stakeholdersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (students, parents & teachers) perception on the social media effectiveness (regression analysis).

3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY The research methodology is the detailed procedures and methods which are used to identify, select, process and analyze information about research issues. The methodology section permits readers to critically appraise the whole trajectory of the research study. This section mainly answers two queries, one relates to how the data will be collected and the second relates to, how the collected data will be analyzed by using different statistical tools and techniques.

3.1 RESEARCH DESIGN The research design of this study is both descriptive as well as exploratory to explore/examine phenomenon under considerations more systematically by using the descriptive statistics and the inferential statistics, according to Creswell & Williams (2012).

3.2 SURVEY APPROACH The survey approach is the best technique as recommended and used by various researchers for data collection in the form of different questions/statements from the respondents. As compared to other approaches (experimentation and direct observation) surveys produce a wider range of information about the research phenomenon (Vehovar & Lozar, 2008). For this purpose, usually the researchers used questionnaire to ask different questions from different dimensions from the

4

Muhammad Junaid Siraji, Liaquat Hussain

respondents about the research phenomena under consideration (Sekaran & Bougie, 2013). In this study, the researcher used survey approach by collecting primary data over questionnaire to ask different questions about the research variables.

3.3 POPULATION & SAMPLE The population in the current study comprises the students, parents, and teachers hailing from higher educational institutions of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. From this population, sample was drawn by using stratified sampling that is usually “used probability method that is superior to random sampling because it reduces sampling error”. This study used the sampling formula as presented by Black and Champion (1976), giving a sample of 230 respondents.

3.4 DATA COLLECTION METHODS The data collection is an essential feature of any kind of research in social sciences. The incomplete and way-out data collection can influence outcomes of study and eventually leads to worthless outcomes. The data is always collected from different sources likewise the secondary and primary data collection (Lave & March, 1993). The secondary data was collected from diverse online databases including the research journals and digital libraries while for primary data, researchers mostly used diverse tools like observations, interviews, questionnaires and surveys (Lescroël et al., 2014). The researcher used questionnaire tool for primary data collection.

3.5 TOOLS FOR DATA ANALYSIS After the data collection, both secondary and primary, data analysis is the next phase to evaluate the data and to obtain the desired results. For data analysis, two tools are most significant which are widely used in social research studies (Tabachnick & Fidell, 2007). In this regard, a descriptive tool is used to analyze the data description of variables while the testing of hypotheses relates to examining relationships among the variables of research. Therefore, the present study will have to use both the descriptive and inferential tools to analyze the data (Adèr & Mellenbergh, 2008).

3.6 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN & MEASUREMENT The questionnaire is a research instrument comprising diverse questions asked from respondents to collect desired data about research concepts that are used for statistical analysis (Oppenheim, 2000). The use of questionnaires has certain advantages over certain other survey types like it is inexpensive, less time-consuming tool and has homogenous responses that mark it meek to assemble the data (Munn & Drever, 2004). The questionnaires are limited sharply with fact that respondents might “be able to read questions and respond” accordingly (Gillham, 2008).

4. DATA ANALYSIS & DISCUSSION This is the main section wherein the results obtained through hypotheses testing by using diverse statistical procedures thereby reaching conclusion more comprehensively. It comprises two sections like the descriptive and the inferential analysis. The inferential analysis provided the “data about the relationships among the research variables” through the statistical procedures. For this purpose, two tools were used as the correlation and regression.

4.1 CORRELATION ANALYSIS The correlation analysis provided data about association, strength, and direction of relationships *Corresponding author (Muhammad Junaid Siraji) E-mail: junidik@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.155

5

between the predicting variables (stakeholdersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; perceptions) and a criterion variable (social media effectiveness).

Table 1 Correlation Analysis (Hypothesis H#1) (N=224) Students Perception 1

Students Perception

Parents Perception 0.373** <0.001 1

Teachers Perception 0.534** <0.001 0.517** <0.001 1

Pearson Correlation Sig. (2-tailed) Parents Perception Pearson Correlation 0.373** Sig. (2-tailed) <0.001 Teachers Perception Pearson Correlation 0.534** 0.517** Sig. (2-tailed) <0.001 <0.001 Social Media Effectiveness Pearson Correlation 0.653** 0.508** Sig. (2-tailed) <0.001 <0.001 **. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).

0.751** <0.001

To examine the association between stakeholders (students, parents & teachers) perception about social media effectiveness, the correlation procedure was used so as to examine the strength and direction of relationship. The correlation shows that all predictors are positively and significantly correlated (associated) with the criterion variable (social media effectiveness). Likewise, the correlation between the students perception and criterion variable (R=.653 & P-value =<0.001), the parents perception and criterion variable (R=.508 & P-value =<0.001) and the teachers perception and criterion variable (R=.751 & P-value =<0.001). Therefore, from the above results, the hypothesis # 1 is accepted. These findings are inlined with the findings of previous research studies (Isman & Dabaj, 2004; Hemmi et al., 2009; Hamid et al., 2011; Hamid et al., 2015). Therefore, the results of this study have been validated through the results obtained from the previous research studies.

4.2 REGRESSION ANALYSIS The regression analysis provided the data about the cause-and-effect relationships of the predicting variables (stakeholdersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; perceptions) on the criterion variable (social media effectiveness).

Is helps the researchers regarding the predictability of the criterion variables through predictors.

Table 2 Regression Analysis (Hypothesis H#2) (Model Summary) Model 1

R 0.814a

R Square 0.663

Adjusted R Square 0.658

Std. Error Estimate 0.373

F 142.97

Sig. <0.001b

Table 2a Regression Analysis (Hypothesis H#2) (Coefficient of Regression) Model

Unstandardized Standardized Coefficients Coefficients B Std. Error Beta 1 (Constant) -0.028 0.170 Students Perception 0.351 0.049 0.336 Parents Perception 0.102 0.040 0.189 Teachers Perception 0.566 0.056 0.510 a. Predictors: Students Perception, Parents Perception, Teachers Perception b. Dependent Variable: Social Media Effectiveness

t

Sig.

-0.163 70.160 20.860 100.035

0.871 0.020 0.041 0.017

To examine the predictability of social media effectiveness through predictors (students, parents & teachers) perceptions, the regression procedure was used. The result in Table 2 showed that the predictors are responsible to bring about 66% change/variation in criterion variable (social media effectiveness) supported by p-values significant on all the independent variables. Likewise, the coefficient of regression in Table 2a shows that all the predictors have significant impact on the

6

Muhammad Junaid Siraji, Liaquat Hussain

criterion variables (students’ perception = 0.020), (parents perception = 0.041) and (teachers perception = 0.017). Therefore, the students' and teachers' perceptions have strong impact on social media effectiveness as compared to the parents’ perception. These results also supported the results obtained from the correlation wherein the correlation between students' and teachers' perceptions is higher than the parents’ perception. Thus, the hypothesis H#2 is accepted. These results are inlined “with the results of the previous research studies” (Gemma & Marín, 2015; Hamid et al., 2015; Christin & Harney, 2017; Akhmad et al., 2018). Therefore, results of this study have been similar to the results obtained from the previous research studies on similar issues in similar context.

5. CONCLUDING REMARK In research, it is common aphorism that results are useless when not communicated properly in the manner of compacted standard for readers and upcoming researchers. From the results from the analysis in this study, the following conclusions have emerged: o

The hypothesis H#1 was tested over correlation procedure wherein the results showed that students' and teachers' perception (0.653 & 0.751 respectively) have high correlation with the effectiveness of social media as compared to parents' perception (0.508). The main reason behind is the worriedness of parents about the children (students) continuous usages of social networking as the students spent most of the time in social interaction on the social media websites thereby ignoring their curriculum activities. These unintended consequences are the main causes that why many parents seem to be worried about the usages of social media.

o

The hypothesis H#2 was tested through the regression procedure to observe the impact of predictors (students, parents, and teachers) perceptions on social media effectiveness. The results revealed that again the student's and teachers' perception has significant impact on the social media effectiveness (0.020 & 0.017 respectively) while the significance level of parents' perception was somehow weak (0.041). The possible reason of said significance level might be the conscious efforts of parents for protecting their children from harmful consequence of social media as is not surprising that parents are worried about their children activities on the social media networking sites.

The stakeholders (students, parents & teachers) are direly needed to be aware of the positivity and negativity of the social media usages. Moreover, students are required to spend their precious time in curriculum-related activities thereby ignoring the social interaction on the social media websites which might help them in focusing their academic activities thereby achieving the desired academic status. Similarly, parents are required to be well abreast towards applications of the social media tools and their ultimate influences on the attitudes and behaviors of their children. Likewise, parents are required to motivate children in a friendly environment about positive aspects of social media usages thereby intimating then about negative dimensions. Finally, the teachers are required to put more emphasis on the effective usage of social media on the part of the students thereby obtaining desirous information through social media.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL The used and generated data is available upon request to the corresponding author.

*Corresponding author (Muhammad Junaid Siraji) E-mail: junidik@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.155

7

7. REFERENCES Adèr, H. J., & Mellenbergh, G. J. (2008). Advising on research methods: A consultant's companion.

Huizen, the Netherlands: Johannes van Kessel Publishing.

Akhmad, H., Amirul, M., Yatim, R., & Ferdiaz, S. (2018). Building an online community: Student teachers’ perceptions on the advantages of using social networking services. Turkish Online Journal of Distance Education, 19 (1), 46-61.

Allen, M., Wicks, R. H., & Schulte, S. (2013). Online environmental engagement among youth: Influence of parents, attitudes and demographics. Mass Communication & Society, 16(5), 661-686.

Christin, T., & Harney, P. (2017). Parental Perception of Mobile Device Usage in Children and Social Competency. Walden Dissertations and Doctoral Studies, Walden University.

Creswell, J. W., & Williams, P. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Funk, J., Brouwer, J., Curtiss, K., & McBroom, E. (2009). Parents of preschoolers: Expert media recommendations and ratings knowledge, media-effects beliefs, and monitoring practices.

Pediatrics, 123(3), 981-988.

Gemma, T., & Marín, V. (2015). Enhancing learning with the social media: student, teachers’ and parents perceptions on a debate activity. New Approaches in Educational Research, 4 (1). 46-53.

Gillham, B. (2008). Developing a questionnaire (2nd Ed.). London, UK: Continuum International Publishing Group Ltd. Greenhow, C., Robelia, B., & Hughes, J. E. (2006). Learning, teaching, and scholarship in a digital age.

Educational Researcher, 38(4), 246-258.

Gulbahar, Y., & Hunain, H. (2008). Improving the technology integration skills of prospective teachers through perception and practice: A case study. The Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 7(4), 71-81.

Hamid, S., Kurnia, S., Waycott, J., & Chang, S. (2015). Understanding students' perceptions of the benefits of online social networking use for teaching and learning. Internet and Higher Education, 26, 1–9.

Hemmi, A., Bayne, S., & Land, R. (2009). The appropriation and repurposing of social technologies in higher education. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 25(1), 19–30.

Isman, A., & Dabaj, F. (2004). Attitudes of students towards Internet. Journal of Technology and Teacher Education, 11(4), 549-577.

Lave, C. A., & March, J. G. (1993). An introduction to models in the social sciences. Lanham, Md: University Press of America.

Lescroël, A., Ballard, G., Authier, M., & Ainley, D. (2014). Data Collection and Analysis by Dr. Roger Sapsford, Victor Jupp ISBN 0-7619-5046-X. Mukhaini, E., Qayoudhi, W., & Badi, A. (2014). Adoption of social networking in education: A study of the use of social networks by higher education students in Oman. Journal of International Education Research, 10(2), 143.

Munn, P., & Drever, E. (2004). Using questionnaires in small-scale research: A beginner's guide.

Glasgow, Scotland: Scottish Council for Research in Education.

Oppenheim, A. N. (2000). The questionnaire design, interviewing and attitude measurement (New Ed.).

London, UK: Continuum International Publishing Group Ltd. Sekaran, U., & Bougie, R. (2013). Research Methods for Business: A Skill-Building Approach (6th Ed.).

John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

8

Muhammad Junaid Siraji, Liaquat Hussain

Sharda, G., Anita, D., & Pragya, G. (2013). Social Media in Quality Enhancement in Higher Education.

International Journal of Research and Development, 2 (1), 2319–5479.

Tabachnick, B. G., & Fidell, L.S. (2007). Using Multivariate Statistics, 5th Edition. Boston: Pearson Education, Inc./Allyn and Bacon, Vehovar, V., & Lozar, M. K. (2008). Overview: Online Surveys. In Fielding, N., Lee, R. M., Blank, G. The SAGE Handbook of Online Research Methods. London: SAGE. pp. 177–194.

Muhammad Junaid Siraji is a Ph.D. scholar at the Institute of Education & Research, Gomal University, Dera Ismail Khan, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan. He is working as Assistant Director Admissions, Gomal University, Dera Ismail Khan. His research area is Social Media Effectiveness in Higher Education.

Dr. Liaqat Hussain is an Assistant Professor at the Institute of Education & Research, Gomal University, Dera Ismail Khan, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan. He got his Ph.D. Degree from Institute of Education & Research, Gomal University. His research is focused on Computer Literacy in Education.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All product names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners. using for identification purposes only. The use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (Muhammad Junaid Siraji) E-mail: junidik@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12E http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12E.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.155

9

© 2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12F

INFLUENCES OF THE IODINE-POLYMER PREPARATION "MONCLAVIT-1" ON THE HORMONAL, MORPHOLOGICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL STATUS OF THE BLOOD OF LAMBS OF WEST SIBERIAN MEAT BREED a*

b

Afanasyeva Antonina Ivanovna , Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich , c d d Katamanov Sergey Grigorievich , Loretts Olga Gennadievna , Neverova Olga Petrovna a

Faculty of Biology and Technology, Altai State Agrarian University, RUSSIA Department of General Biology, Physiology, and Morphology of Animals, Altai State Agrarian University, RUSSIA c Administration of the Rodinsky District of the Altai Territory, RUSSIA d Ural State Agrarian University RUSSIA b

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 25 March 2019 Received in revised form 18 June 2019 Accepted 12 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

To increase the economic efficiency of sheep farming and produce high-quality mutton, in 2011 in the Altai Territory a West Siberian meat breed of sheep was created (patent No. 5728, 11.01.2011), characterized by endurance, precocity, high reproductive qualities, and fertility (160 %).

Sheep are distinguished by a long, thick, white-colored grease coat and noble crimpiness with wool fineness 21–24 microns. The yield of washed wool is 57–58%, with wool length 9cm in uterus to 11.5cm in rams. The slaughter yield reaches more than 50%. Biogeochemical features of their breeding area are the limiting factor in the breed improvement process. In particular, the Altai Territory is deficient in iodine. Iodine deficiency leads to a decrease in the functional activity of the thyroid gland, metabolic disorders, changes in the morpho-biochemical composition of the blood and reduced productivity. In connection with this, a scheme of application has been studied to study the effect of the iodine-polymer preparation Monklavit-1 on the hormonal, morphological and biochemical status of the blood of lambs of the West Siberian meat breed. It was established that the drug contributes to the preservation of the physiological status of lambs by increasing the level of thyroid hormones (T3 and T4) by 13.1 and 12.3 (P <0.01)%, respectively, as a result of which the protein-synthetic function of the liver is activated, increases the concentration of proteins in the blood of plastic values - albumin by 6.9%, energy metabolism normalizes, which affected the increase in glucose level by 15.7% (P <0.01) and decrease in cholesterol concentration by 25.0%; groups; the number of erythrocytes and hemoglobin increased by 8.1 and 9.7 (P <0.01), respectively, leukogram stabilized. ©2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Protein; carbohydrate, lipid metabolism of lambs; blood morphological parameters; Iodine deficiency; thyroid hormones.

*Corresponding author (Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich). E-mail: smy-asau@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.156

1

1. INTRODUCTION Modern Russian sheep breeding is traditional for many regions of the country, but due to the rapid growth in the synthetic fibers production, wool production, on which sheep breeding was mainly based, has decreased significantly [1]. Therefore, the problem of increasing the economic efficiency of sheep breeding is solved by increasing the meat productivity of sheep raised in the regions [2], as well as creating new breeds of sheep of intensive meat productivity [3]. At the Altai Territory (Western Siberia) in 2011 after long-term breeding work, was bred the West Siberian meat breed of sheep (patent number 5728, 11.01.2011), well adapted to breeding in harsh climatic conditions with a long winter, low temperatures, sharply continental climate. Sheep are characterized by endurance, precocity, high reproductive qualities, and fecundity (160%). Animals have a long, thick, white-colored grease coat and noble crimpiness with wool of fineness 21â&#x20AC;&#x201C;24 microns. The output of scoured wool is 57â&#x20AC;&#x201C;58%, with a hair length of 9 cm in uterus to 11.5 cm in rams, the slaughter yield reaches more than 50%. The breed is in demand in many regions of the Russian Federation.

Figure 1: West Siberian Meat Breed.

Despite the high productive indicators of these sheep, the biogeochemical characteristics of their breeding area are the limiting factor in the process of improving the breed; in particular, the Altai Territory belongs to the regions deficient in iodine.

In recent years, there has been a decrease in the content of bio elements in the soil and plants throughout the world, including iodine [4]. Iodine is essential to trace elements that are part of biologically active substances, it is necessary for the organism of animals and humans [5, 6].

The main role of iodine is its presence in the composition of thyroid hormones, which regulate the basal metabolism, the consumption of carbohydrates, proteins and fats in the body, the processes of heat formation, affect growth, development, and the function of reproduction [7].

Neogenesis, metabolic processes, resistance, hemopoiesis, growth and development of young animals, processes of ruminal digestion are regulated by thyroid hormones [8, 9]. Lack of iodine in animals leads to severe damage to the thyroid gland and disruption of growth and development, as well as reduced product quality [10, 11]. In this regard, it is necessary to introduce iodine-containing preparations and additives into the rations of sheep, however, the most common inorganic iodine salts are not effective enough because of their instability and easy oxidation in air.

2

Afanasyeva A.I., Sarychev V.A., Katamanov S.G., Loretts O.G., Neverova O.P.

That’s why one of the promising areas in meeting the physiological needs for iodine of farm animals is the use of organic forms of iodine [6], which is the iodine-polymer preparation “Monklavit-1”.

In this regard, the purpose of our research was to study the effect of the iodine-polymer preparation “Monklavit-1” on the hormonal, morphological and biochemical status of the blood of lambs of West Siberian meat breed in the conditions of the Altai Territory.

2. MATERIAL AND RESEARCH METHODS The research was performed in accordance with the thematic plan-task for the implementation of research works (No. AAAA-A18-118090300003-7; from 03.09.2018) by order of the Ministry of Agriculture of Russia. The experimental part of the work was carried out in LLC “Mayak” of the Rodinsky district of the Altai Territory.

In our experience as an iodinating agent was used a wide spectrum of the iodine-polymer medicine for animals, Monklovit – 1. It is an aqueous-polymer system based on iodine in the form of a complex of poly-N-vinylamidecyclosulfoiodide.

The study of the effectiveness of the use of the drug "Monclavit-1" in the raising of lambs was carried out on 20 rams at the age of 4 months, formed into groups after weaning from ewes: control and experimental 10 heads each, with an average live weight of 27.1 ± 0.47 kg.

In the control group, lambs received the main ration, and in the experimental group, the main ration and additionally the iodine-polymer preparation “Monclavit – 1” were added to the feed immediately before feeding.

The drug was used in a dose of 1 ml per kg of live weight, 1 time per day, during the weaning period - for 10 days and after 1 month for 10 days. Blood for research was obtained at the age of 4 and 12 months.

The level of thyroid hormones (triiodothyronine, thyroxin) and adrenal cortex (cortisol) in the blood serum of animals was determined by immunoenzyme method on a Bio-rad photometer for microplate (Model 680 Microplate Reader) using the “Thyroid IFA – thyroxin 01” using reagent kit “Syrophi-Iph” 01 ", "SteroidIFA - cortisol 01 ".

A study of the morphological parameters of blood (the number of red blood cells, leukocytes, and hemoglobin) was conducted on a veterinary hematology analyzer MicroCC-20Plus using hematological reagents CDS (Clinical Diagnostic Solutions (Russia).

The smears were painted using the combined Popenheim method using May-Grunwald and Romanovsky-Giemssee dyes. Counting and differentiation of leukocytes using a MICROMED-3 trinocular microscope with a ToupCam video eyepiece.

Blood biochemical parameters (total protein, albumin, glucose, calcium, phosphorus, cholesterol, triglycerides, alkaline phosphatase) were studied on a BioChemSA analyzer using “Vital” reagent diagnostic kits.

The determination of serum protein fractions (albumin, globulins, α-globulins β-globulins, *Corresponding author (Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich). E-mail: smy-asau@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.156

3

γ-globulins) was carried out using electrophoretic separation of serum proteins on an agarose gel using the CORMAY-GELPROTEIN 100 kit on a densitometer scanning DM 2120. Densitometry was performed by control from a PC according to the user manual "Software for automatic phoregram analysis for the densitometer DM 2120" according to the method "CORMAY-GELPROTEIN 100 (5F) [8].

Statistical processing of digital data was carried out using the method of variation statistics on a personal computer using Microsoft Excel, the value of the accuracy criterion was determined according to the Student-Fisher table [12].

3. RESEARCH RESULTS The regulation of all physiological functions in the organism of animals depends on the coordinated work of the nervous and endocrine systems. The full value of their activities is determined, inter alia, by the presence of all the components that are necessary for the synthesis of certain biologically active substances. In particular, iodine is an indispensable trace element [6, 13].

Up to 65% of iodine is found in the thyroid hormones – in thyroxine and triiodothyronine [14].

Therefore, according to the content of thyroid hormones in the blood of animals, it is possible to judge the effect of organic iodine on the functional state of the thyroid gland. In connection with the above, we studied the concentration of thyroid hormones in the blood serum of lambs from the control and experimental groups prior to the beginning of the experiment and at its end (at 12 months of age). The results are presented in Table 1.

Table 1: Dynamics of the thyroid hormones concentration in lambs of the West-Siberian meat breed.

Indicator

Before the beginning of the experiment Control group Experimental group 3.26±0.71 3.32±0.73 90.1±5.81 91.6±5.72

At the end of the experiment Control group Experimental group 3.24±0.72 3.69±0.81 89.8±4.32 102.9±5.21**

Thyroxine, nmol / l Triiodothyronine, nmol / l Coefficient thyroid conversion 3.62 3.63 3.61 3.59 (T3 / T4 *100) *Р <0,05; **Р <0,01; ***Р<0,001 - the difference is statistically reliable in comparison between groups.

We found that the concentration of thyroxine (T4) and triiodothyronine (T3) before the administration of the drug corresponded to the physiological norm. At the end of the experiment, the concentration of T3 and T4 in the blood serum of young animals in the control group did not change significantly, in the experimental group it increased by 13.1 and 12.3 (P <0.01)%, respectively.

This may be connected with the fact that iodine contained in the drug is absorbed in the gastrointestinal tract and enters the blood it increases the protein content of iodine metabolism in the thyroid gland and protein-bound iodine, able to regulate the production of thyroid-stimulating hormone [15], which affects all stages of iodine metabolism and activates the production of thyroid hormones.

It is known that if during the normal functioning of the thyroid gland thyroxin is predominantly synthesized, then under the conditions of iodine deficiency the ratio in the synthesis of T4 and T3 changes and the thyroid gland switches to a more active synthesis of T3, which has more hormonal activity, thereby reducing iodine consumption [16,17].

4

Afanasyeva A.I., Sarychev V.A., Katamanov S.G., Loretts O.G., Neverova O.P.

In our studies, this was reflected in a higher thyroid conversion rate in the control group of lambs at the end of the experiment. A higher level of T3 and T4 in the lambs of the experimental group contributes to the strengthening of metabolic processes.

It is known that thyroid hormones have a significant impact on the processes of hemopoiesis [18]. In this regard, we analyzed the morphological parameters of the blood of experimental lambs (Table 2).

Table 2: Dynamics of morphological parameters of the blood of rams of the West-Siberian meat breed when using the drug "Monklavit-1".

Indicator Erythrocyte, 1012/l leukocyte,109/l Hemoglobin, g/l

Group Before the beginning of the experiment control experimental 7.58±0.24 7.68±0.31 11.7± 1.14 11.3±1.09 103.2±2.33 104.0±2.50 Leukogram, % 0.2±0.02 0.2±0.03 1.6±0.7 1.7±0.6

At the end of the experiment control experimental 7.4± 0.37 8.0±0.35 11.2±1.07 12.3±1.73 91.0±4.24 100.0±4.62*

Basophils 0.3±0.01 0.4±0.01 Eosinophils 0.2±0.03 0.3±0.03 Band neutrophils 1.5±0.5 1.6±0.8 Segmentonuclear 35.7±1.8 34.5±2.1 neutrophils 32.3±1.9 32.4±1.7 Monocytes 2.6±0.18 2.7±0.19 2.4±0.16 2.2±0.2 Lymphocytes 63.3±1.24 63.1±1.27 58.5±1.7 61.0±1.2 *Р <0,05; **Р <0,01;***Р<0,001 - the difference is statistically reliable in comparison between groups.

The morphological composition of blood in the rams of the control and experimental groups at the age of 4 months before using the drug corresponded to the physiological norm. At 12 months age, the red blood cells, hemoglobin, and leukocytes were lower by 2.4; 11.8 and 4.2%, respectively, than at 4 months of age. In the young stock of the experimental group, an increase in the number of erythrocytes and leukocytes was found by 4.2 and 8.8%, respectively, and a decrease in hemoglobin concentration by 3.8%, in comparison with the values established in 4 months old animals.

The number of erythrocytes, hemoglobin and leukocytes in the 12 months old rams of the experimental group was higher by 8.1 and 9.7 (P <0.01) and 9.8%, respectively, than in the control group of analogs, which is probably because of a sufficient level iodine provision, which has a significant impact on the functional state of the thyroid gland and provides the hormonal profile that contributes to a more active process of erythropoiesis [19].

Blood leukocytes in the body of animals perform protective, trophic, transport and other functions, stimulate tissue regeneration and participate in intermediate metabolism. The blood leukogram reflects the degree of functional stress of the organism, so we determined the number and ratio of different types of leukocytes in lambs of the control and experimental groups [20].

The leukogram of the rams of the experimental groups had some peculiarities. In the blood of lambs of the control group, were recorded higher rates of the band and segmentonuclear neutrophils by 6, 2 and 3 and 4%, monocytes by 8.6 and 15.3%, in comparison with the same indicators established in the rams of the experimental group. In the experimental group, the values of eosinophils, basophils, and lymphocytes were higher by 33.4; 25 and 4.1%. *Corresponding author (Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich). E-mail: smy-asau@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.156

5

For a more objective assessment of the metabolism level occurring in the organism of rams, there was determined the biochemical composition of the blood serum of animals from the control and experimental groups. The research results are presented in Table 3.

Table 3: Dynamics of biochemical parameters of blood serum of lambs of the West-Siberian meat breed using the drug "Monklavit-1" Indicator Total protein, g / l Albumin, g / l Globulin, g / l α-globulin, g / l β-globulin, g / l γ-globulin, g / l albumin/globulin Glucose, mmol / l Са, mmol / l Р, mmol / l Са: Р Cholesterol, mmol / l Triglycerides, mmol / l

Before the beginning of the experiment Control group Experimental group 69.70±2.7 70.2±2.6 33.40±1.17 33.6±1.12 35.56±1.21 35.7±1.24 9.4±0.73 9.6±0.75 10.5±0.98 10.3±0.97 14.4±1.07 15.5±1.05 0.94 0.94 2.5±0.63 2.4±0.67 2.43±0.13 2.45±0.13 1.64±0.04 1.60±0.05 1.48 1.53 2.6±0.52 2.5±0.56 0.7±0.12 0.8±0.14

At the end of the experiment Control group Experimental group 62.9±1.8 65.7±1.9 29.2±1.22 31.5±1.31 33.7±1.37 34.2±1.42 9.6±0.81 9.9±0.71 11.3±0.94 11.9±0.91 12.8±0.93 12.6±0.97 0.86 0.92 1.9±0.45 2.2±0.44** 2.38±0.12 2.46±0.10 1.61±0.4 1.61±0.05 1.48 1.47 2.8±0.78 2.0±0.59* 0.27±0.07 0.32±0.08

*Р <0.05; **Р <0.01;***Р<0.001 - the difference is statistically reliable in comparison between groups.

Researches have shown that an increase in the functional activity of the thyroid gland contributed to the enhancement of redox processes and the intensity of protein metabolism in the body of sheep, which received the iodine-containing drug. In the experimental group animals’ blood the total protein concentration increased by 1.34; proteins with plastic function - albumin by 1.92%, fractions of α- and β-globulins by 3.0 and 4.0%. The albumin-globulin ratio was 6.9% higher than that of the control group analogs. At the same time, the level of globulins, in particular, γ-globulins was higher in rams of the control group by 1.5 and 1.7%.

The use of the drug through thyroid hormones had a positive effect on carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in the body of rams of the experimental group due to the fact that thyroid hormones can directly affect some of the hepatocyte genes involved in gluconeogenesis and glycogen metabolism, in addition, T3 causes an increase in mRNA expression glucose-6-phosphatase, the final enzyme gluconeogenesis, and glycogenolysis, which catalyzes the hydrolysis of glucose-6-phosphate to form glucose. Thyroid hormones contribute to the potentiation of the glycogenolytic and gluconeogenic effects of adrenaline and glucagon [21, 22]. In addition to direct action, thyroid hormones can also have an indirect effect on carbohydrate metabolism, which occurs through the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, leading to an increase in glucose synthesis and an increase in its release into the blood, regardless of the insulin level and corticosteroids in the blood [23].

This fact was reflected in the increase of glucose level by 15.7% (P <0.01) and the decrease in cholesterol concentration by 25.0%, in the blood of lambs of the experimental group in comparison with analogs of the control group. At the end of the experiment, the rams of the control group decrease glycogen stores in the liver by low levels of glucose and triglycerides, increasing blood cholesterol by 28.6% (P <0.05).

It is known that iodine is involved in the metabolism of calcium and phosphorus through

6

Afanasyeva A.I., Sarychev V.A., Katamanov S.G., Loretts O.G., Neverova O.P.

thyroid hormones [24; 25]. Thyroid hormones affecting osteoblasts through the signaling system of nuclear receptors (TR-α1, TR-α2, TR-β1), inducing the expression of the ligand of the nuclear activator receptor κB with subsequent binding and activation of the RANKL receptor (Receptor Activator of Nuclear κB factor Ligand) on precursors of osteoclasts, leading to the stimulation of osteoclastogenesis [26; 27].

In our studies, it was found that the use of the drug did not have a significant effect on the level of Ca and P in the blood of animals, which coincides with the results of F. Kh. Kamilova et al. [27].

Thus, the use of iodine-polymer drug "Monclavit-1" in growing of the West-Siberian meat breed sheep contributes to maintaining the physiological status of lambs by increasing the level of thyroid hormones, as a result of which the protein-synthetic function of the liver is activated, the concentration of plastic proteins in the blood increases -albumin values, energy metabolism normalizes; the number of erythrocytes and hemoglobin increases, the leukogram is stabilized.

4. CONCLUSION The drug contributes to the preservation of the physiological status of lambs by increasing the level of thyroid hormones (T3 and T4) by 13.1 and 12.3 (P <0.01)%, respectively. This is as a result of which the protein-synthetic function of the liver is activated, increases the concentration of proteins in the blood of plastic values - albumin by 6.9%, energy metabolism normalizes, which affected the increase in glucose level by 15.7% (P <0.01) and decrease in cholesterol concentration by 25.0%; groups; the number of erythrocytes and hemoglobin increased by 8.1 and 9.7 (P <0.01), respectively, leukogram stabilized.

5. REFERENCES [1] Selionov M.I. From the history of Russian sheep breeding and its scientific support: Monograph. / M.I. Selonov. - M.; FGBNU VNIIOK, 2017. 238 p.

[2] Amerkhanov Kh.A., A new breed of sheep - Russian meat merino / Kh.A. Amerkhanov, M.V. Egorov, M.I. Selionova, S.N. Shumaenko, N.I. Efimova // Agricultural Journal.-2018.-T. 1.-№ 11.-p.

50-56.

[3] Kulikova A. Ya., Chemical composition and biological value of the meat of young sheep of different breeds / A.Ya. Kulikova, A.N. Ulyanov, S.G. Katamanov, Yu.G. Kotomanov // Collection of scientific works SKNIIZH.-2014.-№3.- P.85-90 [4] Braverman L.E. Iodine and the thyroid: 33 years of study / L.E. Braverman // Thyroid, 1994. - Vol. 4.

- P.351-356.

[5] Veldanova M.V., Iodine - familiar and unfamiliar / M.B. Veldanova. A.V Skalny M .: IntelTek., 2004 - 192 p.6.

[6] Ji, Chen. Salt intake and iodine status around the world. University of Warwick Thesis (Ph.D.). 2013.

327p.

[7] Gerasimov G.A., Iodine deficiency diseases in Russia. A simple solution to a complex problem / G.А.

Gerasimov, V.V. Faziev, N.Yu.Siridenko. - Adamant, 2002. - 168 p.

[8] Georgievsky V.I., Mineral nutrition of animals / V. I. Georgievsky, B. N. Annenkov, V. T. Samokhin.

- M .: Kolos, 1979. P. 471 *Corresponding author (Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich). E-mail: smy-asau@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.156

7

[9] Azimov G.I., Influence of processes in the rumen and in the thyroid gland on the fat content of dairy / G.I. Azimov, V.V. Arepiev // Livestock. - №6. - 1965. - p. 18-24 [10] Spiridonov A. A., Enrichment of livestock products with iodine. Norms and technologies / Spiridonov A. A., Murashova E. V., Kislova O. F. - St. Petersburg, 2014. - 105 p.

[11] Shirokova V.I., Iodine insufficiency: diagnosis and correction. / V.I. Shirokova, V.I. Golodenko, V.F. Demin // Pediatrics, № 6 - 2005.-P.23-27.

[12] Korosteleva N.I. Biometrics in animal husbandry: textbook / N.I. Korosteleva, I.S. Kondrashkova, N.M. Rudishin, I.A. Camardina. - Barnaul: Publishing house AGAU, 2009. - 210 p.

[13] Delange F. Iodine requirements during pregnancy, lactation and the neonatal period and indicators of optimal iodine nutrition // Public Health Nutr. - 2007 - Vol 10 - P 1571-158 [14] Afanasyev A.I., Hormonal mechanisms of seasonal adaptive changes in goats of the Gorno-Altai downy breed, Siberian Journal of Agricultural Science. - 2005. - №4. - P. 121-126.

[15] Gromova O.A., Molecular synergists of iodine: new approaches to effective prevention and treatment of iodine-deficient diseases in pregnant women // OA Gromova, I.Yu. Torshin, N.G. Kosheleva / breast cancer. Mother and child .-2011.-T. 19.-№ 1.-S. 51-58.

[16] Kubasova E.D., Physiological characteristics of the bioelement status and its effect on the thyroid gland of children in the Arkhangelsk region: Author. dis ... to-that biol. sciences. - Arkhangelsk, 2007-18 p.

[17] Kubasova E.D., Modern ideas about the role of environmental factors and imbalance of bioelements in the formation of endemic goiter / E.D. Kubasova, R.V. Kubasov // Successes of Modern Biology.-2009. -T. 129.-№2. p. 181-191 [18] Dzhambulatov M., Effect of feeding of sheep by sulphate of copper on the activity of some redox enzymes / M. Dzhambulatov, S.G. Luganov, Sh.K. Salikhov, G.I. Gireyev // Problems of development of the agro-industrial complex of the region - 2011. No. 6. P.12-16.

[19] Mikhaylenko, A. K., Papshuova, R. D., Chizhova, L. N. The hormonal status of sheep depending on age and iodine availability // Proceedings of the VNIIOK. 2010. №1. URL: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/gormonalnyy-status-ovets-v-zavisimosti-ot-vozrasta-i-yodnoy-obesp echennosti (дата обращения: 04.09.2018).

[20] Spiridonov A. A., Murashova E. V., Kislova O. F. Iodine enrichment of livestock products. Norms and technologies / Spiridonov A. A., Murashova E. V., Kislova O. F. - St. Petersburg, 2014. - 105 p.

[21] Weinberg MB, Utter MF. Effect of thyroid hormone on the turnover of rat liver pyruvate carboxylase and pyruvate dehydrogenase. J Biol Chem 1979;254(19):9492-9499.

[22] Feng X, Jiang Y, Meltzer P, Yen PM. Thyroid hormone regulation of hepatic genes in vivo detected by complementary DNA microarray. Mol Endocrinol 2000;14(7):947-55.

[23] Klieverik LP, Janssen SF, van Riel A, et al. Thyroid hormone modulates glucose production via a sympathetic pathway from the hypothalamic paraventricular nucleus to the liver. Proc. Natl. Acad.

Sci. U. S. A. 2009; 106:5966–5971.

[24] Baldaev, SN, Biochemistry of metabolic disorders in sheep and their prevention / S.N. Baldaev, S.A. Kirilov.- Ulan-Ude: Buryat book publishing house, 1991.- p.160 [25] Baymatov V.N., Changes in clinical and biochemical parameters in cows with iodine deficiency / V.N. Baimatov, V.E. Adamushkin, A.F. Khannanova // Veterinary Medicine. - 2006. - № 8. - p.

45-47.

[26] NichollsJ.J., Brassill N.J., Williams G.R., BassertJ.H. The skeletal consequences of thyrotoxicosis. J. Endocrinol. 2012; 213: 209–211. DOI: 10.1530/JOE-12-0059.

8

Afanasyeva A.I., Sarychev V.A., Katamanov S.G., Loretts O.G., Neverova O.P.

[27] Kamilov F. Kh., Effect of experimental hypothyroidism on bone tissue metabolism and mineral metabolism / F. Kh. Kamilov, V.N. Kozlov, T.I. Ganeev, R.R. Yunusov // Kazan med.zh .. 2017. №6. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/vliyanie-eksperimentalnogo-gipotireoza-na-metabolizm-kostnoy-tka ni-i-mineralnyy-obmen (дата обращения: 10.01.2019).

Professor Dr. Antonina Ivanovna Afanasyeva is Professor and Dean of the Faculty of Biology and Technology, Altai State Agrarian University. She has a Doctor of Biological Sciences degree. Her scientific interests pertains to the study of Physiological Adaptation Mechanisms (Hormonal Status, Morphological And Biochemical Blood Parameters, Productive Indicators) of Farm Animals of the Southern Region of Russia and Import Selection to New Natural and Climatic Conditions of the Altai Territory; ability study of the use of Adaptogens, Immunomodulators, Probiotics for the Prevention of the Negative Effects of Stress and Increasing the Quantitative and Qualitative Indicators of Productivity.

Vladislav Andreevich Sarychev is a Candidate of Biological Sciences, Department of General Biology, Physiology, and Morphology of Animals, Altai State Agrarian University, Russia. His scientific interests include the study of the Adaptive Capacity of Imported Livestock (Hormonal Status, Morphological and Biochemical Blood Parameters, Productive Indicators and Reproductive Ability); Ability study of the use of Adaptogens, Immunomodulators, Probiotics for the Prevention of the Negative Effects of Stress and Increasing the Quantitative and Qualitative Indicators of Productivity.

Dr. Sergey Grigorievich Katamanov holds a Doctor of Agricultural Sciences degree. His scientific interests encompass Breeding and Selection of Fine-Wool and Meat-Wool Sheep; Improving the Qualitative and Quantitative Indicators of Wool and Meat Productivity; Reproductive Ability of Sheep.

Professor Dr. Olga Gennadievna Loretts is Professor and Rector of the Ural State Agrarian University, Russia. She got a Doctor of Biological Science sdegree. She also got a degree in Psychology from Ural State Pedagogical University.

Her areas of scientific interests are Biotechnology, Selection and Genetics of Farm Animals, Biology, Processing of Agricultural Products.

Olga Petrovna Neverova is a Candidate of Biological Sciences, Ural State Agrarian University RUSSIA. Her scientific interests are related to the Development of Resource-Saving Technologies in Poultry Farming for obtaining Environmentally Friendly Products.

*Corresponding author (Sarychev Vladislav Andreevich). E-mail: smy-asau@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.10 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12F http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12F.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.156

9

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12G

LAND-USE/LAND COVER CLASSIFICATION ANALYSIS USING PIXEL BASED METHODS: CASE OF TAROM CITY, IRAN a

a*

b

Seyyed Behrouz Hosseini , Ali Saremi , Mohammad Hossein Noori Gheydari , a c Hossein Sedghi , Alireza Firoozfar a

Department of Water Science and Engineering, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, IRAN. b Department of Water Engineering, Faculty of engineering and technology, Islamic Azad University, Zanjan Branch, Zanjan, IRAN c Department of Civil Engineering, University of Zanjan, Zanjan, IRAN ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history Received 06 May 2019 Received in revised form 05 July 2019 Accepted 19 July 2019 Available online 05 August 2019

This research inspects the convenience of Landsat-8 imagery in generating Land-use Land Cover (LULC) maps based on RGB and NIR bands dates back to August 8th, 2017, and at the same time to reveal which type of LULC in Tarom basin can be utilized with maximum accuracy considering the comparison of results with ground samples.

Besides necessary preprocessing, land-use classification was done after atmospheric corrections (via FLAASH Algorithm). LULC maps were generated using three pixel-based supervised classification methods, Maximum Likelihood (ML), Support Vector Machine (SVM), and Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs). Results proved that imagery precision based on Kappa statistics and overall accuracy for ML classification method were 0.88 and 91.55, respectively. The acquired outcome indicated that Landsat-8 OLI data, present satisfying LULC classification in the waterbody, mountain and rock, bare land, vegetation, and forest classes. In addition, as the results indicated, it can be stated that all three methods of classification in a region of considerable heterogeneity in terms of elevation (between 280-3000 m), land-use and vegetation such as Tarom, can have significant results. In comparison with the other two methods, classification with the ML method had higher speed and lower complexity for execution in achieving the required maps. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Atmospheric Correction; Tarom basin; Maximum Likelihood Classification; Supervised Classification Methods; Land-use map; Landsat-8.

1. INTRODUCTION A modern country must have sufficient information on a multitude of interrelated complex aspects of its activities in order to make decisions. A modern country to have an advanced management system should have proper detailed data on different aspects of socio-economic activities. One of these cited aspects is known as land-use and land cover (LULC), which has become important in recent years. These two mentioned terms are often used interchangeably, but it should be noted that each of them has a unique definition and meaning. Land-use refers to human methods and *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

1

purposes in utilizing land with different usages and resources. Among which agriculture, wildlife, and recreation can be outlined. Also, the observed biological, physical, or biophysical envelopment of the surface of the earth is called land cover (e.g., waterbody, vegetation, soil, and urban infrastructure.

When these terms used together as LULC, it refers to the categorization of natural elements and human activities on the earth. Regarding this, it can be clearly understood that, on a daily basis, existing lands will undergo changes in the types of land-use and land covers.

In order to get over the issue of casual development, desertification, erosion, destruction of wildlife, and marshes, we need accurate data of the pattern of LULC in the study area. LULC is interdependent, so when people start to use lands for human activities, the cover of those lands changes and this process influences its properties (De Sherbinin, 2002). In addition, as Young (1998) believes, the identical section of land can just be used for one objective at a time; so this limitation leads to competition among diverse activities which depends on the availability of lands. One of the important data for controlling the development of the region and land-use dependent activities is the information on the pattern of the existing land-use.

Cultivable lands are becoming a scarce resource due to the increasing hustle of agriculture and population growth. Hence, possession of adequate data can lead to optimal use and management of the available resources to meet the essential needs.

With the help of satellite imagery, we can observe the earth from up above, and the effect of our activities on natural resources and use obtained data to assess the changes and utilize it for future management purposes. The multi-temporal high-resolution data and the remote sensing (RS) technology, has been broadly used to gather information on existing LULC and for mapping LULC over time. To create these maps, the RS data can be obtained from various types of satellites such as Landsat, Sentinel, and Spot series. Periodic, acquisition of free, fast, rapid, and accurate data is possible; for example, in the case of Landsat 8, it is every16 days (Topaloglu, et al., 2016).

2. RS AND LULC MAPS Satellite data can play an effective role in the development of LULC maps due to its specific characteristics, including the wide coverage, repeatability, diversity of LULC, and continuous uptime capabilities. As mentioned before, producing LULC maps has gained significance for land management, convenient planning of resources and climate-related researches in recent years (Turner, et al., 2001, MejĂ­a and Hochschild, 2012). Owning information about the changes in LULC over time, grant us precise data on sustainable resource management. (MejĂ­a and Hochschild, 2012).

Remote sensing tech is a robust instrument in order to have constant management of natural resources and land scout (Cetin, 2009; Van, et al., 2017). Acquired satellite data are converted into a land-use map by the utilization of this technology. There are various kinds of the algorithm used in the abovementioned conversion process, which has become much more accurate in time and their technological advancements.

Landsat-8 OLI is a recently operational new generation earth observation satellite. Therefore, in the presented research, the OLI and TIRS sensors data (acquired from Landsat-8 satellite) were used as a data source. It should be mentioned that in addition to Landsat data, there are other satellite dataset resources such as Sentinel and Spot. Numerous studies have been made to determine which imagery has better and accurate results in generating the land-use maps (Jia, et al., 2014; Liu, et al.,

2

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

2015; Elhag and Boteva, 2016; Pirotti, et al., 2016; Marangoz, et al., 2017).

Akar and Güngör (2012) used the Random Forest Algorithm (RFA) to evaluate the classified land-use maps from multispectral images. To assess the performance of RFA, the results are compared with the results obtained from other classification methods such as Maximum Likelihood Classification (MLC) and Support Vector Machine (SVM). Manandhar, et al., (2009), by using a post-classification enhancement on Landsat images, determined the accuracy of LULC maps. These researchers applied the MLC method to classify the Landsat imagery for 1985, 1995, and 2005 data.

Their results showed that the MLC, as a widely used classifier, could not yield satisfactory results in Built-up areas.

Duarte, et al., (2016), made the comparison of three supervised classification methods (MLC, MD, and ANN) using Unmanned Air Vehicle (UAV) data in Viçosa-MG, Brazil.

They reported that the classification that best delimited the different features present in the image was the classification by Artificial Neural Networks. In order to prove the classification efficiency statistically, the validation was carried out through the Kappa index and visual analysis. Zomlot, et al., (2017), used trajectory analysis to improve LULC maps. They also tried to assess the impact of LULC changes on the amount of groundwater resupply in the Flanders region, Belgium.

Their results showed that the amount of groundwater recharge decreased by about 35% in this region due to urbanization. Sekertekin, et al., (2017), studied pixel-based classification analysis of LULC using two kinds of imagery (Sentinel-2 and Landsat-8) in Zonguldak area, Turkey. Their findings showed that the LULC images conducted by MSI sensor of Sentinel-2 data are more accurate than LULC images by OLI sensor of Landsat-8 in sea and waterbody classes.

Increase in the wastewater of the industrial regions in Tarom Basin, growth of the vegetated regions- which were previously in the form of bare land or grasslands in hillsides- and population growth have caused socio-economic damages to this region. Due to water transfer from the main river passing from the area Ghizil-Ozan through stable or mobile water pumps, a significant number of the abrupt regions and highlands in Tarom province, which were previously utilized as grasslands are severely affected and have been changed into gardens or have got agronomic uses. Typically, two types of trees (i.e., olive and pomegranate) in length with the cultivated species (i.e., garlic and celery) are planted in most parts of this region and are irrigated by Ghizil-Ozan River. However, since water transfer is done through illegal piping systems and pumps an exact amount of water withdrawal cannot be provided. In comparison with other fruit trees of the area, olive with extensive compatibility and 12600 ha has the most amount of area under cultivation. The results of the temperature compatibility model conducted in 10 hydrometric stations. In olive-growing areas, and a control station indicated that Tarom is one of the best areas for expansion of growing olive. For the reasons mentioned above, land-use change from grasslands and bare lands to the olive orchard are obvious in locations where water can be transferred from the river, and it has got an ascending trend.

Thus, land-use maps should be created annually by means of satellite imageries. Planting fruit trees on bare land may increase the afforested area, and protect the land against flood or erosion but where, when, and how much abandonment and tree farming have occurred remains unclear. By using three pixel-based methods (MLC, ANN, and SVM), OLI sensor data have been transformed into the *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

3

land-use map in the current study.

3. STUDY AREA The study area, is Tarom basin (between 48˚ 19’ and 49˚ 24’ N latitudes and 48˚ 63’ and 49˚ 09’ E longitudes) which covers an area of about 5220 km2 with the annual average precipitation and temp of 357 mm and 12.05 °C respectively alongside the altitude variation of 280 to 3000 m, conterminous with Zanjan province from the south and Ardebil province from the north Figure 1). The region is covered with a great number of vicissitudes and, due to the mountainous structure, most of the areas have thin soil cover. In addition, in districts where farming or planting is possible, numerous exploitations and land-use change have occurred. Also, due to propitious weather, cultivation of different types of olive in the height of 400-1200 m, and the cultivation of pomegranate or other species in low heights seems possible. Thus, the map projection of LULC appears to be beneficial in this region.

Figure 1: Study Area Tarom, Iran It should be mentioned that Tarom province had experienced extreme changes in LULC over the past ten years, regarding the fact that it is one of the agriculturally strategic lands in the region.

Evaluating the Ecologic Potential for Urban-Rural Development of Tarom's Basin showed that about 14.36 percent of the total area acquires grade one appropriate potential, and approximately 10.12 percent acquires the grade two potential appropriate for urban-rural development (Badroghnezhad, et al., 2017). Various important factors such as propitious environmental conditions, accessibility of water-which are derived from Ghizil-Ozan river- and presence of lands wherein cultivation seems possible (due to land-use change) has made this province a proper case study for assessing the changes in LULC and compare these changes over the selected time period. Besides these factors, environmental sensitivity, increasing number of cultivated areas, loss of grasslands and converting grasslands into olive, pomegranate or in some cases quince or apple orchards are among the reasons behind choosing this province for detecting land-use changes. On the other hand, Tarom is one of the propitious regions in cultivating different types of vegetation (e.g., garlic, celery, and potato) which due to the climate are typically under cultivation during the year.

3.1 DATA In this study, the Landsat-8 OLI data, (pass 166 and row 34 and 35), acquired on August 8th,

4

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

2017 and were taken from the USGS website (http://earthexplorer.usgs.gov) and used as the data source. Due to the maximum amount of greenness in plants and harvesting products such as olive, the proposed date was chosen.

From the downloaded datasets, four common spectrums of Red, Green, Blue, and NIR were selected to use in the classification process. Full detailed information for enthusiasts are available in Sekertekin, et al., (2017).

3.2 PRE-PROCESSING OF SATELLITE IMAGES Since the fundamental purpose of RS technology is to recognize and segregate the earthborn phenomenon, the most significant step in analyzing the data achieved from various estimates is the process of classification of satellite imageries. Prior to the classification procedure, preprocessing operations (atmospheric and radiometric corrections) were done on the downloaded data sets (Song, et al., 2001). Eventually, four mentioned bands (RGB and NIR) gathered in one data set by layer stacking command. By considering the fact that two simultaneous imageries could cover the area under investigation, at first, the multispectral bands were mosaicked together and then the same process was repeated for thermal bands.

Figure 2: Spectral Bands before (a) and after (b) mosaicking.

3.3 MOSAICKING IN ENVI Mosaicking technique combines two aforementioned data sets into a single georeferenced composite image the covering complete study area. Since the two imageries covered the area under investigation, the multispectral and thermal bands of the imageries were merged (mosaicking). We used a seamless Mosaic tool (in ENVI software), for combining multispectral RGB (Figure 2(a) and 2(b)) and thermal Band (NIR) of two images (Figure 3(a), and 3(b)). It should be noted that the red and green polygons shows the imagery for 166*34, and 166*35 row and paths respectively.

This mosaicked composite image, as shown in Figure 4, stacked and clipped by the study area boundaries through “Subset data from ROI” tool. Different methods exist for providing land-use maps that have their pros and cons. In addition, any of these methods have different preprocessing stages, which makes the results more accurate Zhou, et al., 2018; Zhu, et al., 2016; Song, et al., 2001). For instance, in land segregation by the ML method, using the FLAASH algorithm for primary processing is recommended. *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

5

Figure 3: Thermal bands before (a) and after (b) mosaicking.

Figure 4: River flow and the place of the bridge between Koohkan and Vaneysar Although National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) provides level 1 geometrically corrected images (Storey and Choate, 2008; Gutman, et al., 2013), some researchers have reported the necessity of checking the accuracy of the images to produce optimal results after classification (Tatem, et al., 2006). To achieve this objective, a number of locations (or points) in the studied area were examined in terms of geometric accuracy. These locations were typically placed in intersections of roads and positions of certain buildings for which UTM was available. Analysis of these locations showed that the imageries of L1 for the studies area (i.e., Tarom) had sufficient accuracy. For instance, by depicting the bridge connecting Gheytoun and Guilvan in Google earth and transferring the produced shapefile on the Landsat image, the bridge was presented in its exact location. In Figure 4, the position of the bridge in the location and in Landsat imagery is shown. It should also be mentioned that in this picture, the depicted curve for river axis is hypothetical.

The next stage in the procedure of classification is determining the number of land-use classes through the study area; in this case study, five land-use classes were chosen for collecting the training samples. These samples for each category (waterbody, agriculture, mountain and rock, forest and bare land) prepared from the Tarom basin area via land surveying by GPS and also using Google Earth software to make polygons at different altitudes and slopes (Brandt, et al., 2013).

6

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

Figure 5: Google Earth capability for getting training data (courtesy of Google Earth) About 70% of collected polygons, were applied in the classification procedure, and the remaining 30% utilized to assess the precision of the classification. Fig 6 clearly shows that the imageries taken from Google Earth in upper zoom can be an appropriate source of creating educational samples and are also useful for testing purposes. For instance, in these pictures, agricultural, garden, constructive, and road domains can be accurately segregated.

The general stages of image classification include: designing a proper classification system, image processing, selecting educational samples (training samples) from existing images and using local views or high-resolution pictures (such as Google Earth), processing after classification and evaluating the accuracy of the work. After collecting samples for each category and checking Landsat image geometric accuracy, at the next step of preprocessing of OLI data, DNs should be converted into at-satellite radiance using algorithms such as FLAASH (Fast Line-of-sight Atmospheric Analysis of Spectral Hypercubes). In this study, we used an advanced FLAASH algorithm module for Atmospheric correction of images in ENVI 5.3, according to Anderson, (2002). Then, three classifiers, including maximum likelihood classification, support vector machine classification (SVM), and artificial intelligence technique (artificial neural network or ANN) were used to classify and prepare land-use map for the year 2017. In the MLC method, ENVI computes the likelihood of each pixel and determines that it belongs to each category (Elhag and Boteva, 2016). The support vector machine is a learning technique that is supervised, non-parametric, and statistical (Vapnik and Chervonenkis, 1979; Cortes and Vapnik, 1995). Detailed definitions of these methods (parameters and architectures) are provided by different researchers (Petropoulos, et al., 2010; Kynova and Dobrovolny, 2015; Elhag and Boteva, 2016).

4. PRECISION EVALUATION The results of the classification procedure in remote sensing technique cannot be trusted until the *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

7

accuracy of the generated images or maps is verified. This is a critical step and to ensure the accuracy of the present study; we need to measure the accuracy of the generated images. In this study, we used more than half of the samples (70%) for categorization of the pixels, and the remaining 30% for assessing the precision of generated maps. To achieve this goal, two common parameters which are known as overall accuracy (OA) and kappa coefficient (KC) derived from error matrix are used (Brandt, et al., 2013; Schmitt-Harsh, 2013). In a confusion or error matrix, the value of each known pixel that belongs to reference data goes into the columns of the matrix and the pixel which was classified, lists in the rows of the matrix. It should be mentioned that the pixels that are precisely classified, list in the main diagonal of the error matrix (Banko, 1998). The overall accuracy is used to show the correctly classified pixels (in percent), and the kappa coefficient calculates the percent of chance-corrected pixels (Rosenfield and Fitzpatrick-Lins, 1986). In this study, OA and KC were used to determine the best classification method between MLC, SVM, and ANN, pixel-based algorithms.

Also, the land-use map for 2017 was prepared and transferred into ArcGIS to calculate the area of each land-use category.

5. RESULTS The multispectral and thermal dataset used in our experiments is the Landsat 8 remote sensing images of the Tarom area taken on August 8th, 2017. The first step was to make the image preprocessing and feature extraction. This part is done in the ENVI software environment. The second step is the realization of the algorithms and the image classification. Three classifiers including, MLC, SVM, and ANN were used to classifying and preparing land-use maps for the year 2017. The comparison results acquired by the ML, SVM, and ANN methods are shown in Table 1.

Table 1: OA and KC of three classifiers.

Statistic (%) Overall Accuracy Kappa Coefficient

ML 91.55 0.88

SVM 89.45 0.86

ANN 88.24 0.84

Based on the results of Table 1, it seems clear that the ML method has the best precision in generating land-use imageries. The comparison of results in Table 1 showed that the ML technique has better output than the other two methods in classification accuracy and classifies the remote sensing image more accurately. Classified Landsat-8 image for 2017, is presented in Figure 6.

The area for each class in the classification is provided in Table.2. It should also be mentioned that in Table. 2, bare land class (path and soil) referred to the places in which no cultivation or harvesting was seen during the satellite imagery. In addition, dirt and gravel roads were classified under this category.

Table 2: Area of different classes.

Class Mountain and Rock Bare land (roads and settlement) Vegetation Forest (garden) Waterbody Total

8

Area (km2) 3527 1212 225 141.5 53.5 5159

Percent 68.37 23.49 4.36 2.74 1.04 100

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

Figure 6: LULC images for 2017.

As mentioned before, the accuracy assessment for the 2017 classified picture (with three classifiers) was performed by using the 30% of gathered samples. Table 3 presents the User’s and producers’ accuracy for the MLC method.

Table 3: Precision evaluation for the generated images.

Class Statistic Waterbody Forest Bare Land Vegetation Mountain and rock Overall Accuracy Kappa Coefficient

User’s Accuracy 93.16 87.42 63.72 75.68 76.37

Producer’s Accuracy 94.31 95.25 71.04 78.59 72.84 91.55 88

Based on the estimates in Table 3, the model has a considerable capability in the segregation of the aqueous domain. In addition, the model can be beneficial for the segregation of garden class or trees in Landsat imageries and also for areas such as Tarom with a huge amount of slope, vicissitudes and a variety of tree species. Conclusions drawn from previous studies verify the precision of the methods as mentioned earlier (Akar, 2012; Duarte, et al., 2016). Though highly accurate MLC method with the kappa coefficient, more than 85% is proved to be a propped classification method.

(Anderson, et al., 1976). Although two other methods-specially ANN method-has been introduced as the appropriate methods in numerous studies, they are reported to be time-consuming due to low calculation speed, the necessity of diverging architectures and change in map generation parameters.

6. CONCLUSION Land cover is the physical material at the earth’s surface and an essential variable which links the physical environment by human activities, and land-use is the description of how we utilize the land for the socio-economic activities purposes. Population and society growth increases the demand for food, water, and energy, which causes a prompt change in land cover and pattern of land-use. The mentioned process depends on social and economic development of the nation. *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

9

In order to have appropriate and unrestrictive management of natural resources (water and soil), it is a necessity to have complete information about the pattern of land-use and its alteration pattern over time. Thus, it can be concluded that remote sensing is a proper technique to investigate the land-use changes using satellite imagery. Spatiotemporal analyses of LULC help us to manage the environmental changes, which are an appropriate tool for decision-makers on water resourcesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; to enhance their decisions.

In the presented study, LULC map for Tarom basin, Iran, acquired from OLI sensor data sets (Landsat-8) by applying three pixel-based classification method (MLC, SVM, and ANN) with the aid of remote sensing technology. The finding results that are presented in this study proved the usefulness, effectiveness and also convenience of the MLC technique for generating land-use maps by using the free archive of Landsat data and processing the digital images through the ENVI software. Accuracy assessment using OA and KC for MLC algorithm (the best classifier), was 91.55% and 0.88 respectively. But then, the OA for SVM Algorithm was 89.45%, and the calculated kappa coefficient was 0.86. Finally, for the third classifier (ANN), the OA and KC values were 88.24%, and 0.84, respectively.

Anderson, et al., 1976 have also recited the approval of the USGS kappa coefficient of 85% in their article as the minimum requirement for land-use classification with Landsat data. However, some researchers stated lower than standard kappa coefficient in their study, for example, Rozenstein and Karnieli (2010), reported 53% for MLC method, which is lower than the standard 85% which has been approved by USGS. Some researchers stated that SVM classification method performs better than ANN (Halder, et al., 2011; Yousefi, et al., 2015). Obtained data from the study area showed the dominant coverage of the area is belong to mountain and rock category in Tarom basin covering about 3527 Km2. The latter considerable type of land cover in this basin was bare land, including bare lands, roads, and settlement areas (225 Km2).

What matters most in this regard is the accuracy, speed, and quality of land-use maps. In the present study, it was shown that due to high speed and accuracy in generating land-use maps of Tarom, ML method, can act as the best classification method in this area. However, it is suggested to classify the data by using other methods and compare the results with image output provided by Landsat 8 satellite. In addition, it is also recommended to generate maps for different time periods (e.g., five years ago) and evaluate land-use change classes in order to have a better understanding of changes' patterns (Panda, et al., 2018). So at the same time, we are able to provide a number of strategies to preserve the fields which may result in prevention from detrimental or unstructured land-use in Tarom. Finally, as some researchers stated, due to altitudinal structure, and a variety in LULC classes in each study area, a unique guideline for choosing the best classification method cannot be applied to all areas (Xie, et al., 2010; Schulz, et al., 2010; Zhou, et al., 2018).

7. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data used or generated from this study is available upon request to the corresponding author.

8. REFERENCES Akar, O., GĂźngĂśr, O. (2012). Classification of multispectral images using Random Forest algorithm. Journal of Geodesy and Geoinformation, 1(2), 105-112.

10

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

Anderson, J.R., Hardy, E.E., Roach, J.T., Witer, R.E. (1976). A land-use and land cover classification system for use with remote sensor data. USGS Numbered Series, A revision of the land-use classification system in Circular 671, Land Cover Institute.

Anderson, G.P., Felde, G.W., Hoke, M.L., Ratkowski, A.J., et al. (2002). MODTRAN4-based atmospheric correction algorithm: FLAASH (fast line-of-sight atmospheric analysis of hyperspectral cubes). In Algorithms and Technologies for Multispectral, Hyperspectral, and Ultra spectral Imagery VIII (Proceedings of SPIE); Shen, S.S., Lewis, P.E., Eds.; Society of Photo Optics: Orlando, FL, USA, 65– 71.

Badroghnezhad, A., Mosazadeh, H., Sarli, R., sari Mohamad li, H.R. (2017). Evaluating the Ecologic Potential for Urban-Rural Development of Tarom’s Basin, Zanjan Province Using the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP). Geographical Engineering of Territory, 1(1), 102-112.

Banko, G. (1998). A Review of Assessing the Accuracy of Classifications of Remotely Sensed Data and Methods Including Remote Sensing Data in Forest Inventory. Interim Report. International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, IR-98-081 Brandt, J.S., Haynes, M.A., Kuemmerle, T., Waller, D.M., Radeloff, V.C. (2013): Regime shift on the roof of the world: alpine meadows converting to shrublands in the southern Himalayas. Biological Conservation, 158: 116–127.

Cetin, M. (2009): A satellite-based assessment of the impact of urban expansion around a lagoon. International Journal of Environmental Science and Technology, 6(4), 579–590.

Cortes, C., Vapnik, V. (1995). Support vector networks. Machine Learning, 20, 273-297 De Sherbinin, A.A. (2002). CIESIN Thematic Guide to Land-Use and Land-Cover Change (LUCC); Center for International Earth Science Information Network (CIESIN) Columbia University Palisades: Palisades, NY, USA, Available online: http://sedac.ciesin.columbia.edu/guides (accessed on November 28th, 2017).

Duarte, D.C.O., Zanetti, J., Junior, J.G., Medeiros, N.G. (2016). Comparison of supervised classification methods of Maximum Likelihood image, Minimum Distance, Parallelepiped, and Neural network in images of Unmanned Air Vehicle (UAV) in Viçosa-MG. Proceedings XVII GEOINFO, November 27-30, Campos do Jord˜ao, Brazil.

Elhag, M., Boteva, S. (2016). Mediterranean land-use and land cover classification assessment using high spatial resolution data. In IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science, 44(4), 1-13.

Gutman, G., Huang, C., Chander, G., Noojipady, P., Masek, J.G. (2013). Assessment of the NASA-USGS global land survey (GLS) datasets. Remote Sensing of Environment, 134, 249–265.

Halder, A., Ghosh, A., Ghosh, S. (2011). Supervised and unsupervised land-use map generation from remotely sensed images using ant-based systems. Applied Soft Computing Journal, 11(8), 5770–5781.

Jia, K., Wei, X., Gu, X., Yao, Y., Xie, X., Li, B. (2014). Land cover classification using Landsat 8 operational land imager data in Beijing, China. Geocarto International, 29(8), 941-951.

Kynova, A., Dobrovolny, P. (2015). A Neural Nets Urban Land Cover Classification: A Case Study of BRNO (Czechia). AUC Geographica, 50(20), 153-163.

Liu, J., Heiskanen, J., Aynekulu, E., Pellikka, P.K.E. (2015). Seasonal variation of land cover classification accuracy of Landsat 8 images in Burkina Faso. In: The International Archives of Photogrammetry, Remote Sensing and Spatial Information Sciences, Berlin, Germany, Vol: XL-7/W3, 455-460.

Manandhar, R., Odeh Inakwu, O.A., Ancev, T. (2009). Improving the Accuracy of Land-use and Land Cover Classification of Landsat Data Using Post-Classification Enhancement. Remote Sensing, 1, 330-344.

Marangoz, A.M., Sekertekin, A., Akcin, H. (2017). Analysis of Land-use Land Cover Classification Results Derived from Sentinel-2 Image. 17th International Multidisciplinary Scientific GeoConference SGEM, Albena, Varna, Bulgaria, 25- 32. *Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

11

Panda, Ch.B., Moharir, K.K., Khadri, S.F.R., Patil, S. (2018). Study of land-use classification in an arid region using multispectral satellite images. Applied Water Science, 8: 123 https://doi.org/10.1007/s1320 Petropoulos, G.P., Vadrevu, K.P., Xanthopoulos, G., Karantoun, G., Scholze, M. (2010). A Comparison of Spectral Angle Mapper and Artificial Neural Network Classifiers Combined with Landsat TM Imagery Analysis for Obtaining Burnt Area Mapping. Sensors, 10, 1967-1985.

Pirotti, F., Sunar, F., Piragnolo, M. (2016). Benchmark of Machine Learning Methods for Classification of a Sentinel-2 Image. In: International Archives of the Photogrammetry, Remote Sensing and Spatial Information Sciences, Prague, Czech Republic, Vol: XLI-B7, 335-340.

Rosenfield, G., Fitzpatrick-Lins, K. (1986): A coefficient of the agreement as a measure of thematic classification accuracy. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing, 52(2), 223–227.

Rozenstein, O., Karnieli, A. (2010): Comparison of methods for land-use classification incorporating remote sensing and GIS inputs. Applied Geography, 31(2), 533-544.

Schmitt-Harsh, M. (2013): Landscape change in Guatemala: driving forces of forest and coffee agroforest expansion and contraction from 1990 to 2010. Applied Geography, 40, 40-50.

Schulz, J.J., Cayuela, L., Echeverria, C., Salas, J. (2010): Monitoring land cover change of the dryland forest landscape of Central Chile (1975-2008). Applied Geography, 30(3), 436-447.

Sekertekin, A., Marang, M., Akcin, H. (2017). Pixel-based classification analysis of land-use and land cover using Sentinel-and Landsat-8 data. 4th International GeoAdvances Workshop, 14–15 October, Safranbolu, Karabuk, Turkey.

Song, C., Woodcock, C.E., Seto, K.C., Lenney, M.P., Macomber, S.A. (2001). Classification and change detection using Landsat TM data: When and how to correct atmospheric effects? Remote Sensing of Environment, 75, 230–244.

Storey, J., Choate, M. (2008). Geometric Performance Comparison between the OLI and ETM+. Pecora 17– The Future of Land Imaging. Going Operational November 18–20, Denver, Colorado.

Tatem, A.J., Nayar, A., Hay, (2006). Scene selection and the use of NASA's global orthorectified Landsat dataset for land cover and land-use change monitoring. International Journal of Remote Sensing, 27, 3073–3078.

Topaloglu, R.H., Sertel, E., Musaoglu, N. (2016). Assessment of classification accuracies of Sentinel-2 and Landsat-8 data for land cover/ use mapping. The International Archives of the Photogrammetry.

Remote Sensing and Spatial Information Sciences, Volume XLI-B8, XXIII ISPRS Congress, 12–19 July, Prague, Czech Republic Turner, B.L., Villar, S.C., et al. (2001). Deforestation in the southern Yucatán peninsular region: an integrative approach. Forest Ecology and Management, 154, 353-370.

Van, T.T., Tran, N.D.H., Bao, H.D.X., et al. (2017). Optical Remote Sensing Method for Detecting Urban Green Space as Indicator Serving City Sustainable Development. Proceedings, 2(140), 1-6.

Vapnik, V., Chervonenkis, A. (1979). Theory of Pattern Recognition [in Russian]. Nauka, Moscow, 1974.

(German Translation: Wapnik, W., Tscherwonenkis, A. Theorie der Zeichenerkennung, Akademie-Verlag, Berlin.

Xie, Y., Sha, Z., Yu, M. (2010). Remote sensing imagery in vegetation mapping: a review. Journal of Plant Ecology, 1(1), 9-23.

Young, A. (1998). Land Resources; Now and for the Future. Cambridge University Press, 319p.

Yousefi, S., Khatami, R., Mountrakis, G., Mirzae, S., Pourghasemi, H.R. (2015). Accuracy assessment of land cover/land-use classifiers in dry and humid areas of Iran. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment, 167(641), 1-10.

12

S.Behrouz Hosseini, A.Saremi, M.H.Noori Gheydari, Hossein Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar

Zhou, T., Li, Zh., Pan, J. (2018). Multi-Feature Classification of Multi-Sensor Satellite Image-y Based on Dual-Polarimetric Sentinel-1A, Landsat-8 OLI, and Hyperion Images for Urban Land-Cover Classification. Sensors, 13(373): 1-20 Zhu, Z., Fu, Y., Woodcock, C.E., Olofsson, P. et al., (2016). Including land cover change in the analysis of greenness trends using all available Landsat 5, 7, and 8 images: A case study from Guangzhou, China (2000–2014). Remote Sensing of Environment, 185, 243–257.

Zomlot, Z., Verbeiren, B., Huysma, M., Batelaan, O. (2017). Trajectory analysis of land-use and land cover maps to improve spatiotemporal patterns and impact assessment on groundwater recharge. Journal of Hydrology, 554, 558-569.

Seyyed Behrouz Hosseini is a Ph.D. Student at the Department of Water Science and Engineering, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran. His works involve different aspects of Hydrology, Simulation, Water Resources Engineering, Climate Change, and Artificial Neural Networks. His research interests are Hydrology, Remote Sensing, GIS, modeling the weather, Flood Mapping, Drought forecasting, and Trend in climate variables.

Dr. Ali Saremi is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Water Science and Engineering, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran. His research interests are Irrigation and Drainage, Hydrology, Optimization, and Water Resources.

Dr.Mohammad Hossein Noori Gheydari is an Assistant Professor and Head of the Department of Water Engineering, Zanjan Branch, Islamic Azad University, Zanjan, Iran. His research interests are Dams, Irrigation and Drainage, Hydrology, Drought and Flood Forecasting.

Professor Dr.Hossein Sedghi is Professor at the Department of Water Science and Engineering, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, Iran. He was a former Head of the Water Engineering Department. His researches are in the field of Water Resources and Engineering, Irrigation and Drainage, Drought, and Hydrology.

Dr.Alireza Firoozfar is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Civil Engineering, University of Zanjan, Zanjan, Iran. Also, he is the Chancellor of the Zanjan Branch Islamic Azad University. His researches are in the fields of Civil and Hydraulic Engineering, Earthquake, Geotechniques, Dams, Remote Sensing, and Hydrology.

Note: This paper is an extended work of the previous published article entitled “Pixel based classification analysis of land use land cover in Tarom basin” (in Persian) available from the Journal of Water and Soil Resources Conservation (ISSN 2251-7480), V8(4), 2019, by Seyed Behrouz Hoseini, Ali Saremi, Mohammad Hosein Nouri Ghidari, Hasan Sedghi, Alireza Firoozfar, and Jafar Nikbakht.

http://wsrcj.srbiau.ac.ir/article_14507_283bb8ad765d8e02a4b5e7ec019a2261.pdf

Trademarks Disclaimer: All product names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. The use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding authors (Ali Saremi). Tel.+98-9124212672 E-mail: ali.saremi.srbiau@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12G http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12G.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.157

13

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12H

ANALYSIS OF RUSSIAN MIGRATION FLOWS WITH SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CONSIDERATION a*

a

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva , Elena Vladimirovna Makarova , a Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov a

Kazan Federal University, RUSSIA.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 03 May 2019 Received in revised form 24 July 2019 Accepted 01 August 2019 Available online 06 August 2019

Migration in the Russian Federation today is considered as one of the main sources of further population growth. The concept of state migration policy contains that “migration policy is an auxiliary tool for solving demofigureic and related economic problems” [1]. In addition to compensating for the natural population decline, immigrants increase the supply of labor, labor productivity and ease the pressure on pension systems in host countries. In this regard, the issues of increasing the migration attractiveness of the Russian regions to attract qualified personnel from abroad are of particular importance. Regulation of internal migration flows is aimed at the development of labor mobility of the population, its movement from labor-oversupply and overpopulated areas to regions that experience personnel shortages. The purpose of regulating external migration flows is the selection of migrants to match their number and professional characteristics to the needs of the Russian labor market, as well as to curb illegal migration.

Of particular interest is the study of the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of external and internal migration flows, which is necessary for the formation of directions of state migration policy. In this paper, we analyzed migration flows in the Russian Federation and their role in the socio-economic development of the regions, analyzed the impact of internal and external migration gains on the socio-economic position of the subjects of the Russian Federation, and also offered practical recommendations for improving state migration policy in order to fully and effective use of migration as a resource for the country's economic development.

Keywords:

Russian migration policy; Demofigurey; Labour market; Foreign labour; Internal migration.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION According to the UN, the scale of world migration has a stable upward trend. In 1980 the number of international migrants was 102 million (M), in 2017 - 258 M, a substantial number (150.3M people) of whom are migrant workers (58.3% of the total amount of migrants). Over the past decades, *Corresponding author (Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva) E-mail: veronikakznrus@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction

Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.158

1

the proportion of international migrants among all the citizens of the planet also rose from 2,3% in 1980 to 2,8% in 2000 and 3.4% in 2017 [2].

The UN data based on official statistics on the foreign-born, i.e., people born outside of the country of current residence indicates that the highest number of migrants in 2017 – 49.8M (15.3% of country’s total population) - lived in USA. Russia ranks fourth – 11.65M migrants (8.1M of Russia’s total population) lived here [3]. The main Russian difference from the other industrial countries is that most immigrants get here from former Soviet Republics with which it has been established that no visa is required.

Experts note that the most developed countries seek to use international migration as an important factor of national human capital development, growth of the economy and the entire social sphere, using a selective approach for this. For example, in Canada and some other developed countries, a points-based system is used for the selection of economic migrants [4]. From 2015, applicants who already have a job offer (contract with an employer) receive an advantage when applying for living in Canada. Such a system allows attracting the very specialists that the country's economy needs [5].

Selective approach allows the country - the recipient of labor to receive a number of significant advantages: solving the problem of labor shortages in certain sectors of the economy, productivity growth, balanced regional development by resettling migrants in certain territories, stimulating domestic demand for goods and services owing to growing number of consumers, development of human capital and innovative activity of enterprises, etc.

2. METHOD This study applies the systematization of theoretical and analytical data, statistical analysis, comparative analysis, figureical analysis, regression analysis, and trend line building. This study focuses on 12 Russian regions with positive increase in migrations.

3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Since 1992, in Russia has been observed extremely low birth rate while the mortality rate was high, therefore natural growth rate over the 21 years (up to 2012 inclusive) was negative (Figure 1):

Figure 1: Natural population growth (per 1000 population), Russia [6].

2

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva, Elena Vladimirovna Makarova, Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov

Under the circumstances, migration became a source of compensating for all population damages. Traditionally the migration growth rate is positive and significantly higher than the natural growth rate (Figure 2).

Figure 2: Population growth in Russia, persons [7] It should be clarified that the Federal State Statistics Service (Rosstat) registers migration for permanent residence or long-term stay [8]. Consequently, official statistics do not take into account foreign migrants who do not have registration in Russia or stay for short periods.

According to the realistic scenario of the DemoFigureic forecast until 2035, compiled by Rosstat, the natural population decrease in 2018-2035 will reach 7.3M people [9]. Thanks to migration, it will be possible to reduce it: according to the forecast, the migration increase for the same period will be 4.43M people, and by the beginning of 2036 the population will be not 139.6 million, but 144M people [10]. Accordingly, migration in Russia is considered to be one of the most important sources of stabilization of the demofigureic situation [11].

Figure 3: Net immigration in Russia in 2017 by countries The majority of immigrants — in 2017, only 589,033 people arrived in the country — people from the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) countries (89%) [12]. Migration growth was 211,878 people, the share of from the CIS countries in it - 96% (Figure 3). In this regard, the cultural and linguistic affinity of migrants in Russia becomes meaningful. In 2017, most immigrants (89%) *Corresponding author (Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva) E-mail: veronikakznrus@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction

Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.158

3

came from the CIS countries (generally in 589 033 immigrants entered the country) [13]. Net immigration amounted to 211 878 people, the proportion of immigrants from the CIS countries was 96% (Figure.3): The largest number of migrants was from Ukraine, net migration amounted to 47 691 people, followed by Tajikistan (34 639 people), Kazakhstan (32 736 people) and Uzbekistan (22 167 people).

Migration flows can improve not only demofigureic situation in certain regions and in the country in general but also can significantly affect the economy of the host territories. This is due to the fact that migrants are mainly people of working age and therefore this is an additional workforce and staff capacity for regional enterprises. In 2017, age structure of net external immigration was structured as follows (Figure 4). Most of them have secondary vocational education or one of grades of schooling (Figure 5).

Figure 4: Age structure of external immigrants in Russia, 2017 (data from [14]).

Figure 5: Breakdown of the immigrants aged 14 or older by the level of education in Russia, 2017 (data from [15]).

Net immigration of those aged 14 or older amounted to 184 974, only 38 378 people (20.7%) of which had higher education. Consequently, the others are eligible to apply working specialties or occupations which do not require vocational training and qualification.

External immigration in Russia is a vital source of the replenishment of human and labor resources, owing to worsening demofigureic situation: 1) Since 1992 has been observed natural population decline (exception - 2013-2015), and migration can be a source to maintain the population.

2) Demofigureic burden on the population of working age increases (Figure 6).

Over the 15 years, the dependency ratio rose from 625 to 785 (by 25.6%), most of which comprise persons of retirement age. Their share in total ratio increased by 36.7% - from 332 to 454 persons per 1000 persons of working age. Rapid population aging can cause shortage of labour and

4

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva, Elena Vladimirovna Makarova, Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov

it necessitates external labor resource mobilization; 3) This is confirmed by the fact that the unemployment load (the number of people officially registered as not working per job vacancy) was only 0.6 by the end of 2017 for Russia as a whole (Figure 7). It means the demand for labour exceeds its supply.

Figure 6: The dependency ratio in Russia (by the end of the year) [16].

Figure 7: The number of people officially registered as not working per job vacancy by the end of the year for Russia as a whole, persons [17] For comparison, in 1995, this indicator was 8.2, that is the number of those wishing to get a job was significantly higher than a number of vacancies, and therefore, labour market situation could be described as crucial. The unemployment rate at the time was 9.5%, the unemployment rate registered was 3.3%. In 2017, similar indicators amounted to 5.2% and 1%, respectively.

The severest impacts of negative demofigureic trends (fertility decline and decrease of the working-age population) internal interregional migration are starting to play an increasing role for Russian regions. Over the last ten years its levels have increased rapidly (Figure 8): In this case, according to the Rosstat methodology, only internal migration associated with a change of permanent residence (i.e., with a change of registration) has been taking into account.

Commuting and other temporary mobility is not taken into account.

*Corresponding author (Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva) E-mail: veronikakznrus@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction

Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.158

5

Figure 8: Internal migration in Russia, persons [6] Only 12 Russian regions had positive migration increase for the last 10 years (2008-2017): 1) four regions of the Central Federal District - Belgorod, Voronezh and Moscow regions, Moscow; 2) three regions of the North-West Federal District - Kaliningrad and Leningrad regions, St. Petersburg; 3) two regions of the Southern Federal District - the Republic of Adygea and the Krasnodar territory; 4) by one subject of the Volga, Ural and Siberian federal districts - the Republic of Tatarstan, Tyumen (including the Khanty-Mansiysk and Yamal-Nenets Autonomous Districts) and Novosibirsk regions.

These regions were selected as subjects of our study.

In order to determine on which type of migration - internal or external â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the Russian government should focus in 12 regions. We have conducted regression analysis for forecasting, analyzing time series, testing hypotheses and revealing hidden relationships in the data. We need to determine whether there is a relationship between migration and regional socio-economic development. Let us put forward the hypothesis: â&#x20AC;&#x153;Migration growth has a positive effect on the characteristics of the socio-economic situation of the Russian regionsâ&#x20AC;?.

The indicators â&#x20AC;&#x153;internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)â&#x20AC;? and â&#x20AC;&#x153;external migration increase (per 10,000 people)â&#x20AC;? were chosen as independent variables Ń&#x2026;đ?&#x;? and Ń&#x2026;đ?&#x;? . Formulating separate regression equations for Ń&#x2026;đ?&#x;? and Ń&#x2026;đ?&#x;? will make it possible to compare the effects and strength of the influence of external and internal migration processes on regional development.

The dependent variables will be indicators that reflect some of the main characteristics of the socio-economic situation of the subjects: Ń&#x192;đ?&#x;? â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Gross regional product (GRP) per capita (RUB); Ń&#x192;đ?&#x;? â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of small and medium enterprises, at the end of the year (units); Ń&#x192;đ?&#x;&#x2018; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the volume of innovative goods, works and services per capita (rubles); Ń&#x192;đ?&#x;&#x2019; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the unemployment rate (%); Ń&#x192;đ?&#x;&#x201C; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of registered crimes per 100,000 people.

6

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva, Elena Vladimirovna Makarova, Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov

To determine the presence/absence of a relationship between independent and dependent variables trend lines will be constructed, in our case - based on linear and non-linear pairwise equations (exponential, logarithmic, polynomial and power) regression, for each of which the coefficient of determination R2 will be determined: the higher the coefficient of determination, the better the model. If R2 ≤ 0.5%, then the model has a poor quality level, the analysis cannot be considered significant and used for subsequent studies. For further forecasting and drawing conclusion, we will use those models that have R2 ≥ 0.75.

The resulting statistically significant regression equations are presented in Table 1.

Table 1: Regression equations with the coefficient of determination R2 ≥ 0.75.

Region Kaliningrad Region Voronezh region

independent variable X х1 “internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)” х2 “external migration increase (per 10,000 people)”

Moscow

х1 “internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)”

Moscow

х2 “external migration increase (per 10,000 people)”

Kaliningrad Region Kaliningrad Region

х1 “internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)”

у2 “the number of small and medium enterprises, at the end of the year (units)” у2 “the number of small and medium enterprises, at the end of the year (units)” у4 "the unemployment rate (%)”

х1 “internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)”

у5 "the number of registered crimes per 100,000 people”

St. Petersburg

independent variable Y у1 “GRP per capita (RUB)” у1 “GRP per capita (RUB)”

Regression equation y = 189686e0,0157x R² = 0.7485 y = 403.9x2 - 14697x + 262166 R² = 0.9521 y = 204.21x2 - 23724x + 866884 R² = 0.943 y = 11104x2 - 237720x + 1493855 R² = 0,8972 y = 0,0036x2 - 0,2829x + 11.284 R² = 0.8286 y = 0,6133x2 - 38,847x + 21390.7 R² = 0,7628 y = 0,2394x2 - 50,231x + 3673.9 R² = 0.8137

Consider, for example, the Kaliningrad region. By the standards of Russia, it is a rather small region both in terms of area and population.

A good quality model with R2 = 0.829 has a polynomial regression equation: y = 0.0036х2 − 0.2829x + 11.284 - it can be used to predict changes in the unemployment rate depending on changes in internal migration flows. Let's continue the trend line for 10 years ahead (Figure 10):

Figure 10: Polynomial trend line for the independent variable х1 “internal migration increase (per 10,000 people)” and dependent у4 "the unemployment rate (%)” of the Kaliningrad region. *Corresponding author (Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva) E-mail: veronikakznrus@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction

Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.158

7

If internal migration growth increases by 10%, the projected unemployment rate with a probability of 82.9% will be: 0.0036 ∗ (46.8 ∗ 1.1)2 − 0.2829 ∗ (46.8 ∗ 1.1) + 11.284 = 6.3 , which is 20.4% more than the unemployment rate in 2017 by 5.2%.

4. DISCUSSION The hypothesis about the positive effect of positive migration growth on the socio-economic situation of the regions was only partially confirmed: the nonlinear regression equations for a number of subjects showed that a further increase in migration growth could lead to faster growth of GRP (in the Voronezh and Kaliningrad regions) and small and medium-sized enterprises (in Moscow), and to the growth of unemployment (in the Kaliningrad region) and crime (in St. Petersburg and the Kaliningrad regions). Therefore, there is a need to regulate migration processes and their “retention” in an acceptable framework for the region.

Thus, we conclude that it is necessary to attract labour migrants to Russia as one of the most important sources for replenishing demofigureic and labor resources and economic development. But also important are the protection of the national labour market and the maintaining inter-ethnic and inter-religious peace and harmony in Russian society, which are declared in the Concept of the State Migration Policy of the Russian Federation for 2019-2025.

Implementing of labour patents in Russia for citizens from “visa-free” countries allows an unlimited number of migrants to come to Russia to work. Such systems, in our opinion, should work in all CIS countries: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, and Ukraine. This project will provide the following benefits: o

recruitment of labor adopted in quantitative and qualitative characteristics to the requirements of the Russian economy;

o

formation of “transparent rules of the game” on the Russian labor market — workers who are best prepared for a specific type of work activity will receive a job;

o

quotas distribution for attracting labor by country depending on their cultural and linguistic similarity with Russia;

o

minimizing the number of illegal migrants;

o

protection of labor and social rights of migrant workers;

o

legal preparedness of migrants;

o

minimizing interracial conflicts between labor migrants and the local population.

Therefore, the implementation of the proposed system will become an effective mechanism for regulating external migration processes.

5. CONCLUSION The article presents an overview of the detailed qualitative and quantitative characterization of migration flows in the Russian Federation, an analysis of their meaning and degree of influence on the Russian regions’ socio-economic situation. From this study, the following main problems of migration management were identified: disproportions in the internal movement of the population concentration of “internal” migrants in the central part of Russia and outflow of the population from its eastern part; lack of skilled labor migrants - only one fifth of migrants have higher education;

8

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva, Elena Vladimirovna Makarova, Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov

exceeding the number of labor migrants over the real demand of the Russian economy and the subsequent increase of unemployment rate among the local population in some regions of the Russian Federation; high level of illegal migration. Russian regions have a different need to attract foreign labor, and it must be taken into account when developing migration policy.

The most interesting for Russia are the practices applied in the migration policy of the United States, Canada, and the EU countries and related to the selective mechanisms in the field of economic class immigration, which can contribute to the overall progress of the country, using immigration as one of the development resources.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Data can be made available by contacting the corresponding authors

7. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The work is performed according to the Russian Government Program of Competitive Growth of Kazan Federal University.

8. REFERENCES [1] Migration Policy Concept Framework of the Russian Federation for the period up to 2025. URL: http://kremlin.ru/events/president/news/58986 [2] Global Migration in InfoFigureics. https://www.imf.org/external/russian/pubs/ft/fandd/2018/12/pdf/picture.pdf

URL:

[3] Top 25 Destinations of International Migration / Migration Policy Institute. URL: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/programs/data-hub/charts/top-25-destinations-international-migra nts.

[4] Grebenjuk, A. (2018). How does labor migration affect the economies of recipient countries?.

Migracija kak instrument sodejstvija torgovle i ustojchivomu razvitiju. Mosty: ICTSD Mezhdunarodnyj centr po torgovle i ustojchivomu razvitiju, 1: p. 9.

[5] Migration policy: diagnostics, challenges, https://www.hse.ru/mirror/pubs/share/218427665

suggestions.

CSD.

URL:

[6] Natural population change.

Federal State Statistics Service.

URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/population/demoFigurey/# [7] Population and migration in the Russian Federation. Federal State Statistics Service. URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_114 0096034906 [8] Methodological notes.

Federal State Statistics http://www.gks.ru/free_doc/new_site/population/demo/metod/met-dem.htm

Service.

URL:

[9] DemoFigureic forecast until 2035.

URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/population/demoFigurey/ [10] Regions of Russia. Socio-economic indicators. Federal State Statistics Service. URL: http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/doc_113 8623506156 [11] Federal Law "On the Legal Status of Foreign Citizens in the Russian Federation" dated July 25, 2002 No. 115-FZ. URL: http://www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_37868/ *Corresponding author (Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva) E-mail: veronikakznrus@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction

Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12H http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12H.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.158

9

[12] Comba, M.B., Mangione, M.I., Suárez, A.G., Sarotti, A.M., & Spanevello, R.A. (2018). A Domino Epoxide Ring-Opening Xanthate Migration Reaction: An Alternative Entry to Thiosugars.

European Journal of Organic Chemistry, 48: 6848-6856.

[13] Davitti, D. (2018). Biopolitical Borders and the State of Exception in the European Migration 'Crisis'. European Journal of International Law, 29(4): 1173-1196.

[14] Zoomers, A. (2018). Development at the crossroads of capital flows and migration: Leaving no one behind?. Sustainability (Switzerland), 10(12): 4807.

[15] Pedersen, M.H., & Rytter, M. (2018). Rituals of migration: an introduction. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 44(16): 2603-2616.

[16] Bhagat, R.B. (2018). Development impacts of migration and urbanization. Economic and Political Weekly, 53(48): 15-19.

[17] Janská, E., & Bernard, J. (2018). Mobility and the assimilation of immigrants: Variationsin migration patterns of Ukrainians and Vietnamesein the Czech Republic. Moravian GeoFigureical Reports, 26(4): 244-254.

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva is a first-year undergraduate student at Department of State and Municipal Government, Kazan Federal University. She is a student laureate with an academic rating of 89-94. She is interested in Economic, and Policy Management.

Dr. Elena Vladimirovna Makarova is an Associate Professor, Department of Territorial Economics, Institute of Management and Territorial Development, Kazan Federal University, Russia. She has a PhD in Economics. She is also Head of the Department of Scientific Activities of Kazan Federal University (Institute of Management, Economics, and Finance). She is interested in Modern Economic Multifactors Analysis.

Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov is a Master’s degree student, Department of State and Municipal Management Department, Kazan (Volga region) Federal University. He is interested in Economic and Management.

10

Veronika Ramilevna Ganeeva, Elena Vladimirovna Makarova, Alexey Igorevich Dudochnikov

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12I

THE INFLUENCE OF MUGHAL ARCHITECTURE ON MASJID ZAHIR: CASE STUDY ON FIVE RURAL MOSQUES IN KEDAH, MALAYSIA Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid a,b, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan b* a b

Politeknik Sultan Abdul Halim Mu’adzam Shah (POLIMAS), 06000 Jitra, Kedah, MALAYSIA School of Housing, Building & Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, MALAYSIA ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 06 April 2019 Received in revised form 19 June 2019 Accepted 28 June 2019 Available online 10 July 2019

Masjid Zahir in Alor Setar is a prominent mosque in Malaysia. Its architecture is a century years old and arguably one of the most beautiful mosques in the world. This study looks at the elements of the Zahir Mosque architecture that are heavily influenced by Mughal architecture originating in Northern India. A structured observation survey had been conducted on five rural mosques in Kedah to study the mosque architectural attributes. These mosques have adapted many elements such as onion domes, domed-kiosks, pishtaqs and arches. Significantly, these elements can also be seen on Masjid Zahir. The study found that the Masjid Zahir has acted as a reference point for the construction of many other mosques, especially in Kedah, Malaysia. Among the five mosques, the most elaborated detail elements were highlighted on Masjid Ar-Rahmah. Meanwhile, Masjid Nurul Ehsan has been chosen as the mosque with the most identical identity with its parent Masjid Zahir.

However, this mosque is no longer a prestigious mosque due to the renovation work which has been seen to disturb the true identity of the mosque. This study can attract the public interest to appreciate architectural history and mosques architecture in Kedah, Malaysia.

Keywords:

Architecture history; Mughal architecture; Mosque elements; Mosques in Malaysia; Mosque renovation; Masjid Zahir.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION One of the most significant mosques in Malaysian architectural history is undoubtedly Masjid Zahir, which was built on a riverbank known as Sungai Kedah in Alor Setar, the capital city of Kedah Darul Aman. According to India TV News (2014), Masjid Zahir was ranked as the fourth in the list of ten most beautiful mosques in the world. The construction of this mosque was completed on March 11, 1912. Ten years earlier a similar and identical mosque had been built in Tanjung Pura, Langkat, Sumatera, Indonesia. It was known as Masjid Azizi.

Both Zahir and Azizi have shown a strong influence of Mughal architecture. Evidently, very *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

1

few academic articles discussed the Indian characters portrayed in the architecture of these two mosques. These mosques were also known as a royal symbol for Langkat and Kedah Sultanates.

However, the Langkat Sultanate is no longer existed, and the building is only considered as a historical heritage. The Azizi mosque has passed its golden age. An evident of dissatisfactory can be seen on its surrounding (Figure 1B). Meanwhile, the Zahir mosque is still intact as a royal mosque for Kedah State (Figure 1A).

Figure 1A: Masjid Zahir, Alor Setar, Kedah, Malaysia

Figure 1B: Masjid Azizi, Langkat, Sumatera Source: http://visitlangkat.wordpress.com/2014/02/24/jejak -peninggalan-melayu-langkat

2. LITURATURE REVIEW Mosque architecture in Malaysia falls into two categories, namely traditional mosque and colonial mosque. Traditional category mosques are mosques built with regional and local identity.

Whereas the colonial category mosques consist of architectural identities influenced by the Middle East, Morocco and India (Ahmad, 1999; Basri, 2002). Khazaee et al. (2015) in their study have categorised Masjid Zahir as a mosque with colonial identity. This study had also observed the difference between Moorish and Mughal architecture adorned on early Malaysian mosques.

According to Mohamad Rasdi (2007), Islamic architecture found on the mosques was derived from various forms and terms across the ages. Multiple factors such as climate, technology and socio-political would decide the architectural characters of the mosques. Although there are plenty of studies on the mosque as an Islamic institution, however, most of them lack on architectural aspects. This opinion is recognised by Prof. Mohamad Tajuddin and Dr. Nangkula in their statement: Islamic architecture in Malaysia such as the National Mosque building is not much studied from the aspect of thinking and theoretical framework behind its design (Mohamad Rasdi & Utaberta, 2007).

Ali and Hassan (2017) have conducted studies on the elements of Mughal architecture found in Malaysia through case studies in three mosques namely, Masjid Kapitan Keling in Georgetown, Penang, Masjid Alwi in Perlis and Masjid Jamek in Kuala Lumpur. This study had also compared the original elements found in India such as the Jami Mosque of Delhi and Taj Mahal in Agra. The researchers believed this study was not completed because the Mughal architectural elements recorded in the local context did not include the Masjid Zahir. A study by Ibrahim and Abdullah

2

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

(2010) had detailed out the elements found on Masjid Zahir, but this study did not look at its affinity with other ordinary mosques, especially in Kedah.

Through a case study of mosques, the researchers can also appreciate the dual-layer space that provides passive cooling effects. This opinion was supported by Asif Ali (2012); his studies had shown the advantages of passive cooling space inherent in the major buildings of the Mughal dynasty.

For local mosques, passive cooling architecture should have a fanless airflow system and natural lighting without lights (Mansor & Mokhtar, 2016).

3. METHODOLOGY As the oldest, a royal mosque and the pride of its people; Masjid Zahir has always been a reference to the construction of other mosques found everywhere in the State of Kedah. This research will discuss five mosques that have similar architectural identities with the Zahir Mosque.

These mosques are as follows: Table 1: The Mosques involved in this study

The researchers will conduct case studies and structured observations on the five mosques.

Then, they will make comparisons on the architectural elements collected from the five mosques and compare them with the original elements found in the Zahir Mosque. The findings will then be recorded in the form of facts and collections of pictures. Next, the researchers will construct a summary table, and it will become as the most important note for this survey. Finally, analysis and discussion and conclusions will be made by referring to the summary table.

3.1 ARCHITECTURAL ANALYSIS OF MASJID ZAHIR A general explanation of Masjid Zahir just described the construction of this building is similar to the architecture of the Azizi Mosque in Sumatera. The researchers argue that more detailed studies need to be made as comparing how this building has embedded architectural elements based on the characteristics of Mughal architecture, most of which are found in Northern India. The researchers have analysed the visual architecture of the Masjid Zahir (Figure 2). There are a lot of architectural elements in this building. The most prominent Mughal element can be seen on the main dome with inverted lotus-shaped decoration, domed kiosk or chhatri and guldasta, which is a small dome-spear that adorns every major corner of the mosque.

Masjid Zahir is a state mosque in Alor Setar City. It is also a landmark and symbol of Islamic architecture in the State of Kedah. This mosque is visited by all walks of life from both inside and outside the country. To provide more perfection and increase the capacity of the users, the mosque was renovated twice in 1960 and 1975. However, the renovation of the mosque has occurred 3-4 times. The mosque prayer hall originally only accommodated 600 prayers had been extended to 2200 *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

3

prayers (Ibrahim & Abdullah, 2010).

Figure 2: An analysis of the architectural elements of Masjid Zahir Kedah Darul Aman has over 550 mosques throughout the state. Building a new home, for example, is usually inspired by another home. A process like this in architecture is called a precedent study. There are many mosques in Kedah that are built by adapting the Masjid Zahir as an exemplary building or reference model. Although no other mosque has been built by imitating the entire identity of the original mosque, however, there are several elements in the surveyed mosques that have identical identity with the architecture of Masjid Zahir. Among the important elements is the black-onion dome, domed kiosk (chhatri), guldasta spire, entrance way (pishtaq) and arches.

3.2 ARCHITECTURAL CONNECTIONS One of the advantages of Masjid Zahir is that even though many times the building is renovated, its art remains beautiful and balanced. The beauty of Masjid Zahir has influenced the construction of other mosques, but not all have succeeded. The researchers believe that the five mosques of this study are among the local mosques that have the most significant relationship with Masjid Zahirâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s architecture (Figure 3). The main identity shared by these mosques is the onion dome. Each mosque has a double-layer space, where there is an arcade, or a veranda surrounds the main prayer hall in the middle of the mosque. The mosque columns located on a structural grid. The colonnade is adorned with arches. Mostly, there are two types of arches, namely the pointed arches and multifoliated arches.

Presently, only two mosques still maintain the original double-layer space, namely the Kampong Jelutong and the Ghairu Mosque. These mosques continue to use passive ventilation (without air conditioning), while the other three mosques were renovated and no longer had the passive doublelayer space due to the installation of air conditioning systems. As stated, Masjid Zahir is recognised as the most beautiful reference mosques in Kedah. The researchers found that the other five mosques did not fully adapt to the methods of elemental constructions exhibited by this supreme mosque.

4

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

Figure 3: Five mosques that have connections with the Masjid Zahir In architectural design, this situation is expected due to the existence of various factors such as the construction cost and the status of each mosque. For example, a rural mosque with low financial allocation is unlikely to be beautifully built like the Zahir Mosque. However, there are still some interesting characters and identities found in the architecture of the surveyed mosques. This finding can be seen in the comparative and analysis table (Table 2).

3.3 DATA ANALYSIS The following table is provided as a reference of the conclusions from the study and observations made on the six mosques (including Masjid Zahir). The analysis of the study is described by this table.

Table 2: Analysis of the architectural elements of study mosques Mosque

Zahir

Completion/ *officially opened

11.3.1912 *15.10.

1915 365 pax

Element Dome 4 Chhatri 3 Minaret 1 Turret 6 Guldasta 32 Crenellation yes Pyramidal Roof 11 Pishtaq 3(2) Arches (internal) 64 Spiral Staircase

1

Ghairu Jamek 1960** (estimated)

Ar-Rahmah * 30.4.1965

Rayatul islam

Kampung Jelutong

1966

1993

The capacity of prayers in the Main Prayer Hall 360 pax 150 pax 162 pax 225 pax

Nurul Ehsan * 08.12.1966

128 pax

1 0 0 0 12 yes 0 2 23

3 1 0 0 10 yes 0 1 11 (44)

3 1 0 0 12 yes 0 2 (1) 6 (21)

2 0 1 0 28 yes 0 1 34

4 3 1 0 18 no 0 3 6 (25)

0

1

1

1

1

*Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

5

3.3.1 MAIN PRAYER HALL AREA As a royal-state mosque, Masjid Zahir is provided with the largest main prayer hall. The whole space is 289 m2. But this area can only accommodate about 365 congregants, taking into consideration the space of the pulpit, eight pillars and pentagon-shaped walls. The pentagonal structure was built to support the mosque's main dome made of concrete. The Zahir Mosque has twice undergone renovations carried out in 1960 and 1975. The mosque originally had three parts of the entrance ways (pishtaq). The pishtaq space on the left side of the mosque has now been added and combined with a larger open prayer hall. There is a concrete dome on the rooftop of this pishtaq space. Entirely, Masjid Zahir has four domes. Three domes are located above the pishtaq spaces, and the main dome with a diameter of 13.7 meters is placed on the top-centre of the mosque space.

Masjid Ghairu Jamek is an old mosque for Jitra city. The mosque can accommodate as many as 360 people in the main prayer hall. Masjid Ghairu had served as the main mosque for residents in Jitra until 1985. A new mosque named Masjid A'ala that accommodate up to 8000 congregants had been built to replace the Ghairu Mosque as the main mosque in Jitra.

Meanwhile, Masjid Kampong Jelutong is capable of accommodating 225 congregants in the main prayer hall. It is the most recent mosque built compared to four other mosques studied by the researchers. Three more mosques have a lower capacity of only about 150 people. These three mosques have been through several renovations and enlargements. Although the original forms of the mosques remain, there is no double layer passive space that promotes arches on the outside of the mosques. Most of the arches have been covered with glass walls.

A similar problem happens to the entrance way or the pishtaq space. The entrance ways located at Masjid Rayatulislam and Nurul Ehsan have been covered with glass walls. There is no more architectural language that this space works as a welcoming space as well as bringing users into the main prayer hall in the middle of the mosques.

3.3.2 DOME, CHHATRI AND MINARET As the most magnificent mosque, Masjid Zahir has four concrete domes. This means every visitor under the domes will be able to see the dome-shaped decorative concrete ceiling. On the contrary, the other five mosques only use dome made of black zinc sheets. The dome that made of zinc metal is an artificial architecture. It is just a cosmetic element to reveal a similar identity like Masjid Zahir. There are decorative concrete vaulted ceilings in the Zahir Mosque; the other five mosques only use zinc metal dome with flat-type suspended ceilings underneath. Compared to decorative vaulted ceilings, the flat type suspended ceilings cannot provide architectural appreciation to the public. Users underneath the flat ceiling may not know that there is a dome on the rooftop.

Masjid Kampong Jelutong and Ghairu Jamek still use natural ventilation as well as fans. The high ceiling position does not have a positive effect on the three mosques, namely Masjid Ar-Rahmah, Rayatulislam and Nurul Ehsan as they use mechanical ventilation (air conditioning). Chhatri or domed kiosk is a unique and attractive element of Indian architecture. Three concrete chhatries at Masjid Nurul Ehsan are almost equal to the chhatri built at Masjid Zahir (Figure 4) whereas the only chhatri found at Masjid Al-Rahmah is similar to the chhatri of Masjid Rayatulislam. These chhatries are covered with glass windows. Both have a spiral staircase inside the mosque that serves as a place

6

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

of the muezzin calling prayers. These mosques did not have a minaret or azan tower.

The minaret tower is only available at Zahir Mosque, Kampong Jelutong and Nurul Ehsan. There is no similarity between the three minaret designs. Minaret at Zahir Mosque is thin and tapered like a minaret influenced by the Turkish architecture. While the minaret at Masjid Kampong Jelutong is pagoda-shaped with a swordlike finial. A strong influence of Indian architecture can be seen at Masjid Nurul Ehsan with its relatively low built minaret, only slightly higher than a typical chhatri.

This minaret looks like a stupa but it has a finial on top.

Figure 4: Four mosques with chhatries.

Masjid Nurul Ehsan is the smallest mosque in this survey, but this mosque is the most special building because it has the closest identity to the Zahir Mosque. It has four domes, three chhatries and a stupa like minaret. It has a spiral iron staircase mounted inside the mosque like it is in the ArRahmah and Rayatulislam mosques, but in this mosque, the staircase is installed in the minaret enclosure not in the chhatri’s chamber. The form of a minaret at Masjid Nurul Ehsan after all is different from the Zahir Mosque. Most mosques provide a spiral staircase that serves as access to a muezzin entering the chhatri and minaret chambers. Presently, the spiral staircase, chhatri and minaret chambers have not been used since these traditional methods have been depreciated. Instead, mosques are now using a modern speaker system.

3.3.3 TURRET, GULDASTA AND CRENELLATION The most intriguing architectural elements are found in the Zahir Mosque with six turret towers and 32 guldastas decorating each corner of the mosque’s rooftop. The Kampong Jelutong Mosque has 28 guldastas shaped like cabbage flowers. The minaret and guldastas on this mosque are influenced by Chinese architecture. Generally, this mosque has applied the identity of double layer designs and uses the grey tones and black dome similar to its predecessor the Masjid Zahir. There are 18 guldastas on the rooftop of Masjid Nurul Ehsan making the details of guldastas in this mosque is better than three other mosques namely Ar-Rahmah, Rayatulislam and Ghairu Jamek.

All the surveyed mosques have used crenellation on rooftops except Masjid Nurul Ehsan which has used a jaali or latticework made of concrete blocks. The Rayatulislam Mosque has exhibited a beautiful crenellation with a well arranged of merlons blades made of concrete. Masjid Ghairu *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

7

Jamek has shown a unique combination of crenellation and jaali on its rooftop. However, the mosque is currently in a state of ill-health because it has not been properly maintained and no longer used as the main mosque for the residents of Jitra.

Overall, the best decorations on the building facades have been exhibited by the Masjid Zahir.

In this supreme mosque, there are elements of horizontal decoration consist of crenellation, jaali, cornice and architrave that have provided a balance against the vertical elements such as columns, minaret, turrets, guldastas and finial.

3.3.4 PYRAMIDAL ROOF AND DOME Masjid Zahir has also used another special decoration on its rooftop. There are 11 square pyramidal roofs flanked on four corners of the mosque. This character is found only on its precedent mosque the Masjid Azizi of Tanjung Pura, Langkat (Figure 1A and 1B). The researchers found that neither the surveyed mosques nor mosques elsewhere were using this pyramidal roof element. The main dome of Masjid Zahir is made of concrete. Hence, visitors can appreciate the beauty of the dome ceiling decoration when they are praying in the main prayer hall. All of the roofs in the other mosques were found using painted zinc-metal domes. Therefore, there is no purpose to highlight a typical steel structure to visitors who are sitting underneath of the domes. All the surveyed mosques only use asbestos flat ceilings. They did not use any special decoration such as a chandelier or pendant lamps to highlight the interior of the mosques.

3.3.5 PISHTAQ AND ARCHES Pishtaq is a welcoming space or porch to enter a mosque. In the pishtaq area, there will be at least one arch that highlights the decoration style of the mosque. Typically, the pishtaq space also has an iwan or arch that is projected to the inside of the mosque. This element is also known as a barrel vault). However, the researchers did not find any iwan because there was no vaulted space (barrel arches) in all the surveyed mosques. There are many types of arches. The most special pointed-multi-foliated arch type can be found at Masjid Zahir. Masjid Kampong Jelutong is furnished with an ogee arch type; meanwhile, the other four mosques are fitted with a multi-foliated arch.

Figure 5: The pishtaq spaces for the six studied mosques.

There are 64 external aches found at Masjid Zahir. This rank is followed by 34 and 23 external arches located at Kampong Jelutong and Ghairu Jamek Mosques. Three more mosques have only less than 12 arches since these mosques have been heavily renovated: Passive double-layer space has been fitted with glass-windows and serves as an air-conditioned prayer hall for the mosques. The researchers found all the surveyed mosques are simply unique because even without the iwan (excluded the Masjid Ghairu Jamek), they have domes on their pishtaq spaces (Figure 5). With

8

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

blackened domes; Rayatulislam, Nurul Ehsan and Kampong Jelutong Mosques have significantly highlighted the identity of Masjid Zahir in their architecture.

Masjid Zahir has maintained two out of three pishtaq spaces due to the addition of space on the left side of the mosque. On the rooftop of the pishtaq spaces there are three medium-large black onion domes. Masjid Rayatulislam originally had two pishtaq spaces. Presently, one pishtaq space has been renovated to enlarge the secondary praying area. The other space is left to be fitted with a glass wall as all the mosque spaces have been air-conditioned. Above these pishtaq spaces, there are still two medium-large black onion domes. The main dome at the centre of the rooftop is the biggest dome of this mosque.

Apart from the Masjid Zahir and Kampong Jelutong, the pishtaq spaces of four other mosques have a similar style. There are rectangular square and multi-foliated arches. However, only two pishtaqs located at the Ar-Rahmah and Ghairu Jamek Mosques remained in their original forms.

Conversely, the pishtaq arches of Nurul Ehsan and Rayatulislam Mosques have all been enclosed as these spaces have been renovated into air-conditioned spaces.

3.4 ARCHITECTURAL ANALYSIS: MASJID AR-RAHMAH Here, the researchers presented a detailed example of how the study and analysis of architectural elements have been carried out on the Ar-Rahmah Mosque, which is one of the five surveyed mosques. In today's condition, this mosque is considered a small mosque. The main prayer hall of the mosque can only accommodate about 150 prayers. Hence, like most other mosques, this mosque had also undergone renovation.

Figure 6: Analysis of architectural elements of Masjid Ar-Rahmah, Manggol Bongor.

Originally, this mosque had a double layer space. Pay attention to the multifoliated arches, they are the original arches of this mosque, but now they have been closed with walls and installed new casement windows in the form of pointed ogee (Figure 6). The distinctive quality of this mosque lies in its original design that reveals the main dome with an inverted lotus decoration.

It is particularly noticeable that this building is influenced by Mughal architecture. Most of the Mughal buildings used onion domes. For this building, there are three onion domes, one onion dome *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

9

is located above the porch of a pishtaq space (Figure 7). The ogee arches used in the renovated space seem quite frustrating as the details of the constructed arch and column looked very simple. These new details are odd-looking compared to the details of the existing multifoliated arches and decorative pillars completed in 1965. An analysis of the architectural elements that have been recorded by the researchers is shown in Figure 6 and 7. So far, this architectural analysis is the only study that examined the design of Malaysian local mosques. Such studies have been carried out by many architectural researchers focusing on prominent Mughal buildings such as the Taj Mahal in Agra, India.

Figure 7: Analysis of architectural elements of Masjid Ar-Rahmah (Side elevation) Although the method of this architectural analysis looks simple, the researchers have to conduct initial research and review to determine the types of elements used in a mosque. This analysis can provide new knowledge especially to the students of diploma-level architecture in Malaysian polytechnics. They can understand the history of architecture by examining the architectural elements used in a building.

4. DISCUSSION Masjid Zahir is well known as one of the most beautiful mosques in Malaysia. This study also raised the image of five ordinary mosques in Kedah that have special architectural values. All these mosques have been well designed, both for internal space and external facades. Originally, each mosque had a double layer space that functioned as thermal insulation, prevented direct sunlight, and reduced heat flow into the main prayer hall.

Various changes have taken place in social institutions. Most mosques have now been airconditioned. This change is a common requirement to provide comfort to users. Masjid Zahir has a combined space; its main prayer hall used an air-conditioning system, and its other sections maintained passive ventilation. Only Ghairu Jamek and Kampong Jelutong mosques are still using their passive spaces like the original design. Whereas, the passive spaces in the three other mosques have been significantly renovated. There is no more double-layer space and multifoliated arches.

10

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

The original mosque buildings have shown some impressive details. Special architectural elements can be found in all mosques, including small mosques such as Al-Rahmah and Nurul Ehsan.

However, the situation has gone bad once the renovation works have been carried out. The appearance of the mosque seemed unmanageable. The architectural language of the building facade has been damaged. The most noticeable example can be seen at Masjid Nurul Ehsan; the mosque management have done a lot of additional works, but all renovations look inconsistent. The red and green awning roofs and the installation of rainwater downpipes look very disturbing the facade of the building (Figure 8).

Figure 8: Arrows show the facade defects caused by improper renovation works These mosques have no longer exhibit the uniqueness of their multifoliated arches. If any, it is just an additional arch, such as the ogee arch that is found in Masjid Ar-Rahmah. The arch here is simple without any details and uninspiring. There are also broken pieces of merlons (crenellation) and replaced with improper tombstone pieces. The installation of this inappropriate element has defaced the authenticity of the mosque architecture. At the time of this study, Masjid Rayatulislam was undergoing renovation and expansion of its left side prayer hall. The researchers found that the additional work was carried out adequately because it involved contractors, architect and engineers.

When the renovation is completed, it is hoped that the mosque will be more comfortable and will retain the originality of the existing design.

There are many studies on mosque institutions in Malaysia. However, very few past studies focused on local mosques architecture. The principle objective of this study is to see the relationship between Masjid Zahir and other local mosques in Kedah. This study is also important to promote more research in Malaysia about the appreciation of architectural elements. The five masjids that have been studied are typical mosques commonly seen in rural areas. But, when the researchers closely examined their details, these common mosques have some special characters. The surveyed buildings seemed to be influenced by the Mughal architecture. These buildings appeared similar to Masjid Zahir regarding elements, designs and colours. Previously, perhaps not many community members concerned about architectural issues, identity and design of local mosques. This study can open up new ideas and encourage the public to appreciate the architecture in their surroundings.

5. CONCLUSION On the detail parts and building finishes, this study found that ordinary mosques built in the past *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

11

look better than todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s typical mosques. There are three beautiful mosques namely Masjid ArRahmah, Rayatulislam and Nurul Ehsan which were built around 1965 respectively. It was a few years after Malaysia gained their independence. Surely, the country still lacked qualified and professional expertise in design and construction aspects. However, these mosques have been successfully built, and since then, they have been used by the villagers as a community centre and for congregational prayers.

A long-used building needs to be maintained and upgraded. This obligation will ensure the building to continue functioning adequately. However, the researcher was very disappointed when seeing most of the extra work carried out was not in line with the theme and the existing designs found on the mosque buildings. In today's world of information technology, the mosque management should at least conduct some research to find out about the intricacies of architectural designs before undertaking any modification work.

This study found that Masjid Nurul Ehsan is a mosque with the closest identity to Masjid Zahir.

As a royal-state mosque, Masjid Zahir is managed by an administrative department. Masjid Nurul Ehsan on the other hand is just a rural mosque for Kubang Rotan village community. Seeing this mosque today, a researcher can still admire the original architectural values found in the mosque building, but the admiration has slightly been scratched as the mosque seems to have lost its identity; the mosque's facade and architectural style look disarray due to unsystematic modification of the mosque. In this context, the architectural appreciation of the mosque seems less important compared to the comfort of prayers who need to pray on the soft carpeted floors. They also want cooler interior space and air-conditioned prayer hall.

As a conclusion, we must appreciate the architectural history displayed by the existing buildings in our built environment. Although our country has a much younger architectural history than other civilisations such as the Mughal Dynasty that provides Taj Mahal as well as nearly 400 monuments found throughout the Indian subcontinent; every building like a mosque is a national treasure and future historical documentation. If we as the society fail to appreciate all this? Forever we will not have a great history.

6. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL All data involved in this study are already available in this article.

7. REFERENCES Abdel-Hady, Z.M. (2010). The Masjid, Yesterday and Today. The Center for International and Regional Studies; Georgetown University School of Foreign Service in Qatar, 2, 1-18.

Ahmad, A. G. (1999). The Architectural Styles of Mosques in Malaysia: From Vernacular to Modern Structures. In Proceedings of the Symposium on Mosque Architecture: The Historic and Urban Developments of Mosque Architecture. King Saud University, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, 2, 147-163.

Ahmed, S.A. (2012). The adaab (etiquettes) of masjid: 1-6. Retrieved March 11, 2018, from http://www.islameasy.org/pdf/MasjidAdaab.pdf Ali, A. (2012). Passive Cooling and Vernacularism in Mughal Buildings in North India: A Source of Inspiration for Sustainable Development. International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies, 4 (1), 15-27.

12

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

Ali, A. & Hassan, A.S. (2017). Influence of Mughal Architectural Style on Malaysian Mosques.

Proceeding of 3rd International Conference-Workshop on Sustainable Architecture and Urban Design (ICWSAUD2017), 30-44.

Bagby, I. (2012). The American Mosque 2011: Report Number 1 from the US Mosque Study 2011.

Activities, Administration and Vitality of the American Mosque: Retrieved Feb 11, 2018, from https://www.cair.com/images/pdf/The-American-Mosque-2011-part-1.pdf Basri, F. (2002). Seni Bina Masjid di Malaysia: Jurnal Tasawwur Islam, 5(8), 61-74.

Bernama (2014, 4 Jun). Masjid Tak Perlu Besar, Tapi Berhawa Dingin. Retrieved March 13, 2018, from http://www.sinarharian.com.my/edisi/utara/masjid-tak-perlu-besar-tapi-berhawa-dingin1.288147 Collins, K.M.T., Onwuegbuzie, A.J. & Jiao, Q.G. (2007). A Mixed Methods Investigation of Mixed Methods Sampling Designs in Social and Health Science Research, Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1(3), 267-294.

Dana, K., Barreto, M.A. & Oskooii, K.A.R. (2011). Mosques as American Institutions: Mosque Attendance, Religiosity and Integration into the Political System among American Muslim, Religions, 2, 504-524.

Darmayanti, T.E. (2015). Kajian Aspek Budaya pada Seni Bina Masjid Agung Banten, Banten, Indonesia [Tesis Sarjana Sains]. Universiti Sains Malaysia.

Ibrahim, M. & Abdullah, F. (2010). Masjid Zahir: A Heritage Masjid as a Traditional Landmark in a City, Chapter 10, 163-182.

Retrieved June 7, 2018, from http://irep.iium.edu.my/53193/3/Chapter%2010.pdf Independent News Service Private Ltd (India TV) (2014, 14 July) Top 10 most beautiful mosques in the world. https://www.indiatvnews.com/news/india/top-10-most-beautiful-mosques-in-the-world29415.html Jabatan Hal Ehwal Agama Islam Negeri Kedah (JHEAIK, 2018). Bahagian Pengurusan Masjid dan Surau (Function and activity of JHEAIK, information was updated on 15 February 2018).

Retrieved March 13, 2018, from http://www.jaik.gov.my/?page_id=168 Kedar, M. & Yerushalmi, D. (2011). Sharia Adherence Mosque Survey: Correlations between Sharia Adherence and Violent Dogma in U.S. Mosques: Perspectives on Terrorism, 5(5-6),81-138.

Khazaee, M., Yaakob, N., Awad, Z.A.M. & Md Ali, Z. (2015) Mughal or Moorish architecture: The origins of Malaysian mosques during colonial periods. Pertanika J. Soc. Sci. & Hum., 23(3), 639â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 654.

Mansor, N. & Mokhtar, N.A. (2016). Masjid UlulAlbab. ISBN 978-967-0962-21-4. Universiti Malaysia Terengganu:Penerbit UMT. Mohamad Rasdi, M.T. & Utaberta, N. (2007). Pemikiran dan Ide Seni Bina Islam di Malaysia Pada Era Moden (1950-2000). Research Vot, 78137, UTM, 3-180.

Mohamad Rasdi, M.T. (2007). Mosque Architecture in Malaysia: Classification of Styles and Possible Influence, Journal Alam Bina, 9(3), 1-37.

Mohd Nawawi, N. (2006). Sejarah dan Konsep Senibina Masjid [PowerPoint Slides]. Kursus Pemandu Pelancong Masjid: 23 December 2006, Masjid Negara, Kuala Lumpur.

Nasir, A. H. (1984). Masjid-masjid di Semananjung Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur, Berita Publishing Nik Dahalan, N.N. & Ramli, N.M. (2014). Seni Bina Masjid Dalam Islam, Jurnal Al-Muqaddimah, 2(1), 39-47. *Corresponding author (A.Sanusi Hassen) E-mail: sanusi.usm@gmail.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of

Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12I http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12I.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.159

13

Utaberta, N. (2007). Seni Bina Islam Moden di Malaysia: Studi Terhadap Pemikiran, Falsafah dan Idea Rekabentuk: Kertas Penyelidikan PhD; Jabatan Seni Bina, Fakulti Alam Bina, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, 24-56.

Utaberta, N., Surat, M. &Spalie, N. (2011). Isu dan Kepentingan Dokumentasi Serta Klasifikasi Dalam Kajian, Pendekatan dan Interpretasi Terhadap Seni Bina Islam Moden Di Nusantara: Journal Design + Built; Seni Bina Islam Moden Nusantara, 4(1), 85-97.

Ahmad Sid Hijaz is a Senior Lecturer at POLIMAS, Malaysia, and has served in several polytechnics in Malaysia and Brunei. He graduated with a diploma (from UTM, Malaysia), a double-degree in architecture and a master of science in architectural design (all from USM, Malaysia). Currently, he is pursuing his PhD study in Islamic Architecture at USM, Malaysia.

Professor Dr.Ahmad Sanusi Hassan is a Professor in Architecture Programme at the School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), Penang, Malaysia. He obtained a Bachelor and Master of Architecture degrees from University of Houston, Texas, USA, and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree focusing on sustainable architecture and urban design development for Southeast Asia from University of Nottingham, United Kingdom. His research encompasses to Urban Design, Studio Architecture and History and Theory of Architecture, as well as Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Animation.

14

Ahmad Sid Hijaz Md Saaid, Ahmad Sanusi Hassan

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12J

AN APPRAISAL OF POLICIES OF LAND ACQUISITION AND RESETTLEMENT OF INVOLUNTARY DISPLACED PEOPLE IN SHANGHAI (1978-2005) Mazhar Abbas

a, b*

c

b

, Samma Faiz Rasool , Imran Wakil , M. Aftab Madni Memon

d

a

Center for Global Studies and Center for History of Global Development, College of Liberal Arts, Shanghai University, Shanghai, 200444, CHINA. b Government College University, Faisalabad, 38000, PAKISTAN. c Postdoctoral Station of Statistical, School of Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship Institute, Guangzhou University, Guangzhou, 510006 CHINA. d School of Journalism and Communication, Shanghai University, Shanghai, 200444 CHINA. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 14 May 2019 Received in revised form 25 July 2019 Accepted 02 August 2019 Available online 06 August 2019

In Shanghai, China, large tracts of agricultural land, as a result of economic reforms of 1978, were transformed into urban territories.

However, it is known less about how Shanghai met those demands. This paper aims to address this question by taking land acquisition for urbanization, and resettlement of the involuntarily displaced persons by taking Pudong New Area Project (1978-2005) as a case study. The data from primary and secondary sources were analyzed by applying the risks and reconstruction model. Our analysis shows that the social security policy institution of Shanghai government successfully addressed all the issues of the forcibly dislocated people excluding access to common property resources and marginalization of women.

Keywords: Urbanization; Rehabilitation Policy; Forcible dislocation; Social security policy; Economic reform; Cernia model.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION The open-door policy which China started in 1978 to boost economic development accelerated the process of urbanization (Chen, Wigmans and Jonge 2006). Chinese cities faced tremendous pressure, in the 1980s and 1990s, for building infrastructural facilities including but not limited to commercial centers, urban spaces, and housing facilities (see Table 1 for detailed distribution of land usage in major Chinese cities in 1991). Statistics from the National Bureau of Statistics of China show that the urbanized area of Chinese cities sprawled quickly and reached 40,058 square kilometers (Xu, Li and Jiao 2016, 1). An analysis of historical data shows that the land use rights system, the land acquisition policy, and the social security policy system emerged and developed side by side after the open-door policy and economic reforms (King 1996); and the resettlement framework policy of the involuntarily displaced people was subsequent outcome of these developments. *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

1

Shanghai’s Pudong New Area is one of those regions where land acquisition and development between 1978 and 2005 wasn’t possible without involuntary displacement of the people. It is imperative, then to know: How Shanghai Government reacted to these demands? Besides exploring the land acquisition policy for urbanization in the Pudong New Area, this study aims to analyze the resettlement policy of the Shanghai government for the relocation of the involuntarily displaced people through application of the risks and reconstruction model. The subsequent parts of this paper are built on in-depth analyses of the Constitutions of the People’s Republic of China; regulations governing land ownership; land use rights and land management system; reports of Shanghai Municipal Statistics Bureau; and documents of Ministry of Commerce.

Table 1: Land Use in Major Chinese Cities Including Shanghai in 1991 (%).

City Residential Industrial Infrastructure Green Space Special Uses Shanghai 49.63 30.54 7.28 0 12.55 Beijing 39.09 20.11 5.54 0 35.3 Tianjin 26.07 35.04 29.56 4.27 4.27 Guangzhou 35.94 37 17.12 0 9.94 Shenzhen 59.86 22.12 14.09 3.02 0.42 Shenyang 29.56 27.95 23.08 6.89 11.79 Chongqing 34.04 33.41 26.99 3.12 5.44 Wuhan 26.84 30.38 24.96 7 8.75 Zhenzhou 25.51 28.26 37.76 7.89 0.57 Nanjing 36.79 23.08 9.55 1.85 28.73 Hangzhou 36.17 29.89 15.78 14.94 3.21 Kunming 28.69 23.06 38.47 3.08 6.7 Taiyuan 20.96 26.73 32.83 19.47 Xi’an 44.51 29.31 25.91 0.08 0.16 Harbin 38.01 26.34 26.61 6.64 1.84 Source: Nanjing University of Geography and Lake Study, 1999 (Ding 2003, 2)

2. AN HISTORICAL EVOLUTION OF LAND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IN SHANGHAI Between 1949 and 1978 appropriation of land from the landlords and its allocation to the peasant cultivators was mainland China’s, including Shanghai, principle land policy (Ding 2003). The urban land was allocated to danweis (state-owned business), and farmland was allocated to village communes for collective farming (Ministry of Commerce 1991). Whenever it was required, the state was responsible for acquiring collectively owned land by the village communes in rural areas to transform it into state-owned land (Ding 2003, 110-111). On the other hand, the constitution prohibited danweis for any transaction in land including leasing out of land to the foreign and private companies and corporations (Yuan 2004).

Economic reforms, initiated by Deng Xiaoping, accelerated the pace of urbanization in Shanghai, like other Chinese cities, which required more and better housing, infrastructure, and industry. To meet the increasing need for land, Shanghai government extensively examined legal framework and operational procedures and adopted Hong Kong’s land leasehold system as a model. Besides meeting up the increasing demand for land, Shanghai’s leadership and administration expected that this model

2

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

would help provide them essential revenues to feed the infrastructural development projects (Chen, Wigmans and Jonge 2006, 95). Thus, the Shanghai government either introduced new laws or amended the existing laws related to the land management system, land use rights, and land acquisition policies. For example, as a result of the approval of ‘the Transfer of Land-use Rights in Shanghai Regulations’ on November 29, 1987, the procedure to acquire the land use rights and obligations of the investors to use those rights were yielded. Implementation of the regulations on January 1, 1988, paved the way for the first successful land lease auction, on Hong Kong’s footprints, in Shanghai’s Hongqiao district (Chen, Wigmans and Jonge 2006, 95-97). Before expanding land leasing on a wider scale another pilot project, termed as ‘Pudong New Area’ (Ministry of Commerce 1991), was launched in Pudong district of Shanghai to grant land leasing procedures to the private investors up to seventy years (Ministry of Commerce 1990).

Not only the private and foreign companies and corporations were allowed to acquire land on the lease; also, they were allowed to transfer land use rights of the leased land (Chan 1999, 54). Private lease rights were the recognition of the role of the private sector in the process of the country’s urban development. Together these developments gave birth to the real estate sector (Sang 1993), which replaced the traditional land allocation system. On the one hand, it attracted global investment which further fueled the process of urbanization (Chen, Wigmans and Jonge 2006); on the other hand, many people were not only deprived of the farmland but also relocated as a result of compulsory land acquisition (Cernea 1997). Private sector or real estate companies, who get land on lease, after appropriation by the local or municipal government, were responsible for the resettlement of the involuntarily displaced people. Thus, land use rights system and land acquisition policy, and real estate and social security policy—resettlement of the forcibly displaced people, emerged and developed side by side after the economic reforms (King 1996).

Shanghai city witnessed massive population growth, followed by extensive world-class reconstruction characterized. The city’s population doubled from 8.61 to 17.06 million between 1991 and 2005, out of which 13.6 million were registered under ‘the Hukou System’—the residents of Shanghai (Chiu 2008). Note that Hukou is an indigenous residence permit for social welfare services that allows the hukou holder, indigenously registered person, to have access to social benefits and social welfare services (including schools, health insurance, housing, job, and retirement plans) and subsidized agricultural goods. The overall spatial pattern of housing distribution in Shanghai underwent greater changes in this one-and-a-half decade (see Table 2 for details regarding the land area, registered population, and housing floor area in Shanghai between 1990 and 2005) (Bureau 2006). In response to the population growth, a constructed area of urban Shanghai increased from 699 square kilometers in 1987 to 1815 square kilometers in 2008, which was 29 percent of the total area of Shanghai in 2008 (in 2008, total area of Shanghai was 6341 square kilometers). However, cropland decreased from 5043.9 square kilometers in 1987 to 4087.6 square kilometers in 2008 (Chiu 2008). Thus, cropland, forest, and tidal land decreased (see Table 3 for land use dynamic degree during different periods in Shanghai). Around 84% of the newly urbanized area between 1979 and 2008 came from 67% of the cropland, 9% of the forest and shrubs, and 2% of the tidal land. All these developments diminished the farming population by 14% (see Table 4 for changes of cropland and proportion of the population engaged in farming in Shanghai between 1979 and 2008) (Zhang et al. *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

3

2011, 1794).

Table 2: Land Area, Registered Population, and Housing Floor Area in Shanghai between 1990 and 2005 District

Land Area (Sq. Km.) 1990 2005

Changing Hongkou Huangpu Nanshi ing’an Luwan Putuo Xuhui Yangpu Zhabei Subtotal/Average

29 23 20 28 8 8 30 47 60 43 296

38 23 12 8 8 55 55 61 29 289

Baoshan Jiading Minhang Shanghai Xian Pudong Chuansha Subtotal/Average

425 484 43 378 446 1776

271 459 372 523 1625

Chongming Fengxian Jinshan Nanhui Qingpu Songjiang Subtotal/Average Total

1041 687 586 688 676 606 4284 6341

1185 687 586 688 767 605 4518 6341

Year-end Registered Population (1000 Persons) 1990 2005 Central City 565 848 699 798 461 452 763 717 1076 682 6496 Inner Suburbs 623 509 151 417 617 2317 Outer Suburbs 734 521 549 698 454 499 3455 12833

Housing Floor Area (1000 Sq. Meter) 1990 2005

618 785 599 310 317 858 887 1082 705 6161

7500 8910 7560 9070 4890 4510 8950 9680 1085 7180 -

18280 17790 8210 8080 7160 28870 29020 26110 14450 -

808 527 825 1848 4008

5460 2960 -

30550 16540 44260 64310 -

701 512 524 719 455 522 3433 13603

-

3730 8510 8260 12650 7080 26110 -

Sources: Shanghai Municipal Statistics Bureau (Bureau 2006); Shanghai Municipal Statistics Bureau (Bureau 1991); and (Chiu 2008).

Table 3: Land Use Dynamic Degree during Different Periods in Shanghai (Unit: Sq. Km.) Class Urban/Built-up Cropland Forest and Shrub Tidal Land Bare Land

1979 585.3 5040.1 582.1 219.5 28

1987 698.9 5043.9 271.5 408.8 214

1997 929.2 5197 101.6 169.9 55.2

2008 1815.7 4087.6 196.1 127.2 490.5

Source: Land Use Dynamics of the Fast-Growing Shanghai Metropolis, China (1979–2008) and its Implications for Land Use and Urban Planning Policy (Zhang et al. 2011)

Table 4: Changes of Cropland and Proportion of Population Engaged in Farming (PPEF) in Shanghai Year Cropland (Square Kilometer) PPEF (%) 1979 5040.1 25.02 1987 5043.9 18.74 1997 5197 17.72 2008 4087.6 11.18 Source: Land Use Dynamics of the Fast-Growing Shanghai Metropolis, China (1979–2008) and its Implications for Land Use and Urban Planning Policy (Zhang et al., 2011)

4

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

3. ‘PUDONG NEW AREA’: EVOLUTION AND DEVELOPMENT The East Bank of Huangpu River, which stretches across 2,000 square kilometers and constitutes around 30% of Shanghai’s territory, is referred to as ‘Pudong New Area’ (Chen 2007, 45). Sun Yat-sen is credited for pressing for the development and modernization of Shanghai, particularly in the global context, in the 1920s and 1930s. Another notable attempt was made in the 1980s when the population from Puxi, a district in the downtown, was relocated to other areas in Shanghai. It was done because Puxi was one of the most congested areas of the city and could not accommodate the amassing population and increasing business center (Zhai 2012, 35-40). Finally, the People’s Congress officially approved the proposed project of Pudong on April 18, 1990 (Chen 2007, 59) and “Comprehensive plan of the new district of Pudong” was published in 1991 encompassing the extension of the urban territory of Shanghai (for detailed urban structure of Pudong see Table 5) (Zhai 2012, 71).

Table 5: Designated Area and Population of Five Sub-districts of Pudong New Area (2012) Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5

Name of the District Lujiazui-Huamu Waigaoqiao-Gaoqiao Qingningsi-Jinquao Zhoujiadu-Liuli Beicai-Zhangjiang

Designated Area (Square Kilometer) 30 62 33 35 17

Population (in Million) .5 .3 .45 .55 .22

4. THE RISKS AND RECONSTRUCTION MODEL Meeting the investment and labor demands of economic reforms and industrial transformations require more urbanizations (Zhang et al. 2011) which might result in the involuntary displacement of people. Amongst the available remedial models of these issues that are confronted by the municipal and local governments (Chambers and Morris 1973, Nelson 1973, Scudder and Colson 1982, Cernea 1997), Michael Cernia’s ‘the risks and reconstruction model’ seems the most suitable, satisfactory and effective model or proposed solution for the reconstruction of the involuntarily displaced people, whose lands are acquired for urbanization. Cernea (1997) argues that involuntarily displaced people by development projects are more than refugees of wars and natural disasters. This forcible dislocation causes poverty among dislocated people worldwide and promotes social injustice which, according to Wolfensohn (1995), “can abolish socio-political and economic advances” (Wolfensohn 1995). Cernia’s model provides the conceptual tools to ensure the rehabilitation of involuntarily displaced people along with problem diagnostic, predictive, and resolution capacities.

The predictive capacity of the model is based on turning the diagnostic identification into a forecast for effective and improved planning—model’s this capacity is referred to as ‘predictive-cum-planning capacity.’ By collecting information on the results of many previous displacements, the model forecasts that future results will occur if its warnings are ignored. This model predicts possible impoverishment risks and helps planners and managers of the project in planning and managing a useful policy. For example, this model was attempted by India (Thangaraj 1996) and the Philippines (Cernea 1997) as an instrument for planning and development.

The ability to solve problems rests on the scope of the model and its orientation towards action. *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

5

Besides diagnosing, analyzing, and predicting the risks of a social movement, this model can also propose solutions to the problems. For example, the danger of landlessness is addressed through land rearrangement policies; unemployment through sustainable re-employment; homelessness through reconstructing homes; and so on. It also comprises risk vindication but continues to build a new socio-political and economic base on which the livelihoods of the resettled can be reestablished and then upgraded in a lasting way.

4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE KEY RISKS AND IMPOVERISHMENT PROCESS This model identifies following key risks and processes of impoverishment in displacement.

4.1.1 Landlessness Land expropriation deprives people of their capital source of income coupled with other attached economic and commercial activities. Kiambere Project in Kenya and Rengali Project in India are typical examples of such expropriation which diminished people’s basic income and increased overall poverty in these regions (Mburugu 1994, Ota 1996).

4.1.2 Joblessness The damage of salaried service occurs in both rural and urban movements. Lost jobs include dispossessed workers, business or service workers, and artisans or small commercial owners. It causes unemployment and a change of profession. Unlike urban areas, people in rural areas do not lose their jobs in the industrial and commercial sector, but access to work in the agricultural land—a capital source of income in rural areas. For example, people lost their jobs as a result of the Coal Mining Project of Talcher, Orissa and Hydro Project in Manitoba and Churchill-Nelson, Canada (Cernea, 1997; Pandey, 2000).

4.1.3 Homelessness Homeless might be temporary and last long as well. Relocation of more than 2,000 families in the urban area was disrupted in Cameroon-Douala Project (completed in 1989), reported by the World Bank. Chines government reported that over 20 percent households were homeless as a result of Danjiangkou Reservoir—Dam Project (Cernea 1997).

4.1.4 Marginalization The decrease in economic power i.e. “downward mobility” among the affected households causes marginalization. Subsequently, middle-income households slip to the small landholders’ category, and small income traders and artisans fall below poverty line. The marginalization is also gauged as a decline in social position and self-confidence of the resettled people in the social fabric, coupled with a sense of injustice, and unstable behavior. Social and economic relegation in Nepal’s Kulekhani Hydroelectric Project (Cernea 1997) and Sri Lanka’s Kotmale Project (Søftestad 1990), and sometimes psychological marginalization (Appell 1985) are best examples to illustrate this kind of impoverishment.

4.1.5 The Increased Morbidity and Mortality Another outcome of displacement is losing in citizens’ physical and mental health, increase in social stress, and expansion in their insecurity. Malaria and schistosomiasis, which are parasitic and

6

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

vector-borne diseases, cause serious declines in health among the involuntarily displaced people.

Vulnerability to epidemics and chronic diseases including diarrhea and dysentery, among involuntary dislocated people, increases due to polluted water, unhygienic food, and poor sewerage system. For example, Scudder (1982) claims that indigenous rates of morbidity among displaced people of Nam Pong Reservoir, Thailand, were comparatively higher. In Akosombo Dam Project of Ghana, schistosomiasis among both adult and children from 1.8 percent before resettlement rose to 75 percent among adult and 100 percent among children after few years of their rehabilitation near Dam Lake (Cernea 1997).

4.1.6 Food Insecurity Along with other impoverishments, forced migration also causes diminishes calorie-protein intake levels, and engenders undernourishment. It happens due to either non-availability of food or scarcity of food to the dislocated people. Urbanization is consequential for promoting food insecurity: more the land for urbanization, the less of it is available for cultivation of food items. For example, agricultural land among the rehabilitated people, in the Bailiambe Reservoir Project in China, decreased from 1.3 hectares to 0.4 mu per household after relocation. Subsequently, local food production decreased. Forum-Gleita irrigation project of Mauritania also caused decrease in agricultural land per household, and subsequently, undernourishment due to food shortage, among the relocated (Cernea 1997).

4.1.7 Loss of Common Property Resources Access Loss of common property means a decrease in income and livelihood of those who are dependent upon forest lands, water bodies, grazing land, parks, and burial grounds. In the majority of the government-funded relocation programs, loss or lack of access to the common property resources is not compensated (Cernea 1997). For example, a thorough study of seven projects of relocation of the households in Orissa (India), between 1950 and 1994, suggests that there was no compensation for common properties by the project planners (Pandey et al. 1997).

4.1.8 Social Disarticulation Last but not least, involuntary displacement deconstructs and destroys arrays of social organization, interpersonal ties, and kinship bonds by dispersing and fragmenting communities. Loss of compensation for social disarticulation goes unnoticed despite the fact that this loss has long and detrimental effects on the dislocated people. Historians of migration conclude that the loss of social articulation in relocation is much higher than the financial loss: â&#x20AC;&#x153;among the highest costs of all is the serving of personal ties in familiar surroundings, to face new economic and social uncertainties in a strange landâ&#x20AC;? (Sowell 1996). A detailed sociological study of various Indian schemes shows several appearances of social displacement within the kinship scheme, such as the undoing of intimate ties, growing estrangement, and anomie (Cernea 1997).

Although it is one of the most impeccable and suitable models for the rehabilitation of the involuntarily displaced people, however, this model fails to focus on or address women impoverishment, who suffer more as compared to men. Moreover, this model does not highlight and address children educational loss. *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

7

5. LAND USE RIGHTS AND LAND ACQUISITION POLICY IN SHANGHAI—AN HISTORICAL ANALYSIS Both individuals and enterprises, similar to the tenants, have limited land use rights in China, unlike the United States and other Western states. In China, urban land is state-owned, while agricultural land is owned by the village communes. Thus, individual (private) property ownership does not exist (China 2004).

In pre-reform China, for land acquisition, in the absence of land markets, municipal governments were bound to compensate peasants for the loss of jobs, housing, and crops. Besides, the residency status of farmers was transformed from peasantry to urban, which entitled them to enjoy social welfare benefits under hukou system (Ding 2003, 110-111). On the other hand, leasing of land to the private and foreign companies and corporations was not allowed. Transfer of land use rights was strictly forbidden (China 2004).

What followed economic reforms was the replacement of the traditional allocation system of land with the market mechanism. Subsequently, the private sector was allowed to play its role through investment in the real estate market and urban development (Chen, Wigmans and Jonge 2006). Shanghai borrowed leasehold tenure system of land from Hong Kong (Chan 1999). The rationale behind the introduction of land leasehold was to attract foreign investment to enhance economic efficiency and to generate maximum revenue from the land.

However, reinforcing new system required Shanghai government to introduce new regulations besides amending the existing laws about land management and land use rights. The examples of these new regulations and amendments in the existing regulations were: Land Administration Law (LAL) of 1986, Constitutional Amendment in Land Administration Law (LAL) in 1998, Republic of China Assignment and Transfer Use Rights of State-Owned Land in Urban Areas Temporary Regulation of 1990, Provisional Regulation on the Granting and Transferring of the Land Rights over State-owned Land in Cities and Towns in 1991, Transfer of Land-use Rights in Shanghai, and Draft Regulation on Pudong New Area Planning and Construction Administration and the Regulation on Pudong New Area Land Administration of 1999.

As a result of these regulations, leasing of land up to 50 years in Shanghai (Ministry of Commerce 1991) and up to seventy years in ‘Pudong New Area’ (Ministry of Commerce 1990) was allowed through bidding, auction or negotiation process.

Moreover, it was essential to convert non-state-owned land, for example, the village commune and farmland, into a state-owned one to commence the developmental work because development on non-state-owned was prohibited (Ding 2007). The actual owner of the land was state. However, people or organizations were entitled to enjoy land use rights until the withdrawal or cancellation of those rights by the state—the real owner. This was called zhengdi (the compulsory acquisition of land). The constitution of 1978 of the People’s Republic of China authorized the state for compulsory acquisition of land—zhengdi. Land Administration Law (LAL), containing compensation for compulsory land acquisition and resettlement of involuntarily displaced people, was passed in 1986 but was amended in 1998. Other relevant laws included ‘Real Estate Administration Act,’ and ‘Tentative Provisional Regulation on the Grant and Transfer of Land-use Rights on State-owned

8

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

Land in Cities and Towns’ (Chen 2007, 126). After the acquisition of land, the local government was authorized to sell this state-owned land to the developers. These developers were given the right to sublease, sell, mortgage, or rent the land to the third party. This third party was obligatory to pay land transfer fee depending upon the leasing period and land use strength. In this two-step system, the government expropriated land from the farmers at a low cost; however, sold the developers at much higher prices. In this way, the local government generated a lot of revenue to meet the increasing need for infrastructure, urban development, and other financial challenges (Ding 2004).

6. COMPENSATION AND RESETTLEMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK: RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Rapid urbanization could be gauged from the fact that the urban area of Shanghai increased five-fold between 1990 and 2000 as compared to ten-fold between 1950 and 1990. Subsequently, plenty of rural households were relocated for the development of ‘Pudong New Area’. It is estimated that 178,663 farmers’ households were relocated between 1990 and 2002. Besides, Shanghai demolished 26 million square meters in urban areas and relocated 0.66 million households between 1991 and 2000. Thus, the development of ‘Pudong New Area’ required both commercialization of urban land and the expropriation of rural land (Chen 2007).

As a result of ‘Pudong New Area’ project, increasing numbers of forcibly dislocated people were a matter of serious concern and alarmed the concerned authorities (Sha et. al 2014); and already existing social security policy institutions were restructured and strengthened to relocated and resettle these involuntarily displaced people. For the relocation of the inhabitants, any of the Shanghai Land Development Company (SLDC) was supposed to develop a project and prepare plans to acquire time limit for land use rights, in addition to the expropriation of farmland and permission to lease out state-owned land. After this, a relocation company used to step in as a sub-contractor for the relocation project. Assessment of the value of the whole area to be redeveloped and estimated payment for the entire relocation scheme, to the subsidiary company by the SLDC, was done by an independent auditor. The subsidiary payment was assessed based on number of households and business relocated and was to be paid by the real estate developer. At the time of expropriation of farmland, it was the responsibility of the company to chalk out a comprehensive and appropriate plan for compensation and fresh employment for the expected relocated households. A new subsidiary company, for job training and providing fresh jobs, was hired by the real estate developer (Chen 2007, 105-106).

Shanghai’s compensation and resettlement system for the involuntarily displaced people, as a result of compulsory land acquisition, is unique because along with economic and financial compensations, it also compensates for social disarticulations. According to Shanghai government’s policy, people expected to be relocated as a result of compulsory land acquisition are consulted for compensation and resettlement before their displacement. Forcibly displaced people are compensated for the land loss, home loss, job loss, food insecurity, morbidity and mortality, marginalization, and social disarticulation. Displaced people are not only compensated but also, through special arrangements, rehabilitated and re-established to the equal or higher level before the displacement *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

9

(Ding 2004).

Only a few residents of urban Pudong had their own houses. However, the majority was living as a tenant in houses built by their employers. At the time of their relocation, notices or handout leaflets were put up to explain the procedure of relocation and expected level of compensation, followed by consultative meetings to deal with queries. It was up to the household whether to choose a new house or cash as compensation. A negotiated amount of compensation was paid to the relocated households in case of non-availability of houses until housing became available. The compensation was increased in case of delay in housing availability within the prescribed period, i.e. three to twelve months (Chen 2007, 134).

Since the land was considered their living capital, Chen, Wigmans, and Jonge (2006) argue that land-for-land was the most preferred compensation for expropriation of farmland for urbanization in â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Pudong New Areaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;. Only a few of the dislocated farmers were given farmland in nearly available places. However, due to non-availability of farmland, the majority of the affected households was compensated with cash and jobs for the loss of their land. Also, they were compensated for the loss of young crops and other land attachments as prescribed in the LAL of 1986 and amended in 1998.

Yawei Chen (2007) holds that compensation for the expropriated farmland includes both social and economic compensation for the relocated households. The LAL stipulated that compensation for acquired land and subsidies for resettlement were given to village communes. However, compensation for young crops and land attachments were given to the farmers. Two amendments were made to LAL in 1998: Frist was about the increase in the compensation of land from 3-6 times to 6-10 times; Second, amount of resettlement was increased from 2-3 times to 4-6 times the average annual output value of acquired land in the preceding 3 years (however, measures were taken that the maximum payment per hectare should not cross 15 times the average production value) (Ding 2004).

The local government was directed and authorized to increase the resettlement subsidy if the relocated households were not able to maintain their original quality of life with the given resettlement subsidy (Chen 2007, 130-131). The purpose of this increase in resettlement subsidy was to rehabilitate and re-establish the displaced people, through special arrangements, either to the equal or higher level before the displacement (Ding 2004).

As mentioned above, forcibly dislocated farmers were compensated with farmland for the loss of their farmland, if available. Alternatively, these farmers were provided with fresh jobs. They were trained for jobs at the job training center until they find new jobs. Besides, they were paid a handsome amount to compensate for the period between the loss of their land and new employment (Chen 2007, 131-135). Explaining the relocation of farmers in an interview given in October 2002, Gong Qiuxia, a planner with SLDC opined that the company had to deal with both expropriations of land and relocation of the farmers. She further added that the company had to find new jobs for the relocated farmers since they had lost land. To deal with this problem, a job center, to provide a variety of training programs, was set up. The government gave a special fund to establish new enterprises to reemploy the relocated peasants. Due to either little or no technical knowledge, these relocated farmers were given jobs in security companies, cleaning, factories, traffic assistance, property management, and maintenance of green spaces (Chen 2007, 134-135).

Relocation of the farmers of a single village, as a result of the expropriation of their farmland, to

10

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

another farmland was the preferred way of compensation. In case of lack or absence of farmland, they were relocated in urban areas. These areas were specifically built for the resettlement of the relocated farmers. Free of cost apartment(s) were given to the relocated households. And the size and number of apartments depended upon both the size of the household and size of the previous farmhouse, coupled with some other criterion (Xu, Li and Jiao 2016, 4). Although involuntary displacement of those, whose houses were demolished, met with a severe criticism from various circles including academia; however, independent observers, Li and Song (2009), claimed that newly rehabilitated residents were living in houses with better conditions and facilities as compared to other residents of Shanghai.

Under hukou system, urban residents were offered with several welfare services including health insurance, job opportunities, education, old-age pensions, and the like. Contrary to this, the rural residents were denied these social welfare services. However, same services were offered to the relocated rural farmers after the change of their residency permit from peasantry to urbanites, as a result of acquisition of their farmland (Chen 2007, 130-131). Change of their registration identity, from rural peasantry to urban residents, also meant the availability of good food, improved sewerage system along with new and cleaned apartments, and better educational opportunities for their children. Resultantly, these forcibly dislocated people did not fall a prey either to food insecurity or poor sewerage and dirty residences. Thus, undernourishment and morbidity and mortality did not increase among them, unlike displaced households of other countries like Thailand, India, and Kenya.

Special measures were taken to avoid social disarticulation among the displaced households. For example, it was taken into account to relocate the displaced households to the nearby of their previous residence and that too among the neighbors from the previous residence. Relocated people were provided with a house of two rooms. These houses were constructed by keeping in mind that both the rooms should face south so that guests could meet up in the grandparentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; bedrooms. The previous or original neighborhood was in principal entitled to return in case of demolition and rebuilding of the residential neighborhood (Chen 2007, 134-135).

There were different mechanisms to address involuntarily displaced people in Shanghai. For loss of land either with land or job and cash along; for loss of crops and other land attachments with cash; for loss of job with job to the energetic and young workers, and pensions and retirement to the old and retired peasants; for loss of house with apartment depending upon the size of households and size of previous housing; and for loss of rural peasantry registration with urban social security registration. This kind of better compensation and rehabilitation policy did not pave the way for marginalization among the dislocated farmers. Even in the majority of the cases, they were living a better life as compared to their urban counterparts (Chen 2007, Li and Song 2009).

7. CONCLUSION This paper was aimed at understanding how the Shanghai Government dealt with the post-1978 open-door economic policy reforms that resulted in outgrowth of urban territory and displacement of people from their land for urbanization. These reforms also brought about several changes in land *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

11

management system and land acquisition policy in mainland China in general and Shanghai in particular.

This paper concludes that Shanghai Government borrowed some provisions from Hong Kong’s land leasing system and incorporated them in the Constitution and laws governing the leasing system.

The purpose of these adoptions was to attract maximum investment from private as well as foreign companies. Resultantly, private sector was allowed to participate in the process of urbanization.

These developments attracted not only global investment, which further accelerated the pace of urbanization but also deprived several households of the farmland through land appropriation. Thus, rehabilitation of the involuntarily displaced people became a matter of serious concern for the authorities, which was addressed through the already existing system of social security institutions.

Yet another important conclusion is that Shanghai government successfully addressed the issues of landlessness, joblessness, homelessness, food insecurity, increased morbidity and mortality, community disarticulation, and education of children. However, the issues of loss of access to common property resources and marginalization of women were either ignored or not given proper attention; thus, remained unaddressed. Despite being under the rule of the one-party system, unlike democratic and developed Western countries, China is the only country which addresses the issues of community disarticulation and education of children during the resettlement of involuntarily displaced people.

The development of ‘Pudong New Area’ would not have been possible in the absence of smooth handling of land acquisition and rehabilitation of the dislocated households. Had there been mismanagement of the land acquisition and relocation of the dislocated people, there would have been resistance at the local level, and subsequent, delay in the development process of ‘Pudong New Area.’

8. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Used or generated data already present in this study.

9. REFERENCES Appell, George N. "Resettlement of People in Indonesian Borneo: The Social Anthropology of Administered Peoples." Borneo Research Bulletin, Vol. 17, no. 1, 1985: 3-30.

Bureau, Shanghai Municipal Statistics. Shanghai Statistical Year Book (1991). Official Report, Beijing: China Statistics Press, 1991.

Bureau, Shanghai Municipal Statistics. Shanghai Statistical Yearbook (2006). Official Report, Beijing: China Statistics Press, 2006.

Cernea, Michael. "The Risks and Reconstruction Model for Resettling Displace Populations." World Development, Vol. 25, No. 10, 1997: 1569-1587.

Chambers, Robert, and Jon Morris. "Mwea: An Irrigated Rice Settlement in Kenya." München: Weltsforum Verlag, 1973.

Chan, Nelson. "Land-Use Rights in Mainland China: Problems and Recommendations for Improvement."

Journal of Real Estate Literature, Vol. 7, no. 1, 1999: 53-64.

12

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

Chen, Yawei. Shanghai Pudong: Urban Development in an Era of Global-Local Interaction, Volume 14.

Amsterdam: IOS Press, 2007.

Chen, Yawei, Gerard Wigmans, and Hans De Jonge. "Land Reform and Development in Shanghai's Transformation." The CRIOCM 2006 International Symposium on “Advancement of Construction Management and Real Estate”. Amsterdam: Department of Real Estate and Housing, Faculty of Architecture, Delft University of Technology, 2006. 1-10.

China, Tha National People's Congres of the People's Republic of. Constitution. March 14, 2004. http://www.npc.gov.cn/zgrdw//englishnpc/Constitution/2007-11/15/content_1372963.htm (accessed March 26, 2017).

Chiu, Rebecca L. H. "Shanghai’s Rapid Urbanization: How Sustainable?" Built Environment, Vol. 34, No. 4, 2008: 532-546.

Ding, Chengri. "Land Policy Reform in China: Assessment and Prospects." Land Use Policy, Vol 20, no.

2, 2003: 109-120.

Ding, Chengri. "Policy and Praxis of Land Acquisition in China." Land Use Policy, 2007: 1-13.

Ding, Chengri. "The Effects of Land Acquisition on China's Economic Future." Land Lines, 2004.

King, C. W. Kenneth. "China's Land Disposition System." Journal of Contemporary China, Vol. 5, no.

13, 1996: 325-345.

Li, Si-ming, and Yu-ling Song. "Redevelopment, Displacement, Housing Conditions, and Residential Satisfaction: A Study of Shanghai." Environment and Planning, volume 41,, 2009: 1090 -1108.

Mburugu, Edward K. "Dislocation of Settled Communities in the Development Process: The Case of Kiambere Hydroelectric Project." In Involuntary Resettlement in Africa, by C. C. Cook (ed.).

Washington DC: World Bank, 1994.

Ministry of Commerce, People's Republic of China. Measures of Shanghai Municipality on the Compensatory Transfer of Land Use Rights.

November 29, 1991. http://english.mofcom.gov.cn/article/lawsdata/chineselaw/200211/20021100050878.shtml (accessed March 26, 2017).

—. Provisions of Land Administration in Shanghai Pudong New Area. September 10, 1990. http://english.mofcom.gov.cn/aarticle/lawsdata/chineselaw/200211/20021100050586.html (accessed March 26, 2017).

Nelson, Michael. The Development of Tropical Lands: Policy Issues in Latin America. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press, 1973.

Ota, Akhil B. "Countering the Impoverishment Risk: The Case of the Rengali Dam Project." In Involuntary Displacement in Dam Projects, by Akhil B. Ota and A. Agnihotri, 150-178. New Delhi: Prachi Prakashan, 1996.

Pandey et al., B. Development, Displacement and Rehabilitation in Orissa 1950-1990. Bhubanesewar: Institute for Socio-economic Development, 1997.

Pandey, B. "Impoverishing Effects of Coal Mining Projects: A Case Study of Five Villages in Orissa." In Development Projects and Impoverishment Risks: Resettling Project-Affected People in India, by Hari Mohan Mathur and David Marsden. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

Sang, Bin Xue. "Pudong: Another Special Economic Zone in China?-An Analysis of the Special Regulations and Policy for Shanghai's Pudong New Area." Northwestern Journal of International Law & Business, Vol. 14, no. 1, 1993: 130-160.

Scudder, Thayer, and Elizabeth Colson. "From Welfare to Development a Conceptual Framework for the Analysis of Dislocated People." In Involuntary Migration and Resettlement: The Problems and *Corresponding author (Mazhar Abbas). E-mail: mabbas@i.shu.edu.cn ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.11 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12J http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12J.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.160

13

Responses of Dislocated People, by Art Hansen and Anthony Oliver-Smith, 267-287. Boulder: Westview Press, 1982.

Sha et. al, Yongjie,. "Evolution of Urban Planning and City Development of Shanghai: The Past Three Eras and the Present." In Shanghai Urbanism at the Medium Scale, by Yongjie, Sha et. al (eds.), 9-18. Berlin: Springer Berlin Heidelbers, 2014.

Søftestad, Lars T. "On Evacuation of People in the Kotmale Hydro Power Project: Experience from a Socio- economic Impact Study." Biståndsantropologen, no. 15, 1990: 22-32.

Sowell, Thomas. Migrations And Cultures: A World View. New York: Basic Books, 1996.

Thangaraj, S. "Impoverishment Risk Analysis: A Methodological Tool for Participatory Settlement Planning." In Understanding Impoverishment: The Consequences of Development-induced Displacement, by Christopher McDowell (ed.), 193-232. Oxford: Berghahn Books, 1996.

Wolfensohn, James D. Address at the Annual Meeting of the World Bank and IMF. Official, Washington DC: World Bank, 1995.

Xu, Ying, Jing Li, and Sheng Jiao. "Impacts of Chinese Urbanization on Farmers’ Social Networks: Evidence from the Urbanization Led by Farmland Requisition in Shanghai." Journal of Urban Planning and Development, Vol. 142, No. 2, 2016: 1-8.

Yuan, Zhenhuan. "Land Use Rights in China." Cornell Real Estate Review, Vol. 3, no. 6, 2004: 73-78.

Zhai, Hailin. Shanghai Pudong: A Missed Opportunity for Metropolitan China. LAP Lambert Academic Publishing, 2012.

Zhang et al., Hao,. "Land Use Dynamics of the Fast-Growing Shanghai Metropolis, China (1979-2008) and its Implications for Land Use and Urban Planning Policy." Sensors, Vol. 11, no 2, 2011: 1794-1809.

Mazhar Abbas is a PhD Candidate in World History at the Center for Global Studies and researcher at the Center for History of Global Development, College of Liberal Arts, Shanghai University, Shanghai, P. R. China. He is working as a Lecturer at the Department of History and Pakistan Studies, Government College University Faisalabad, Pakistan.

Dr. Samma Faiz Rasool is a Post-doctoral fellow at School of Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship Institute, Guangzhou University, Guangzhou, P.R.China. He has his Master’s degree in Human Resource Management from University of the Punjab, Lahore, Pakistan. He received his PhD degree from School of Management, Shanghai University, P.R.China. His researches are Human Resource Management and Innovation Management.

Imran Wakil is a lecturer and PhD Candidate at the Department of Political Science and International Relations, Government College University Faisalabad, Pakistan.

Muhammad Aftab Madni Memon is a PhD Candidate in Communication Science at School of Journalism and Communication, Shanghai University, Shanghai, P. R. China

14

Mazhar Abbas, Samma Faiz Rasool, Imran Wakil, M. Aftab Madni Memon

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12K

EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT ON FUNCTIONING AND DEVELOPMENT OF PASSENGER MOTOR TRANSPORT SERVICES IN URBAN AGGLOMERATIONS A.E. Kravchenko a*, D.A. Gurа b a b

Department of Transport Facilities, Krasnodar, Moskovskaya, Kuban State Technological University, RUSSIA. Department of Cadastre and Geoengineering, Krasnodar, Moskovskaya, Kuban State Technological University, RUSSIA.

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 24 May 2019 Received in revised form 15 July 2019 Accepted 29 July 2019 Available online 06 August 2019

This article reflects the features of the provision of passenger road transport services in urban areas. It also presents the distribution of traffic between different types of passenger transport, taking into account the level of motorization. The comparative indicators of the time spent by the population on a trip are given by types of passenger Keywords: transports. The factors and signs of dividing the consumer market into Market of transportation segments of passenger traffic are identified. Moreover, the optimal services; Passenger time spent by the population on a trip for urban agglomerations is Transportation Services; recommended. This study proposes an indicator for evaluating the Urban crowding; effectiveness of the route.

Passenger trip; Time spent on a trip, Route Performance evaluation.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION The general condition of the issue Underdevelopment of the markets for passenger transportation services (PTS), especially in urban agglomerations (including resort ones), leads to the territorial social injustice of residents of peripheral and sleeping neighborhoods, which significantly affects the decline in quality of their life and residence in the urban environment [1]. Cities and agglomerations formed on their basis have recently become the most significant elements of the resettlement system in Russia. They provide the emergence of new growth points, economic coherence of the territories, and integrated development of transport and service infrastructure and serve to achieve the main goal, i.e. creating comfortable conditions for life and leisure of Russians [2].

City agglomeration is a combination of municipalities (settlements and urban districts) within whose territory a number of settlements are compactly located, mainly urban, united in a complex dynamically developing system with intensive transport, industrial, infrastructural, social and economic ties, with common use of adjacent territories and development resources [2, 3]. *Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

1

There are two main types of agglomerations: mono-centric and polycentric. The largest number of existing and emerging mergers belong to the first type. Polycentric agglomerations are rather the exception, they unite several cities, each of which is an independent core and absorbs nearby settlements. Mono-centric agglomerations are formed according to the principle of the dominance of one main city. There is a core, which during growth includes other settlements in its territory and forms the direction of their further development in symbiosis with its potential. The largest urban agglomerations (the vast majority) are created precisely by monotype. An example is the Moscow agglomeration [3,4].

Agglomeration of the municipality of Krasnodar also belongs to the mono-centric type. The city of Krasnodar is characterized by the presence of all the conditions for the agglomeration of territories within its zone of influence. It is located on the most important highways connecting the center of Russia with the ports of the Black and Azov Seas, as well as the resorts of the Black Sea coast of the North Caucasus. The city has all types of transport: air, road, rail (four directions, three railway stations), water (transportation of goods by river-sea vessels). The economic situation of Krasnodar is determined by the concentration of human, investment, financial, intellectual and other resources. Krasnodar is a center of science and higher education: more than 80% of scientific workers in the region and about 90% of all students are concentrated in the city [5].

In the Krasnodar city agglomeration, in addition to the city of Krasnodar, they include partly Dinskoy, Krasnoarmeysky, and Seversky districts.

The area of agglomeration is 2200 km2. On the territory of the agglomeration, there are 60 settlements in which more than 1.1 million people live (according to the latest population census), and taking into account the estimated data of the Krasnodar administration - more than 1.4 million people.

The effective economic development of the Krasnodar agglomeration is impossible without creating favorable conditions for high-quality functioning of the markets for passenger road transport services (PRTS) in terms of a balance of benefits for all stakeholders (Customer - Carrier - Consumer) [6-9].

2. CHARACTERISTICS OF PASSENGER VEHICLES Modern principles of management, associated with complete economic independence of economic organizations, self-government, self-financing, and self-development, have predetermined a marketing approach to the strategic management of business processes, designed to ensure effective management in a dynamically changing market environment. No exception is the scope of passenger vehicles. Passenger road transport is an integral part of the passenger transport system of regions and cities, is a major factor in the effective development of the economy, whose role is enhanced in the conditions of market relations. With the direct participation of passenger transport, markets for motor transport services are being formed.

In a market economy, the main task of transport becomes urgent - the acceleration of the turnover of material values on the terms of the complete satisfaction of transportation needs of the population, as it directly affects the economic interests of not only carriers but also consumers. According to the existing concepts, services include all types of labor that are not directly related to the change and transformation of forms of matter and natural phenomena and produce a special use value, which is expressed in the

2

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. GurĐ°

socially useful activity of labor itself in various sectors of the public economy. Services also include those types of labor that do not materialize in a substantively tangible, isolated product of labor (transport, communication).

Features of the provision of transport services are as follows [9]: - Services cannot exist outside the process of their provision (i.e. they cannot be accumulated); - Sale of services is, in fact, the sale of the labor process itself, therefore the quality of services is determined by the quality of the labor process itself; - Services represent a specific use-value only at a certain time and in a specific place or direction, which significantly limits the possibility of their replacement in the market of services; - Transport services are those which complete and (or) anticipate the process of material production.

Passenger transport services are a sub-activity of public transport, aimed at meeting the needs of people and characterized by the availability of the necessary technological, economic, informational, legal and resource support. Consequently, the transport service means not only the transportation of passengers but any operation that is not part of the transportation process but is associated with its preparation and implementation. Based on the analysis of domestic and foreign experience, transport services are classified: - On the basis of relationship with the main activity of transport enterprises - for transportation (that is, including in one form or another element of transportation) and not transportation; - By the type of consumer for whom the service is provided, - to external (provision to non-transport enterprises and organizations) and internal, i.e. provided to other enterprises and organizations of transport or other industries. For example, internal services are the provision of rolling stock by a transport company to carry out transportation on a regular and customized basis; - By nature of the activity - technological, commercial, informational, legal, etc.

Other services include: - Activities on planning, organizing and executing the delivery of passengers from places of residence to destinations and additional services for preparing for and after transportation; - Registration of the necessary shipping documents; - Conclusion of a contract for transportation with transport enterprises; - The calculation for the carriage of passengers; - Information Support; - Insurance, financial and customs services using the best methods and methods, subject to the full satisfaction of the requirements of passengers and others.

*Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

3

3. MOTOR TRANSPORT AGGLOMERATIONS

SERVICES

FOR

PASSENGERS

IN

URBAN

Motor transport services are defined as activities related to the process of moving passengers in space and time, the provision of transportation, storage, and transportation of baggage, as well as other additional services. Passenger transport services are carried out on various types of passenger transport services markets in urban agglomerations, which are characterized by different transportation potential, uneven development of transport infrastructure, as well as consumer demand.

At the suggestion of the authors, the PTS markets in urban agglomerations are proposed to be classified and characterized as [10, 11]: 1. A saturated market is a PTS market with a developed service and transport infrastructure, in which the probability of obtaining planned profit from passenger transportation is 0.90-0.99, which is caused by stable passenger traffic, greater transport mobility of the population, availability of transport services, regularity of traffic , greater density of the route network in the city districts, tariff setting, the possibility of choosing a ground type of passenger transport to move to the target, a higher level development of transport service, high population density, direct travel, more developed system of situational control centers for transportation processes, and higher motivational interest of business entities to the development of transport business due to the small payback period.

2. The developing (emerging) market is PTS, in which the probability of obtaining planned profit from passenger transportation is 0.61 ... 0.89, which is caused by less stable passenger traffic, lower density of the route network of villages, insufficient development of transport service, the need to make transplants on the periphery of the city, lower (in relation to urban) frequency of movement of rolling stock, lower density of population in relation to the saturated market PTS, higher transport fatigue due to the greater length of the route and time of correspondence to the object of the target.

3. The PTS market with limited growth potential is a market in which the probability of obtaining planned profit from passenger transportation is 0.31 ... 0.60, which is determined by the seasonal factor in the transport activity of the population, the limited development potential of the residential area, and as a result the route network , lower (in comparison with the developing market) frequency of rolling stock movement, low population density in relation to the developing market PTS, higher transport fatigue due to higher the length of the route and the time of correspondence to the target object, the low level of development of the transport service, the underdeveloped transport infrastructure, the lesser interest of business entities to the development of the transport business due to high unit production costs and longer payback periods.

The volume of motor transport services provided in various types of markets PTS depends to a large extent on the level of automobilization of urban agglomerations (with a different number of inhabitants), as well as the demand for street passenger public transport (SPPT), as well as express and individual transport. Table 1 shows their optimal values, which are recommended to be used in real agglomeration conditions (the authors' research data and Recommendations for the modernization of the urban transport system were used, according to MDS 30-2.2008, Central Research Institute of Urban Planning, RAACS, Moscow). The selected type of SPPT (Science, Pollution Prevention and Technology)

4

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. GurĐ°

directly affects the speed of the message and the time spent by passengers on movement to the target object in the urban agglomeration.

Table 2 reflects their actual and recommended values for the future, which are set on the basis of the conducted research in comparison with the standards reflected in the “Recommendations for the modernization of the urban transport system” MDS 30-2.2008, Central Research Institute of Urban Planning of the Russian Academy of Architecture and Construction Sciences, Moscow.

Table 1: Estimated distribution of passenger traffic between various types of passenger transport (in%, taking into account the level of motorization of the settlement) Population with population, thous.

100

up to 50 51-100 101-300 301-500 501-1000 1001-1500 1501-3000 Over 3000

40 70 60 75 70 70 60 65

Level of motorization, auth. / Thousand people 150 300 450 200 300 500 200 400 600 Street High-speed Individual SPPT SPPT transport 50 5 60 45 55 65 60 50 30 40 50 70 65 45 40 35 55 60 70 60 50 30 40 50 60 50 40 10 15 20 30 35 40 60 50 40 15 20 25 25 30 35 65 55 40 15 20 30 20 25 30 50 40 35 30 35 40 20 20 25

900

70 80 70 60 45 40 35 30

Table 2: Comparative indicators of the time spent by passengers to move to the target with the use of public passenger transport (weighted average) Message speed Travel time km/h 1 km, min.

1. Bus 18.2/20.0 3.34/3.31 2. Trolley bus 17.5/19.1 3.43/3.12 3. Tram 16.9/18.2 3.57/3.29 4. Bus and trolleybus on partially insulated lanes 19.5/20.1 3.08/2.98 5. Bus-espresso 23.5/26.0 2.55/2.98 6. Trolleybus and tram accelerated 22.0/24.5 2.72/2.41 7. Bus and trolleybus on a separate lane 25.0/27.0 2.40/2.21 8. High-speed tram on partially insulated canvas 25.5/27.5 2.35/2.17 9. High-speed bus and trolleybus on an isolated automatic control strip.

28.0/30.1 2.14/1.98 10. High-speed tram on an insulated canvas 31.0/34.0 1.93/1.74 11. Underground 41.6/1.44/12. Electrified railway 45.0/1.33/Note: in the numerator - the existing values; denominator - recommended values for the future.

Types of public passenger transport to move in the urban agglomeration

To study the transportation needs of the population, they conduct marketing research of passenger transport services markets on various grounds: purpose of travel, transport to move, range of travel, frequency of trips, type of activity, age, gender, average income of consumers, consumer attitudes to quality and other parameters of transportation service and related services kits. All these signs can be used to segment the markets for transport services.

A market segment is a part of a market that is allocated in some way and has a certain one or more similar characteristics. Signs - a way to select a segment. As one of the methods for identifying a segment, they use the methods of questioning passengers, processing statistical data on types of transport, cities, and subjects. Consumer segmentation makes it possible to determine the structure, *Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

5

capacity, sustainability, solvency of consumers, etc. Segmentation of transport service providers allows them to determine their resource capabilities in the required volumes, price of services, and how they will affect the development of passenger traffic and competitiveness in the transport market.

As a result, according to the results of passenger traffic survey, various types of SPPT messages reveal their structure, solvency of the population, as well as key components of a trip to working and non-working days: convenience of the timetable, time and distance of the trip, convenience of the route, fare comfort and technical equipment of rolling stock (air-conditioners, Internet) and potential solvency of discerning passengers, etc. Practical methods of market partitioning transfer service have varied. Most often they are divided into geographical, demographic and behavioral factors.

4. ORGANIZATIONAL ASPECTS IN ENSURING THE STANDARD TIME OF TRANSPORT SERVICES FOR THE POPULATION USING TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE HUBS The interaction of various types of passenger transport is manifested primarily in the network and integrated transport interchange hubs (TPU), which are involved in shaping the structure of route communications of the SPPT and are a reasonable factor for a particular urban situation (network density, roadway width, etc.). The transport-planning and spatial organization of the TPU is determined not only by the number of interacting types of passenger transport, but also by the location of stations, stopping points, lines, tracks and other transport facilities, various devices and communication elements, as well as the location of the node on the urban agglomeration plan and its architectural -planned communication with adjacent buildings. The simplest TPU arise from the interaction of various types of street urban transport (approaching or crossing bus, trolleybus, and tram routes in different combinations). Complex TPU arise in the interaction of rail transport.

A complex indicator, reflecting the degree of compactness of the territory, the level of development of the road and transport network, is the time spent by the population to move from their place of residence to the place of destination. According to the research, the average time of population to move, on the example of the Krasnodar urban agglomeration, for the purpose of the trip “home-work” at peak hours is 60 minutes, which is at least 20 minutes, which exceeds the regulatory requirements reflected in the joint venture 42.13330.2016 – «Urban planning. Planning and development of urban and rural settlements».

The document states that only for workers who daily come to work in the city from other settlements, the time spent is allowed to increase no more than twice. MDS 30-2.2008 “Recommendations for the modernization of the transport system of cities” set even more stringent requirements for the allowable time spent on moving to the place of destination (Table 3). Compliance with the recommended time spent on the movement of the population (Table 3) suggests that the regular route SPPT network is customer-oriented and highly productive, although, in this case, with increased costs for high-quality transport services to the population, which are offset by a systematic increase in consumer demand.

Table 3: Recommended time costs for the population to move City, agglomeration, thousand people 100

6

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. Gurа

The time spent on movement to the place of work for 90% of workers, min 30

Time spent on car availability of the center, min 15

250 500 1000 3000 10000 15000

32 35 40 45 50 60

16 17 20 25 30 40

The higher requirements are placed on the level of quality of transport services for the population, the higher are the costs of its provision and, accordingly, the cost of transportation services.

Determine the size of the increase in costs (ΔЗ) required to reduce the time of passengers to move in the regulatory time (tfakt), i.e. when moving to a higher level of transport service quality, it is proposed using the following developed formula [12]:

ΔЗ =

(Зmax  Зmin )  (t fakt  t norm )

(1),

(t fakt  t min )

where Зmax, Зmin – accordingly, the maximum and minimum costs necessary for the implementation of transport services for the population, rubles; tnorm – standard (reduced) time for movement of population, min.; tmin – minimum time for movement of population, min.

If on a regular route network of various types of rolling stock, for each of its type, you can determine the coefficient of increasing costs, KVZΔЗ, for compliance with the standard correspondence time according to the following formula [12]: KVZ Δз =

Зmax  Зmin t fakt  tmin

(2).

The rolling stock that provides the minimum cost of compliance with the standard time for movement of population in urban agglomerations will be considered more efficient. And precisely, such rolling stock should be recommended for operation, as the most efficient and competitive.

Economic efficiency from the use of the proposed formulas (1) and (2) is determined primarily by the possibilities of reducing the time for the movement of passengers and reducing the costs of subjects of transportation activities for their transport services. This is achieved through the introduction of flexible transportation technologies (with different modes of transport services by the hour of the day and days of the week), providing a more rational use (redistribution) of buses on a regular route network, highlighting priority traffic on buses on the road network, improving driver skills, using dynamic qualities of buses with various modes of gear shifting, etc.

In large and largest cities with an increase in the distance of trips of the population to the target objects, incl. As a rule, transplantation is carried out to suburban areas, which affects the standard correspondence time, which can increase by 30% or more.

Therefore, in the initial stages of designing the route of the route, it is necessary to take into account such features. For example, research by the authors of the Krasnodar agglomeration, with a population of more than 1.3 million people, found that up to 25% the total time spent by the population on a trip accounted for a transfer from one type of transport to another, which is carried out in transport links nodes (TPU). *Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

7

Network TPUs play an important role in the design of efficient routes, especially for regular public bus transport, and are also important infrastructure elements of the urban metropolitan transport system that determine its sustainable operation and development.

To assess the effectiveness of the designed route for regular public buses, it is proposed to use the following developed formula [13-18]:

Đ&#x161; Ń? ď&#x20AC;˝ 9 Đ&#x161; N ď&#x192;&#x2014; KU ď&#x192;&#x2014; K P ď&#x192;&#x2014; K S ď&#x192;&#x2014; K E ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161; Đ&#x2019; ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161;V ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161; Đ&#x153; ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161; R ď&#x201A;Ž 1,00

(3),

where ĐşN â&#x20AC;&#x201C; coefficient of efficiency of use of stopping points on the route. Defined as the ratio of actually used stopping points in the forward and reverse directions of the route (Nf) to the total (planned) number of stopping points on the route in the forward and reverse direction (NĐž). The actually used stopping points in the forward and reverse the direction of the route is the number of stops with the actual passenger transfer (that is, without taking into account the zero-passenger exchange), where both the embarkation and the disembarkation of passengers take place.

KU represents the efficiency ratio of the development of passenger traffic by the stated number of buses. It is defined as the ratio of the actual (based on survey materials) Uf to the planned Upl number of passengers transported per shift (or the work time on the route of the bus (s)). If the capacity of buses on the route is used by passengers less than 25% per shift, then this route is closed and combined.

KP is the ratio of the efficiency of transport work on the flight time, which is recommended to Ń&#x201A;

K P = ď&#x192;Ľ ď&#x192;Š B Ain ď&#x192;&#x2014; ÎˇŃ Đź ď&#x192;&#x2014; lcpr ď&#x192;&#x2014; t Đ˝p ď&#x192;Ş Đş=1 ď&#x192;Ť determine from

f QBA ď&#x192;&#x2014; lcpf ď&#x192;&#x2014; t pf ď&#x192;š ď&#x192;şď&#x192;ť i , where

Đş â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of flights made by all

buses of the i-th type on the route, per shift; n, f â&#x20AC;&#x201C; respectively nominal and actual values of indicators; QBAi â&#x20AC;&#x201C; number of passengers carried by all buses of type i per flight; tHŃ&#x20AC;, tfŃ&#x20AC; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; respectively, the standard (Table 3) and the actual (according to the results of the survey) the đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;

đ?&#x2018;&#x; bus journey time on the route, min.; đ?&#x2018;&#x2122;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? , đ?&#x2018;&#x2122;đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? , respectively, the actual and estimated average

distance of the journey of passengers on the route, km.; Đ&#x2019;Đ?i â&#x20AC;&#x201C; average nominal capacity of n

BAi = ď&#x192;Ľ Ai ď&#x192;&#x2014; mi N Ai

i=1 buses passing the route, (Đ?i â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of buses of the i-th type on the route, units; mi â&#x20AC;&#x201C; nominal capacity of buses of i-th type, pass.; NAi â&#x20AC;&#x201C; total number of buses on the route, units.); ÎˇŃ Đź â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the turnover rate of passengers on a route per flight (determined by the ratio of the length of the route to the average distance of the journey of passengers or the number of passengers carried per flight to the nominal capacity of the bus).

KS â&#x20AC;&#x201C; coefficient of efficiency of use of the structure of the bus fleet by capacity. Defined as the ratio of the actual Sf to theoretical St (or regulatory, defined with reference to a group of cities) capacity of working buses on the route network. When using different types of rolling stock on the route network of the city (especially small, small, medium, large and very large capacity), the coefficient of efficiency of use of the bus fleet structure is defined as n

K S = ď&#x192;Ľ N i f ď&#x192;&#x2014; mif

n

ď&#x192;ĽN

n i

ď&#x192;&#x2014; min

, where Ni â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of units of rolling stock of the i-th brand and type (f - actual; n - normative); mi is the nominal capacity of buses of i-th brand and type. i=1

8

i=1

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. GurĐ°

KE â&#x20AC;&#x201C; coefficient of environmental safety operation of buses on the route network. It is defined as the ratio of actually working buses corresponding to a certain ecological class of Euro (based on survey materials) Đ&#x2022;f to regulatory Đ&#x2022;n environmental requirements for Euro 6 class. When calculating this ratio, in order not to add to the database the values of emission standards, I propose a scoring system: Euro 6 - 6 points, Euro 5 - 5 points, Euro 4 - 4 points, Euro 3 - 3 points , Euro 2 - 2 points, Euro 1 - 1 point, Euro 0 - 0.5 point (or zero?). Then the ratio will look like this: there are 15 buses on the route that meet the Euro 2 environmental standard, and Euro 5 is required, then this ratio is determined by the ratio 2/5 = 0.4. When using different types of rolling stock on the route network of the city (especially small, small, medium, large and very large capacity), with different environmental classes, the coefficient of environmental safety of bus operation is defined as: n

K Đ&#x2022; = ď&#x192;Ľ Ai f ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161; Đąf

Đ?Đžn ď&#x192;&#x2014; Đ&#x161; bn ,

i=1

where Đ?fi, Đ?nĐž â&#x20AC;&#x201C; respectively, the actual and total number of buses on the route network of the city, corresponding to the scoring; Đ&#x161;fb, Đ&#x161;nb â&#x20AC;&#x201C; respectively, the actual and standard value of the scoring. For example, if out of 15 operating buses on the cityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s route network, 5 PS units meet Euro 6, 4 unit. PS meet Euro 5, 2 units. PS meet Euro 4, 3 units. PS meet Euro 3 and 1 unit. PS meets Euro 2, then the value of KE corresponds to: Đ&#x161;Đ&#x2022; = (5*6+4*5=2*4+3*3+1*2) / 15*5 = 0, 92. â&#x20AC;&#x201C;

KB

passenger

safety

ď&#x192;Ś Đ&#x161; B = 1 ď&#x20AC;­ ď&#x192;§ď&#x192;§ ď&#x192;Ľ A j ď&#x192;&#x2014; (P1 + P2 + P3 + ... + Pn ) ď&#x192;¨ j=1 k

factor n

ď&#x192;Ľ i=1

is

determined

from

the

relationship:

ď&#x192;ś AiĐž ď&#x192;ˇď&#x192;ˇ ď&#x192;¸ , where Đ?j â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the number of rolling stock units

operating on the route network of the city that committed road accidents: fatal, with severe injuries, moderate injuries, light injuries, luggage damage, etc.; đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the total (cumulative) number of i-type buses operating on the route network of the settlement; đ?&#x2018;&#x192;1 â&#x20AC;Ś đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; accordingly, the number of accidents per year committed by the cumulative i-Đź type of buses on the route network of the village: fatal, with severe injuries, wounds of moderate severity, wounds of light severity, damage to baggage, etc.

KV â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the coefficient of interaction of passenger transport in the network and integrated transport hubs. Defined as the ratio of the actual arrival time Тf passenger transport (specific route) to the junction point (interaction of routes and types of passenger transport) to the standard (on schedule or with standard deviation from the schedule) arrival time Тn.

KĐ&#x153; â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the duplication factor of the route by transportation technologies of adjacent routes of regular bus transport (no more than 70% of the route duplication is allowed). Determined by the ratio of the length of the coinciding leg of the route Đ&#x153;Ls to the total length of the route Đ&#x153;LĐž.

KR â&#x20AC;&#x201C; coefficient of bus traffic on the route. Determined by the ratio of actually performed flights (including with violation of the schedule) Rf to the planned number of them on the route for the shift Rp. *Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

9

The developed route efficiency indicator of the route allows a comprehensive approach to the formation of a regular route network in urban agglomerations, and to determine ways of its effective functioning and development with the stated level of quality of transport services to the population.

5. CONCLUSION In urban agglomerations, quality of life of the local population and the comfortable stay of vacationers and tourists are closely related to the scope of public passenger transport services in general and automobile transport in particular, around which a certain infrastructure is created, marketing communications, financial and credit relations, and a certain format is formed transport technology services to consumers. The needs of the population in passenger transport services are related both to the production activities of the local population (trips to the place of work, business trips, etc.) and cultural and everyday necessities (tourist and sightseeing trips, trips to sanatoriums and boarding houses, rest houses, to the beach, etc.).

Passenger motor transport is at the same time the most important component of the territorial structure of the economy and an integral part in the organization of cultural and economic relations, ensures the process of population movement for production and personal needs, unites distant cities and large metropolitan areas into a single complex, contributing to their sustainable social-economic development.

The efficiency of passenger transport also determines the level of quality and culture of transport services in accordance with modern requirements of consumer demand to their level of quality, taking into account the territorial and planning features of the development of urban agglomerations, taking into account the resource potential of transport operators. In market conditions of management, it is important to take into account the ratio of the cost of transporting passengers and ensuring the stated level of quality of transport services to the population. And with the annual growth of passenger cars in cities (agglomerations), which have a significant impact on the above ratio, more attention should be paid to improving the organization of transport services for the population, traffic, with special lanes for route vehicles to ensure the standard time of the population to travel to the target objects as well as the development of alternative types of passenger transportation.

6. CONCLUSION A new classification of passenger transportation services markets in urban agglomerations is proposed: a saturated market, an emerging market, a market with limited growth potential. This classification of markets PTS takes into account the territorial segment and the dynamics of consumer demand, which have a significant impact on the efficiency of socio-economic development of urban agglomeration in general and determine the need to optimize the regular route network for public passenger transport in particular.

It was revealed that the volume of motor transport services provided in various types of markets for PATS depends to a large extent on the level of automobilization of urban agglomerations (with a different number of inhabitants), as well as the demand for street passenger public transport (PTOP), as well as high-speed and individual transport.

10

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. GurĐ°

A formula has been developed that makes it possible to determine the size of the increase in costs required to reduce the time for passengers to move within the regulatory time frame, i.e. in the transition to a higher level of transport service quality. If different types of rolling stock are operating on a regular route network, then for each of its types it is possible to determine the coefficient of increase in costs for compliance with the standard correspondence time. The rolling stock that provides the minimum cost of compliance with the standard time for movement of population in urban agglomerations will be considered more efficient. And precisely, such rolling stock should be recommended for operation, as the most efficient and competitive.

An indicator has been developed to assess the effectiveness of the route, which allows a comprehensive approach to the formation of a regular route network for public passenger vehicles in urban agglomerations, and to determine ways of its effective functioning and development with the stated level of quality of public transport services.

7. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The reported study was funded by the Russian Foundation for Basic Research and Administration of Krasnodar Region of the Russian Federation according to the research project â&#x201E;&#x2013; 19-48-233020

8. REFERENCES [1] Kravchenko, A. E., Kravchenko, E. A., Osennyaya, A. V. (2018). Geographic information systems in logistics processes in passenger transport: theory and practice: monograph - Krasnodar: Izd. KubGTU, 228 p.

[2] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2011). Quality management of passenger transport service: theory, methodology, technology: monograph - Krasnodar: Ed. KubGTU, 320 p.

[3] Kravchenko, E. A. (2015). Passenger motor transportation complex of resort areas of the Krasnodar Territory: methodology of organization, technology, evaluation, management: monograph. - Krasnodar: Ed. KubGTU, 2015.- 376 p.

[4] Kravchenko, E. A. (2011). Theory of passenger transport systems in road transport in resort areas: a monograph. - Krasnodar: Izd. KubGTU, 400 p.

[5] Kravchenko, E. A. (2010). Formation of the system of transportation processes by passenger road transport in resort areas: a monograph. - Krasnodar: Ed. Publishing House - SOUTH, 468 p.

[6] Kravchenko, E. A. (2010). The main directions of sustainable development and functioning of passenger road transport. Freight and passenger vehicle fleet, 10, 85-90.

[7] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2011). Modern problems of transport science, technology, and technology: studies. allowance - Krasnodar: Ed. House - South, 154 p.

[8] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2008). Fundamentals of quality management of transport services to the public. Part 1. Estimated indicators of the quality of public service passenger transport: textbook. allowance stamped UMO. Krasnodar: Ed. KubGTU, 103 p.

[9] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2008). The main directions for improving the quality of public services. Problems and achievements of the motor transport complex: materials of scientific and technical. conf. - Yekaterinburg: USTU-UPI, 133-136.

*Corresponding author (A.E. Kravchenko). E-mail: kts_kubstu@mail.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12K http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12K.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.161

11

[10] Kravchenko, E. A. & Schepakin, M. B. Dernovoy, A. Yu. (2018). Functional optimization of bus transport route network in the city of Krasnodar. Management in Russia and abroad, 6, 48-56.

[11] Kravchenko, E. A. & Schepakin, M. B. Dernovoy, A. Yu. (2018). Integrated approach to the management of passenger transport services markets in the Krasnodar agglomeration. Management in Russia and Abroad, 5, 42-50.

[12] Kravchenko, E. A. & Schepakin, M. B. Dernovoy, A. Yu. (2018). Building a logistic model of the attractiveness of urban transport routes for establishing the passenger demand for services. Vestnik ASTU. Series: Economy, 4, 113-123.

[13] Kravchenko, E. A., & Shchepakin, M. B. (2016). Formation and development of passenger transport business infrastructure in resort municipalities. Economy and Entrepreneurship, 10-1 (75-1), 741-747.

[14] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2015). The concept of improving the logistics efficiency of passenger transport in municipalities. 97-104.

[15] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2015). The competitiveness of modes of transport in the resort area based on the logistic theory of the quality of public transport services by bus. International Journal of Experimental Education, 6, 28-34.

[16] Kravchenko, E. A., & Kravchenko, A. E. (2014). Modernization of the strategy of development of the system of organization of passenger transportation in municipalities and their management in terms of seasonality (on the example of the Krasnodar Territory) / Problems of quality and operation of vehicles: materials VIII int. in absentia scientific and technical conf. - Penza: PGUAS, 2014. P. 57-64 [17] Kravchenko A.E. Gura, D. A. & Dernovoy, A. Yu. (2018). Dernovoy Agglomerations based on integrated approach. Amazonia investiga, 7(13), 331-350.

[18] Kravchenko, A. E. & Gura, D.A. (2018). Motor transport development agglomerations: theoretical and methodological aspects. Orbis, 14(41), 35-45.

Dr.Kravchenko Alexey is an Associate Professor at the Department of Transport Constructions, Kuban State Technological University, Krasnodar, Russian Federation. His research is related to the management of the functioning and development of passenger vehicles in the cities of municipalities.

Dr.Gura Dmitry is an Associate Professor at the Cadastre and Geoengineering Department, Kuban State Technological University, Krasnodar City, Russian Federation. His research is related to the fields of spatial data and geographic information technologies in the cadastre and territory management.

12

A.E. Kravchenko , D.A. GurĐ°

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12L

A COMPETENCY-BASED SUCCESSION PLANNING MODEL WITH RESPECT TO ADJUSTING ROLE OF ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE IN TELECOMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE COMPANY OF IRAN (TICIR) Narges Hosseini a, Masoud Pourkiyani a*, Ayob Sheikhi b a Department b

of Management, Islamic Azad University, Kerman Branch, Kerman, IRAN. Department of Statistics and Computer, Shahid Bahonar University of Kerman, Kerman, IRAN.

ARTICLEINFO Article history: Received 04 June 2019 Received in revised form 09 July 2019 Accepted 20 July 2019 Available online 06 August 2019

Keywords: Succession planning; Competency model; Competency-based management; Organizational culture; Adjusting (variable); Infrastructural communication.

A B S T RA C T

The current research aims to propose a competency-based succession planning model with respect to adjusting role of organizational culture in Telecommunication Infrastructure Company of Iran (TICIR). This study was conducted as an applied research in terms of objective and it was assumed as a descriptive survey by taking approach toward interpretative structural modeling. The statistical population of this study included two groups of experts and directors (Directors general, chairmen of offices, responsible experts and experts of TICIR Company). Primarily, in order to determine sample size for statistical population, 20 of experts were elected using non-randomized and selective sampling method and 340 members of the second statistical population were chosen by means of classified sampling technique including directors general, deputies of directors general, chairmen of offices, responsible experts and other experts of TICIR Company. The findings about succession planning model indicated that the variable of succession planning reached to a level higher than satisfactory rate therefore all of the related elements were placed higher than satisfactory level. Finally variable of organizational culture, as adjusting variable, was also placed at the level higher than satisfactory rate in this study. Hence, all of these variables reached to the level higher than satisfactory rate. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

INTRODUCTION The Telecommunication Infrastructure Company of Iran (TICIR) is one of the governmental fields responsible by Ministry of Information Technology and Communication. Structure of organizational manpower possesses a long history and they will reach to the retirement of their career in an early time in the future. With respect to vital role of this organization, management of this organization has put dealing with subject of succession planning for the organizational personnel as *Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

1

high on the agenda. On the other hand, some new and young workforces have jointed to the organization where they are assumed as the best and most available capital and resource to meet this vital requirement. Accordingly, it necessitates for design and execution of a process to realize key goal of providing appropriate directors to avoid from cessation in playing this role and realization of organizational objectives which can be drawn within process of succession planning. Advancement in various cultural, political, economic, and social fields and especially technology has made the existing competitive environment as ambiguous, unstable, and extremely variant. Planning may provide suitable conditions for exposure to these uncertain conditions for the organizations. Many organizations employ planning of directors to cope with potential for destruction and ruining in organization and to meet environmental requirements and occurring events. Finally, organizations try to improve their own positions smartly and address development and recognition of administrative talents in their planning and assume them their growth and achievement in systematic and serious planning to manage talents and succession planning (Basiri and Sabegh, 2014).

Succession planning is a program through which appropriate persons are elected for incumbency of high-ranking administrative and major posts among qualified and talented personnel. The human talents in organization are identified for incumbency of major positions and jobs in subsequent years and they are gradually prepared to assume these jobs and tasks (Bidmeshki et al., 2014).

Competency is defined according to this point that how a person is selected, what s/he knows and what s/he does. And some other important factors are knowledge, communication, technical skills, distinct thought, emotion, values and activities which are led to an efficient function (Cross, 2010). In fact, competency describes characteristics of personnel they need to them for doing of their tasks properly (Kotonen et al., 2012). Competency management comprises of a group of merits or a list of tasks for apprentice who needs to acquire or execute them so that to be considered as a superior or competent person in terms of occupational aspect. Creation of competency-based management includes several advantages at individual and organizational level. The value-added advantage for an organization is owed to enhance competitive position of the organization, possession of suitable personnel for different jobs, facilitation of employment process, and constant development of personnel according to their requirements. This, in turn, leads to better performance of personnel, improvement of commitment in personnel, and finally enhancement of performance in personnel (Sanghi, 2007).

According to the conducted studies, competency model is an important member in changing if individual and organizational structure which supports from training empowerment plan, performance management, the plan of jobs description, and succession planning (Ennis, 2008). It has been moved toward international occupational standards or competency models as a result of rising number of retired personnel and it aimed to cover the gap of skill and knowledge, nationalization of workforce, and attraction and maintenance of talented forces (Conner et al., 2014). The competency models are assumed as important in terms of succession planning because regardless of this process it is difficult to do several tasks including creating of relationship among main organizational competencies to occupational competencies, giving a transparent definition about talented personnel, accurate determination of competencies needed for present and future in organization, preparation of a basis for performance management by creation of a favorable workplace that is followed by

2

Narges Hosseini, Masoud Pourkiyani, Ayob Sheikhi

favorable performance of personnel, creation of clear occupational expectations for the present and future, perfect job evaluation, and development of individual plan to contribute to the personnel to decrease the gap between the needed competencies for achievement (Rothwell, 2005).

There are some organizations which possess powerful directors where they could not survive without such personnel at all; however, these organizations may unwantedly lose these workforces because of several reasons including retirement, resignation, death and or even job promotion. Thus, it is required for prevention from creation of disruption in organizational processes to employ plans to provide competent forces. However, many organizations ignore this issue unfortunately and as they are aware of importance of this subject when it is in vain to do anything and organization is losing the valuable workforces. Therefore, it is necessary for existing of a systematic and purposive method and plan to upgrade scientific awareness to implement succession management and planning to determine key roles by talented and competent personnel. It has been proved those succession plans which are tied with occupational path for personnel, may improve spirit of personnel and their productivity.

Those organizations, which support from occupational development by creating of chances for personnel to find new opportunities inside the organization and encouraging them to job motion, will more unlikely share them in developing of their job.

Whereas these personnel more unlikely look for several opportunities in organization if maintenance process is done duly in organization; overall, this is led to increase in job satisfaction among personnel. Nevertheless, there is problem in succession planning models in which despite effect of organizational culture on succession planning, succession planning models have ignored effect of this variable. Thus, designing of a model that can fill this gap may create more suitable structure for the organization and for this reason current research is intended to deal with this important subject. In today world competition, the companies which are active in ICT field especially TICIR Company can remarkably contribute to the country to achieve a position proportional to their valuable level. In this regard, human resources play a crucial role. Alternately, experiences and skills of personnel are considered as a source for which organization spend a lot of costs to acquire them.

Nonetheless, organizational directors have forgotten role of these workforces because they think the experienced and skillful personnel always attend in the organization and they may not need to plans for human resource development while exiting of human resources imposes some costs to the organization since organization is required again to spend more time and cost for training of personnel. Hence, presentation of a competency-based succession planning model may provide this opportunity for organizations to train a competent person as future director before retirement of current manager and after retirement of previous manager a person is substituted with him/ her that organization ensures from competency and skill of such a person and thereby organization could continue their proper path. With respect to aforementioned subjects, the current research tends to present a competency-based succession planning model given adjusting role of organizational culture in TICIR Company.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

These questions are raised in this study as follows: 1- What are the indices for succession planning in TICIR Company?

2- Which are parameters of competency in TICIR Company?

*Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

3

34567-

How is the condition of succession planning in TICIR Company?

How is the status of competency in TICIR Company?

How is the condition of organizational culture in TICIR Company?

What is the relationship among competency and succession planning in TICIR Company?

Is there any relationship among competency and succession planning with respect to adjusting role of organizational culture in TICIR Company?

8- What are the characteristics of succession planning in TICIR Company and how much the validity of succession planning model in TICIR Company?

Succession planning - Creation of commitment - Creation of satisfaction - Attachment - Job identity - Evaluation of requirements of future work - Recognition of strong points - Identification of weaknesses - Review on capabilities - Recognition of threat and opportunity - Evaluation of personal performance - Identification of personnel - Determination of parameters - Recognition of talents - Assessment of individual talents - Recognition of characteristics of personnel - Testing of personnel - Ranking of individuals - Training programs for personnel - Training of talents - Training of personnel - Evaluation of requirements of current business - Measurement of job - Scoring of job - Using of time - Goal determination - Order preference - Planning and time allocation - Occupational values - Fulfillment of promises - Expertise - Well-morality

Competency - Personal dimension

- Occupational knowledge and information - Skills - Personality characteristics - Attitude and insight - Social dimension - Occupational reputation - Public reputation

Organizational culture - Engagement in work - Empowerment - Team- making - Developing of capabilities - Adaptation - Fundamental values - Agreement - Coordination and continuity - Adaptability - Change creation - Customer- centrism - Organizational learning - Mission - Strategic tendency and direction - Goals and destinations - Outlook

Figure 1: Research conceptual model

METHODOLOGY This study is an applied research in terms of objective and it is descriptive survey in terms of method and it has been carried out by taking approach toward interpretative structural modeling. The statistical population of this study was composed of two groups: The first group was the experts who quantity was uncertain and dispersed and the second group comprised of all directors general, deputies of directors general, chairmen of offices, responsible experts and also other experts in TICIR Company throughout Iran where they were totally 2217 members. Using of non-randomized selective

4

Narges Hosseini, Masoud Pourkiyani, Ayob Sheikhi

sampling method to determine sample size for first statistical population, we elected 20 respondents of experts by considering some criteria such as accessibility, scholar expertise in university and academic centers where they studied, having the relevant educational degrees concerning book or paper. To determine sample size for the second statistical population i.e. directors general, deputy of directors general, chairmen of offices, and responsible experts and other experts of TICIR Company, they were chosen by classified sampling method with 340 members.

3.1 DATA COLLECTION TOOLS

The questionnaire items are interpreted by Delphi technique out of focus group (experts) to determine and prioritization of dimensions and indices of competency-based succession planning in TICIR Company. The quantity of these questionnaires was 5.

1- The first questionnaire was utilized to identify dimensions and indices of succession planning in TICIR Company. This questionnaire is completed by the experts.

2- The second questionnaire will be used for determination of dimensions and variables of competency in TICIR Company. This questionnaire is filled out by experts.

3- Third questionnaire will be utilized for measurement of succession planning status in TICIR Company. This questionnaire is completed by operational directors and corporate experts.

4- The fourth questionnaire will be employed for measurement of competency status in TICIR Company. This questionnaire is completed by operational directors and corporate experts.

5- The fifth questionnaire will be utilized for measurement of status of organizational culture in TICIR Company. This questionnaire is completed by operational directors and corporate experts.

Both content validity and construct validity were employed in this study to determine validity of questionnaires. After reading of books and essays regarding the research subject and study on questionnaires in other papers and researches, the needed items were designed for research variables to determine content validity and the codified questionnaires for research variables were examined by research masters. The exploratory factor analysis and confirmatory factor analysis were employed for review of construct validity of measurement tool (questionnaire) as well as appropriateness of psychometric criteria of questionnaires which were assumed as important defaults in structured equations. In order to determine internal reliability, rate of internal reliability was calculated for questionnaires of succession planning, competency, and organizational culture using Cronbach’s alpha coefficient and given that the Cronbach’s alpha coefficients were higher than (0.7) the internal reliability was confirmed for all three questionnaire. The questionnaires were distributed gathered by attendance and electronically at any phase.

RESEARCH FINDING SPSS and IMOS software, Pearson’s correlation test, Kolmogorov-Smirnov test, binominal test, frequency tables, Bazargan Standard table, factor analysis, modeling of structured equations with path analysis were utilized for statistical description and analysis and structural relations. Among total 340 participants in this study 69.1% of them were males and 30.9% were females in section of demographic data. The highest numbers for educational degrees in participants, BA degree (51.5%) and high school diploma (47.1%) were the most frequent rates among the participants. Similarly, 35 participants were chairmen of offices, 282 members were experts and responsible experts, and 23 participants included directors general and their deputies out of them 81.5% have been employed by official system and 18.5% of them were as contractual personnel. *Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

5

Table 1, normality of studied variables was examined before analysis of research hypotheses.

Kolmogorov-Smirnov test was employed for determination of assumption of normality of variables.

Table 1: Analysis on normality of research variables Variable Succession planning Competency Organizational culture

Kolmogorov-Smirnov 0.068 0.074 0.051

p-value 0.077 0.083 0.064

Table 2: Analysis on relationship between variables.

Variable Kolmogorov-Smirnov Value (-p) Succession planning 1 0.860** ** Competency 0.860 1 * Significant at level 0.05 (p<0.05); ** Significant at level 0.01 (p<0.01)

Likewise, Pearson’s correlation coefficient was utilized to determine relationship between variables. The resultant findings from correlation test are given in Table 2. Given the Pearson’s correlation coefficient and also this quantity (p-value<=0.001), there is significant and direct relationship among competency and succession planning in TICIR Company at level 0.01.

The multivariate regression was utilized to review relationship between competency factors with succession planning in TICIR Company. The given results from regressive analysis and determination coefficient indicated variables of knowledge and information, skills, personality characteristics, attitude and insight, and public reputation affected significantly succession plan as predictors (p-value <0.05). Similarly, according to parameter of partial correlation coefficient among effective factors of competency on succession planning in TICIR Company, variable of public reputation has the maximum relationship with succession planning.

Table 3: Regression coefficients for effective factors of competency on succession planning

Variable Standardized coefficient Knowledge and information 0.245 Skills 0.322 Personality characteristics 0.191 Attitude and insight -0.109 Professional reputation 0.034 Public reputation 0.354

t-statistic 6.488 8.074 5.620 -2.813 0.932 8.618

p-value 0 0 0 0.005 0.352 0

Partial correlation coefficient 0.335 0.405 0.294 -0.152 0.051 0.427

Table 4: Fitness indices for succession planning model.

Index RMSEA Chi2 ratio (x2/df) GFI AGFI CFI NFI TLI IFI

Favorable statistic value ≤0.08 <3 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 >0.90 >0.90 >0.90 >0.90

Reported value 0.036 2.024 0.921 0.945 0.910 0.987 0.941 0.956

With respect to adjusting role of organizational factor, goodness of fit indices in succession planning model, competency model, and the model among competency and succession planning is given in Tables 5, 6, and 7. There are several techniques for estimation of general goodness o fit with the observed data. The criteria of Goodness of Fit Index (GFI), Adjusted Goodness of Fit Index (AGFI), Root Mean Square Error of Approximation (RMSEA), Normed Fit Index (NFI), Tucker

6

Narges Hosseini, Masoud Pourkiyani, Ayob Sheikhi

Lewis index (TLI), Incremental Fit Index (IFI), Non-Normed Fit Index (NNFI), and Comparative Fit Index (CFI) were used for assessment of goodness of fit in all models at this study. Figure 2 show path analysis diagram.

Table 5: Fitness indices for competency model.

Index RMSEA Chi2 ratio (x2/df) GFI AGFI CFI NFI TLI IFI

Favorable statistic value ≤0.08 <3 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90

Reported value 0.059 2.280 0.898 0.923 0.901 0.924 0.996 0.909

Table 6: Fitness indices for model among competency and succession planning with respect to adjusting role of organizational culture Index RMSEA Chi2 ratio (x2/df) GFI AGFI CFI NFI TLI IFI

Favorable statistic value ≤0.08 <3 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90 ≥0.90

Reported value 0.061 1.924 0.942 0.980 0.911 0.965 0.897 0.899

With respect to the given indices, these models are suitable fitted.

Figure 2: Diagram for path analysis of variable of succession planning. *Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

7

Dimension

Table 7: Indices of succession planning.

Component

Satisfaction Commitment

Attachment Job identity Job evaluation

Evaluation of current work requirements

Job Scoring Getting to know people

Evaluation of individual performance

Indicators Recognizing talents Recognize strengths Recognizing weaknesses

Evaluation of future work requirements

Exploring abilities Recognizing threats and opportunities Goal Determination

Use time

Prioritization Planning and time allocation Nurturing talents

Employee training programs Staff training Fulfilling the covenant Work Values

specialty Good mood Understanding individual characteristics

Evaluating individual talents

Staff Test Ranking of people

8

Narges Hosseini, Masoud Pourkiyani, Ayob Sheikhi

Indicator

The nature of the work(e1) Consult with staff(e2) Satisfaction with promotion(e3) Increase salary(e4) Job attachment(e5) Endure hard work (e6) Job rotation (e7) Doing better (e8) Good sense of work (e9) Social site (e10) Introduction to Jobs (e11) Satisfaction with promotion (e12) Evaluation criteria (e13) Dimensions of competence (e14) Occupation based on expertise (e15) Enterprise Management Post (e16) Scoring system (e17) Periodic evaluation of jobs (e18) Job score breakdown (e19) Recognize the skill of the staff (e20) Know the talent of the staff (e21) Undertaking posts with recognition (e22) Definition of job indicators (e23) Revision of indicators (e24) People's job performance (e25) Determining career path (e26) Recruitment tests (e27) Matching jobs (e28) Dimensions of competence of each job (e29) Competent Appointment (e30) Identify people's strengths (e31) Identifying weaknesses (e32) Evaluation system (e33) Appropriate training (e34) Ability to upgrade (e35) Appropriate job position (e36) Ability to hire (e37) Ability recognition test (e38) Recognizing job opportunities (e39) Identifying Threats and Opportunities (e40) Use experiences in purpose (41) Know the goals (e42) Objective Evaluation (e43) Compatibility between goals (e44) Prioritize goals (e45) Effective time and resource management (e46) Setting work priorities (e47) Daily Checklist (e48) Preparation of work plan (e49) Daily Schedule (e50) Strengthening staff skills (e51) Educational Planning (e52) Pay attention to nurturing talent (e53) Training course (e54) The Role of Training in Promotion (e55) Recognize skills and talents (e56) Specialization course (e57) Staff Skills Training (e58) Doing the job to the end (e59) Perform assigned tasks (e60) Staff promises (e61) Doing the job best (e62) Knowledge transfer day (e63) Level of education (e64) Increasing knowledge and experience (e65) Apply appropriate techniques (e66) Lack of staff deviance (e67) No militancy (e68) Client tolerance (e69) Staff promises (e70) Pay attention to individual characteristics (e71) Managers' perception of individual characteristics (e72) Pay special attention to hiring (e73) Test for upgrade (e74) Test for employment (e75) Periodic evaluation of ability (e76) Test for ability recognition (e77) Ranking of people (e78) Role in promotion (e79) The importance of rank of staff (e80)

Likewise, the results given in Table 8 indicate path coefficients, quantity of t-statistic, p-value, and analysis on type of relation.

Table 8: Studied relationship between parameters Studied relationship Succession planning → (competency * culture) Succession planning → (individual dimension * culture) Succession planning → (knowledge * culture) Succession planning → (skill * culture) Succession planning → (personality * culture) Succession planning → (attitude * culture) Succession planning → (social dimension * culture) Succession planning → (professional reputation * culture) Succession planning → (public reputation * culture) Succession planning **

Path coefficient 0.365

t-value 11.076**

p-value <0.001

Type of relationship Incremental

0.475

6.439**

<0.001

Incremental

0.271

8.745**

<0.001

Incremental

0.424

9.172**

<0.001

Incremental

0.172

6.7341**

<0.001

Incremental

0.663

14.324**

<0.001

Incremental

0.645

7.591**

<0.001

Incremental

0.491

7.523**

<0.001

Incremental

0.465

8.217**

<0.001

Incremental

The values greater than 1.96 are significant at level 0.05.

Figure 3: Diagram of path analysis among succession planning and competency with respect to adjusting role of organizational culture.

With respect to gram of path analysis in Figure 3 and the given t-value (1096<11.076) in Table 8 and also calculated p-value (0<0.05), null hypothesis is rejected and it can be concluded that there is relationship among competency and succession planning with respect to adjusting role of organizational culture in TICIR Company.

DISCUSSION According to the findings it can be concluded that variable of succession planning is placed at the *Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

9

level higher than satisfactory rate. Therefore all elements of this variable are placed at the position higher than satisfactory level, except variable of commitment which is placed at good level.

Accordingly, it is suggested about factor of organizational commitment to the directors to provide personnelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s satisfaction by employing improvement and progress in li line with their occupational path because job satisfaction causes organizational commitment. Namely, job satisfaction is assumed as precondition for organizational commitment. Thus, they should pay due attention to way of promotion of personnel and prepare the ground to achieve individual and organizational goal by implementation of accurate management on processes of occupational promotion for personnel logically and precisely.

Based on the results of this study, it can be concluded that variable of competency has been placed at the level higher than satisfactory condition. Therefore, all elements of this variable are in the position higher than satisfactory level. According to the given results about individual dimension, the mean value of this variable is (3.56) which is higher than satisfactory level. Thus, it is suggested to the organization to improve related education and expert trainings for personnel in order to increase their professional knowledge and information for doing of occupational activities. To this end, various training courses should be held with respect to expertise in personnel in organization. Based on the findings from this study, it can be concluded that variable of organizational culture has been also at the level higher than satisfactory position. Therefore, all elements of this variable are placed as high level than satisfactory rate. Variable of mission is placed at level higher than satisfactory position.

Thus, it is suggested to leaders to clarify organizational objectives perfectly for this personnel so that organizational personnel to be aware of the tasks which should be done thereby the organization to achieve in the long run. Similarly, organization needs to codify clear strategies for the future so that strategic path of the organization not to be ambiguous to personnel.

CONCLUSION Finally, given that the presented model in this study enjoys favorable validity and it is aligned with theoretical patterns and scientific bases; accordingly, whereas organizational culture totally forms behavior of organizational members including directors and personnel at different levels thus it can affect organization in creation of change and strategic orientation noticeably and alternately the basis and framework for determination of competent subject is relatively affected by organizational culture to great extent their elements should be improved. Therefore, certain efforts and planning should be taken for upgrading and improvement in each of dimensions and parameters of organizational culture because organizational culture directly and indirectly intervenes in determination of competency level in individual and it plays an important role in creation of consistency in the given behaviors of personnel. The studies have indicated that rather than this point election of personnel for incumbency of future positions is assumed as one of the foremost success factors in succession planning, organizational culture should be also developed and a type of positive attitude should be taken toward able personnel and it should not be only focused on their background.

Thus, attention should be more paid to implementation of meritocracy culture in organization so that to prepare suitable platform to train competent personnel in the organization since organizational culture is composed of a system of common values which guide behavior in personnel and acts as an important factor in achievement for execution of succession planning. Moreover, specific legal

10

Narges Hosseini, Masoud Pourkiyani, Ayob Sheikhi

criteria and methods should be employed in systems of attraction of workforces, appointment and promotion thereby to pave the way needed for establishment of a meritocratic system and developing of meritocracy in organization.

AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL The used or generated data in this study is available upon request to the corresponding author.

REFERENCES Basiri, A., Sabegh, Z.A. (2014). Organizational Factors Influencing Succession Planning Managers in Khuzestan Province.

Cross, J. 2010. Engaging the paradox of competence: business and education research, develop a master of business competence model. Doctoral Thesis. Capella University.

Ennis, M.R. (2008). Competency models: a review of the literature and the role of the employment and training administration (ETA). U. S. Department of labor.

Kotonen, U., Savonen M-L., Tuominen, U., Lahtinen, H. & Suomrki, A. 2012. Process and methods of competence management and development. In -Kotonen, U. & Suomrki, A. (ed.) Competence development of logistics centers: development of logistics centers in Southern Finland. The publication series of Lahti University of Applied Sciences. 22-28.

Rothwell, W.J. (2005), Effective Succession Planning: Ensuring Leadership Continuity and Building Talent from Within. American Management Association (AMACOM). New York. 3rd Ed. Sanghi, S. 2007. The Handbook of Competency Mapping. New Delhi: Vivek Mehra for SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd. Zeinolabedin Bidmeshki Zohreh, Adli Fariba, Vaziri Mojdeh (2014). Comparison of status quo of succession planning and talent management with the favorable status in higher education, Journal of research and planning in higher education, series 20, vol. 2 (serial 72): 51-72.

Narges Hosseini is a PhD student at Department of Management, Islamic Azad University,Kerman Branch, Kerman,Iran. She is working at the Telecommunication Infrastructure Company of Iran (TICIR). Her research interest focuses on Succession Planning.

Dr Masoud Pourkiyani is Assistant professor, Department of Management, Islamic Azad University, Kerman Branch,Kerman, Iran. He got his Ph.D. in Government Management. His researches include Strategic and Public Policy Orientation, Succession Planning, and Competency Dr. Ayob Sheikhi is an Assistant Professor in Statistics Group, Department of Statistics and Computer, Shahid Bahonar University of Kerman,Kerman,Iran. He got his Ph.D. in Statistics. His researches include Statistics and Applied Probability, Descriptive Statistics and Linear measurement models.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners. using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding author (Masoud Pourkiyani) E-mail: pourkaini@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12L http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12L.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.162

11

© 2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12M

RESOURCE-SAVING WASTE-FREE PRODUCTION AS AN INNOVATIVE METHOD OF IMPROVING ENTERPRISES’ BUSINESS PERFORMANCE IN THE MEAT PRODUCTION I.P. Bogomolova a*, A.V. Kotarev b, A.N. Prostenko c, A.I. Dobrunova c, D. Yu. Chugay c a

Department of Management, Production Organization and Sectoral Economics, Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution of Higher Education “Voronezh State University of Engineering Technologies”, 394036, 19, Revolutsii str., Voronezh, RUSSIA b Department of Management and Marketing in the Agro-Industrial Complex, Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution of Higher Education “Voronezh State Agrarian University named after Emperor Peter I”, 394087, 1, Michurina st., Voronezh, RUSSIA c Department of Economic Theory and Economics of the Agro-Industrial Complex, Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution of Higher Education “Belgorod State Agrarian University named after V.Ya. Gorin”, 308503, 1, Vavilova st., Maysky settlement, Belgorod district, Belgorod region, Russia of the Rodinsky District of the Altai Territory, RUSSIA ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 09 May 2019 Received in revised form 22 July 2019 Accepted 30 July 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

This work explores the issues on the development of resource-saving methods and approaches of meat production, taking into account the innovation and efficiency factors. Using the synthesis, analysis, comparisons, as well as logical, process and system approaches, it is found that many scientists define the "resource-saving" concept often too narrow and trivial, using limited one-way approach to the interpretation of the Keywords: substantive essence of the definitions and explications of this category.

Meat management; Many scientists consider only the material and financial components, food security; Meat production subcomplex; without taking into account the fact the process of resource management and the very essence of a lean approach to the production management Food industry system. The resource efficiency management process can improve the resource-saving; quality management system of finished products and the technological Innovative meat production; Resource process, organizing the transport and logistics and storage conditions (raw efficiency management. materials, food, products), as well as environmental measures. This work highlights and systematizes the main indicators of enterprise resource efficiency, and formulates the conditions for improving the resource efficiency. This study finds that modern enterprises are required to implement the principles of resource-saving: scientific substantiation, complexity, and cost-effectiveness. The resource-saving strategy gives a permanent reduction in resource consumption per unit of the resulting beneficial effect. Also, this paper elaborates the main areas of resource-saving in the agro-industrial sector. The most promising areas of processing and practical use of waste and secondary raw materials of meat production and international experience are proposed. ©2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH. *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

1

1. INTRODUCTION Under the conditions of a modern market economic system, enterprises of the agro-industrial complex of the Russian Federation function under restrictions of tough competition, high cost of material, raw materials and labour resources, as well as their limitations. At the moment, despite the implemented set of measures in the field of import substitution, a significant niche in the market of food raw and other materials is occupied by foreign producers, which reduces the indicator of food security in our country. This is especially relevant in terms of the technical and technological infrastructure of industrial enterprises of the agro-industrial complex, providing heavily processed products from food stock, production of initial components for composite meat, dairy, and grain products, as well as feed mixtures for the livestock farming.

Taking into account the economic and innovative aspects, we can say that resource-oriented methods and approaches to the food production management system are the most effective and efficient from the standpoint of achieving the most sustainable socio-economic growth and development of the entire domestic AIC at the current moment and in the future. The introduction of effective resource-saving mechanisms in the food production industry will reduce waste, successfully carry out product diversification, reduce direct and indirect costs, including the resource intensity and resource consumption indicators, and ultimately increase the level of profitability, capitalization and competitiveness. It is worth noting that the quality and intensity of the technical and technological development of food industry enterprises, including those of meat production, are highly determined with many social, economic, financial, environmental and organizational factors. The success of adaptation and the application effectiveness of new technical and technological solutions depend not only on the level of their industrial feasibility but also on the degree of provision with "long" investments that can be justified only within the framework of the innovative resource-saving strategy. The transition to market relations at the beginning of the XXI century predetermined the difficult financial situation of research organizations and enterprises of the food industry, which were earlier engaged in the development of advanced resource-saving technologies. In the end, the introduction of developed technologies slowed down and ceased; this currently characterizes the situation of a significant underrun of domestic science and practice compared to foreign food industry enterprises in the field of resource-saving and resource consumption.

Thus, in our opinion, the basis for improving economic efficiency and sustainability should be a mechanism for enhancing the actual and potential capabilities of a business entity (labor, financial and economic, organizational and managerial, social and legal, information technology, research, intellectual) aimed at improving the socio-economic situation and its competitiveness. One of such important reserves is the careful attitude to all types of resources used and the deep processing of all by-products and waste of meat-processing production. As the result of our study, we have established that the loss of resources depends on endogenous and exogenous factors: inefficient methods of raw materials transportation and storage; low rates of intra- and inter-sectoral cooperation

2

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

between enterprises with raw materials and technological ties; the imperfection of technological processes for processing and reprocessing of raw materials (high energy and resource intensity); the technical and technological development level does not comply with the principles and approaches of material, labor, energy-saving; lack of staff motivation in the implementation of resource-oriented methods of labor organization and production process (material resources and raw materials saving and prudent attitude to them); low organization and production culture; the lack of effective methods and approaches from state authorities aimed at stimulating modern food production to resource-saving, introducing resource-saving technologies, and also technologies for the deep processing of raw materials.

Thus, the foregoing proves the high degree of relevance of the subject area under study and determines the need to solve practical problems aimed at improving the efficiency of the meat production subcomplex enterprises based on the application of scientifically grounded methods and approaches to resource-saving.

2. GOALS AND TASKS The aim of the study is a comprehensive exploration of theoretical and applied achievements in the field of resource-saving and waste-free production of meat products.

The main conceptual provisions are based on the processing of secondary raw materials and meat processing resources in the aspect of improving the efficiency and innovativeness of the business subjects in the sector. The stated goal determined the basis for the objectives: to conduct a study of the essence and content of the category â&#x20AC;&#x153;resource-savingâ&#x20AC;?, taking into account domestic and foreign experience of setting and interpreting problematic issues in the field of resource-saving and resource consumption; to determine the basic aspects of the resource-saving mechanism formation; to analyze the main problem points that restrain the innovative development of domestic meat production in the conditions of development, adaptation and application of low-cost and waste-free technologies within the entire functional and technological vertical of the meat production subcomplex; to explore the most promising areas of the integrated raw meat, by-products, and waste use, taking into account technological, organizational and managerial components.

3. METHOD AND MATERIAL A theoretical and methodological basis for the scientific research were the theories, methods, concepts, as well as applied research of domestic and foreign scientists in the field of efficient management of meat processing production under the conditions of innovative type resource-oriented approach application. In the process of achieving the goal and solving the designated tasks, the following methods of understanding the production and economic processes in the meat processing industry of the agro-industrial complex were applied: synthesis, analysis, comparisons, and also logical, systemic and process approaches. *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

3

4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION In modern economic conditions, the organization of resource-saving has undergone very significant changes (transformations), and in some cases, the nature and forms of these changes have extraordinary manifestations. This is due, first of all, to changes in the production and business process management model, the formative development of the market environment, changes in principles and approaches to property management and business, violation of well-established intra- and inter-industry cooperation links. Modern risks and uncertainties of the market business model (imperfect competition; shortage and high cost of financial resources and long-term investments; problems associated with monopolization of industry markets; lack of an effective mechanism for managing product quality based on the application of safety and utility principles; distribution of profits between participants in market relations (procurers, producers, consumers, intermediaries, end-users, suppliers); imperfection of regulatory and legal regulation by supervisory authorities; problematic issues in the field of fiscal support), set the trend and future need for the development and application in practice of advanced achievements in resource-saving, as well as organizational and management decisions aimed at activation of measures to improve the resource efficiency of industry actors, taking into account the innovation, permanence and utility factors [16, 21].

At the present stage, there are still discussions in scientific circles and there are inconsistencies on individual issues regarding the organization, planning, accounting, control, evaluation and implementation of resource-saving methods and approaches. All this proves once again the need and relevance of conducting scientific research in the resource-saving and resource consumption area in the relevant specialized fields and areas of entrepreneurial activity. At the same time, it must be emphasized that even today many scientists characterize the â&#x20AC;&#x153;resource-savingâ&#x20AC;? concept often too narrowly and trivially, applying a limited one-sided approach to interpreting the substantive essence of the definitions and explications of this category. Many scientists focus only on the material and financial components, not taking into account that the resource management process and the very essence of a lean approach to the production management system has a much deeper meaning and logic of understanding [1, 4, 6, 19, 22].

Material consumption and raw materials consumption indicators for manufactured products depend on various kinds of factors which are characterized by a high degree of uncertainty and imitability. The main quantitative and qualitative indicators of resource efficiency in an enterprise are illustrated in Figure 1.

To increase the resource efficiency level of an enterprise, it is necessary to fulfill the following requirements: to ensure a high level of qualification of the company's employees; achieve high intellectual potential of employees; ensure the technical and technological independence of the enterprise; achieve a high level of competitiveness; ensure the legal security of the enterprise and the protection of enterprise information security.

4

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

Figure 1. The main indicators of resource efficiency at an enterprise [12, 20] In the process of organizing an economic activity in modern enterprises, it is required to implement the following resource-saving principles: o

scientific substantiation and provability which imply a balance and proportions between the various interests of society and the environment;

o

a complexity which assumes a variety and multiplicity of directions in terms of rational use of material and non-material resources on the basis of low-waste and/or waste-free production;

o

permanence which is the process of resource-saving that must be continuous and constant;

o

expediency and flexibility which mean that resource-saving should be reasonable and logical;

o

determinism and ubiquity which mean that resource-saving as a process should be interconnected with other processes of endogenous and exogenous nature, as well as cover all major areas of production and economic activity in order to obtain the maximum synergistic effect throughout the production and technological chain [18].

Thus, summarizing the results of research carried out by domestic and foreign scientists in the field of formation and ensuring the organization of production on the basis of resource-saving approaches, we came to the conclusion that the resource-saving strategy is a set of principles, factors, methods, models, and measures ensuring a permanent reduction in resource consumption per unit of the resulting beneficial effect.

Turning to the sectoral level, it is worth noting that the issues of resource-saving and resource consumption are very relevant for agricultural production, including for meat processing, since most of them do not receive close enough attention in terms of organizational, economic, production and technological measures aimed at reducing *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

5

resource consumption and resource intensity production. This situation has a negative impact on the stability and balance of the meat production development. In this regard, let us present the main directions of resource-saving based on the main resource efficiency principles (table 1).

Table 1. The main directions of resource-saving for the field of agriculture [5, 15] Direction The introduction of advanced technology Interchangeability of used resources and production factors Methods and models of economic and mathematical software Processes of control and rationing of production indicators Natural resources and environment conservation

Implementation and effect Energy-efficient machinery and equipment; reducing raw material losses and increasing the yield of finished products; reduced resource consumption; increase the shelf life and sales of food products The use of substitute materials, as well as more cost-effective production factors; the widespread use of alternative energy sources and recycling energy; improving the quality and safety of raw materials and finished products Solving problems in the field of linear and dynamic programming: optimization of the mixtures and multi-component production cycles, transport and logistics facilities; application of valid models in the process of rationalization of the natural-economic balance Standard indicators of procurement, transportation, pre-processing, processing and reprocessing of raw materials and materials: the degree of resource utilization, conditional consumption, stock, output, price.

Intensification of the integrated use of raw materials, secondary resources, waste, intermediate components; loss and waste reduction; reduction of specific consumption and consumption rates

For a general understanding of the resource-saving process, it can be noted that this technology orients the production and sales of products (services) process to perform technological and trade operations with minimal costs at all stages of the life cycle. The degree of environmental impact should be minimal. It is also important to comply with the requirements for a full accounting of the primary material and labour components consumption during the entire production process, transportation and storage, referred to the unit of the finished product [2].

The analysis shows that the most important areas for improving the activities of meat production enterprises were and remain the reduction of direct and indirect production costs; adaptation and active use of resource-saving technologies; increasing the output of finished products from the unit of processed raw materials; production and product diversification; improving the quality of raw materials and finished products; manufacturing of packaged and packed products with high consumer properties and meeting the safety criteria; increasing the competitiveness of products and business entities; increasing integration and cooperation processes; formation of own raw material base; improving the technology of raising and slaughtering livestock; technical and technological modernization; adaptation and application of modern standards in the field of product quality management, technological process, and environmental management; solving problems of the shortage of highly qualified personnel; introduction of modern software systems for automation and robotization in the field of production, organization, planning, accounting and control; development of new market niches and expansion of distribution channels for finished meat products and semi-finished products.

Practical experience shows that the quality of raw materials and finished meat products

6

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

remains the most problematic issue. The lack of high-quality food at a reasonable price does not allow for the effective implementation of preventive measures to improve the quality of life, which is aggravated by the adverse environmental conditions [12, 18, 8, 9, 21].

In these circumstances, modern experts in the food industry, foodservice industry, and dietetics today are tasked to improve the structure of nutrition, including by improving the technologies for processing secondary raw materials and main production waste and creating new products with high nutritional and biological value, dietary and prophylactic purposes [17].

In our opinion, in solving this problem, especially in obtaining complete protein, much attention should be focused on the rational use of raw material potential and reserves of secondary resources, first of all, the reserves of the meat and dairy industry. The solution to this type of problem depends largely on the degree of development of low- and non-waste technologies. In this context, new methods of extracting animal protein from waste and meat-based secondary raw materials and their use in recipes of finished meat products are becoming highly significant.

The analysis showed that the leading foreign companies in the food industry today focused on the development of functional products, the use of secondary products, as well as special and health products based on traditional products. One of the most important and most valuable products of animal slaughtering is blood. Every year more than 500 thousand tons of this “by-product” is formed at sectoral enterprises. The total amount of rational use is less than 5%; however, there are a lot of options for using blood due to its chemical composition and properties [4]. At the same time, abroad, in the meat industry of the EU countries and the USA, the whole blood of animals, as well as all its components, are very successful. About 1/3 of the blood is used in the production of food products.

Plasma and serum are mostly used. In particular, serum and plasma are used in the recipe of boiled sausages, chopped semi-finished products, dietetic products, and liver sausages [12]. The only problem with blood use is its colour, but today there are a significant number of ways to bleach it [8]. Thus, foreign meat-oriented enterprises are interested in the production of this raw material and do not allow the wasteful attitude to such a valuable by-product as blood [11].

In the context of the rational use of recycled food raw materials and food waste it is worth noting that on the basis of the All-Russian Scientific Research Institute of the Meat Industry (VNIIMP) named after V.M. Gorbatov highly efficient biotechnological solutions in the processing of cattle proventriculus followed obtaining fodder fortifier, dry vegetable and animal, vegetable and protein, and protein-carbohydrate feed (BUK) were developed.

In continuation of the study, we note that at St. Petersburg University of Low-Temperature Technologies a unique scheme has been developed for the processing of hard and soft wastes from meat production based on the use of safe food solvents. Note that the obtained organic mass can be dried on spray type plants at 200 ° C and get pure *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

7

protein in the form of a white dry powder. In the future, this food ingredient can be used in sausage production without any restrictions and improve the nutritional and biological value of meat products, which is an important competitive advantage in terms of import substitution and resource-saving strategies in the food industry [7].

Also in modern meat production, a sufficiently large amount of so-called fat mass is formed, which is quite widely used as the technical products in the production of technical products (feed meal).

Currently, VNIIMP has developed a method for utilization of flotation concentrate. As a result of applying this method, fodder fat of the 2nd or 3rd grade is obtained; all depends on the time when the processing of raw materials begins (after 10-12 hours, only technical fat of the 3rd grade can be produced). This method also makes it possible to produce high nutritional value from solid food waste.

Also, using a flotation cell, about 80% of fat and 75% of suspended solids can be extracted from wastewater containing fat, which is an important criterion in improving the environmental friendliness and wastelessness of meat production [3].

Further, we note that AnstaProInternational (USA) has successfully tested the developed technology for processing whole carcasses of dead and culled animals and poultry, as well as reprocessing hard and soft food waste based on the dry extrusion method. The basic initial technological condition for the application of this method is that the moisture content of the feedstock should not be higher than 40%. This produces a sterilized and stabilized animal feed. Grain and leguminous crops, oilcake, oilseed, and industrial oilseed products, and also bran are used as filler ingredients.

Recently, the microbial-enzymatic conversion methods for reprocessing meat waste generated after wastewater treatment are becoming more and more relevant and widespread. This method is based on the use of the biological product MicrozimWeightTrit developed by RSE-Trading LLC [11]. The main advantages of this technology include the fact that the fermentation process takes place without the formation of reactive gases and heavy volatile compounds; the mass of processed food waste is reduced by 50-70%. This preparation can be used for the process of deodorization of sewage sludge, aero tanks, silt detention ponds, solid waste storage tanks, and composting sites.

Also, the studies conducted by the State Research Institute "Sintezblok" proved the real possibility of processing sand and fatty sediments with the help of vermiculture (earth and manure worms, including California worms) into humus. This type of production can be organized on the basis of a sectoral enterprise with little or no organizational and operational costs.

Today, many authors have described scientific ways to improve the nutritional properties of low-grade raw meat and food waste of meat production based on lactic acid bacteria. Many other probiotic microorganisms are also used in this method. Among the most well-known drugs, it is worth highlight the following: "Bifidobakter", "Bacteria",

8

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

"Enterobiofidin", "Bifilak". These preparations are used for processing meat utilization waste and obtaining protein components for food, medical and cosmetic purposes [3, 12].

It is proved that anaerobic digestion is a very effective way of processing waste from meat production. In the course of application of this method, a precipitate is formed with a large number of nutrients that can be used in agricultural production as a mineral-organic fertilizer. This method of meat production waste processing is very effective and safe from the standpoint of hygiene and environmental friendliness, as it provides maximum waste disinfection.

Thus, the conducted studies have shown that resource-saving in the field of meat production has great potential, can provide a good incentive for improving the sustainability, efficiency, and competitiveness of sectoral enterprises and improve the quality of products. At the present stage, there are many approved scientific and technological solutions in the field of processing the edible processed raw materials and meat processing wastes, which require the close attention of the management structures of meat production enterprises and the support of state bodies and industry-specific production associations.

Accordingly, we conducted a pilot study in which one company used new and innovative methods of meat production and the other company used traditional methods of production. To make this comparison accurate, five indicators were considered: skilled and up-to-date workforce, new and up-to-date technologies, up-to-date information resources, up-to-date management and, finally, explicit savings mechanisms in different parts of the company (Table 2).

Table 2. Comparison of saving meat production with traditional and innovative methods Indicators skilled and up-to-date workforce new and up-to-date technologies up-to-date information resources up-to-date management explicit savings mechanisms Meat production rate Company monthly expenses Corporate income from by-products

Company No.1 Abundance Percentage

Company No.2 Abundance Percentage

87

82%

17

16%

14

64%

3

9%

9

93%

2

18%

12 32 15436 kg/day 65135 USD/month USD43678 dollars/month

77% 81% 82%

1 4 6436 kg/day 1965135 USD/month 1543 USD/month

21% 4% 82%

22% 42%

48% 6%

Table 2 shows that company No.1 has used new methods of meat production but company number two still continues the traditional way of producing meat. Based on the results, it shows that the No.1 Company produces almost half a day equal to the number two company meat. It has also been found that the company's costs are one-third of the company's number two, using the traditional method. Ultimately, it has been found that *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

9

using innovative, innovative meat production methods has boosted the number one earnings of the byproducts so that 42% of the company's total revenue is from the byproducts, while the number two is only 6% of its revenue comes from by-products.

5. CONCLUSION It follows from the above that in the current market conditions the problem of increasing the resource efficiency level in the food industry and in particular at meat production enterprises is very important and relevant. Maintaining a focus on the advantages of high resource provision (availability of cheap labor; significant reserves of natural resources; lack of obvious competition in the aspect of this system of organization of the production process; lack of funds and interest of company management; low level of interaction and cooperation between production systems and scientific organizations; low indicators of approbation and assimilation of advanced technologies by enterprises in the field of innovative resource-saving) may have a negative synergistic effect on the stability and efficiency of functioning of the whole meat production, as well as the entire agro-industrial complex of the Russian Federation. In the end, all this can lead to significant social, economic and environmental tensions throughout the national economy. In these circumstances, a transition to a resource-saving innovative type of development in all industry segments of the agro-industrial complex is required. This approach should be based on such tools as scientific developments and knowledge, labour, technical and technological, innovation and investment, informational, organizational and managerial resources. All this, ultimately, will activate innovative solutions that are directly related to the priority role of developing a resource-saving mechanism and solving current social and economic problems of modern meat production.

6. REFERENCES [1] Avtonomov, V. Ananyina, O. & Makasheva, N. (2000). Features of the resource-saving system development: a tutorial. Moscow. : INFRA-M, 784 p.

[2] Alabugin, A., & Topuzov, N. (2008). Principles of the resource saving mechanism formation.

Bulletin of the Chelyabinsk State University, 29,11-13.

[3] Bogomolova, I. P. & Pasynkova, O. M. (2004). Organizational and Economic Aspects of Sustainable Development of Enterprises Based on Resource Saving. Voronezh: Voronezh State Technical Academy Publishing House, 175 p.

[4] Bogomolova, I. P. & Pigunova, M. V. (2005). Increasing the efficiency of small enterprises through the optimization of resource provision (using public catering enterprises as an example). Voronezh: municipal educational institution â&#x20AC;&#x153;Voronezh Economics and Law Instituteâ&#x20AC;?, 160 p.

[5] Bogomolova, I. P., Kulneva, N. G., & Mantulin, A. M. (2012). Scientific and methodological approaches to the management of resource saving in the sugar industry: monograph. Voronezh: Center of Scientific and Technical Information, 185 p.

10

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

[6] Vorotnikov, I. L., Petrov, K. A., & Kononykhin, V. V. (2010). Resource-Saving Development of Processing Industries in the Agro-Industrial Complex. Economics of Agricultural and Processing Enterprises, 10, 21-23 [7] Gizyatov, I. (2011). Resource Saving and Transparency of the Economy in the Context of the Institutional Paradigm. Problems of the modern economy, 1, 27-28.

[8] Dobrunova, A. I., Oliva, L. V., & Sidorenko, A. A. (2015). From the greening of land use to the production of environmentally friendly products and to the sustainable development of rural areas. Kazanskaya nauka, 10, 127-130.

[9] Turyansky, A. V., Uzhik, V. I., Dobrunova, A. I., & Dorofeev, A. F. (2011). Program and model of development for the natural products sector in the Belgorod region. Guidelines.

Belgorod: Federal State Educational Establishment of Higher Professional Education “Belgorod State Agricultural Academy”, 112 p.

[10] Shindin S. А. (2011). The efficiency of complex use of secondary raw materials in the meat processing industry. Economy of agricultural and processing enterprises, 5, 40-42.

[11] Shumak, Zh. G., & Oreshnikova, O. V. (2011). Problems of resource saving in enterprises of the meat processing industry in the context of their innovative development. Young Scientist, 5, 427-430. - URL: https://moluch.ru/archive/52/6783.

[12] Shugurova, T. B. (2011). Resource-saving technologies in meat processing, Meat technologies, 11. - URL: http://www.meatbranch.com/publ/view/497.html.

[13] Andrizhievskii, A. A., & Volodin, V. I. (2005). Energy saving and energy control. Minsk, Vysheishaia shkola Publ, 294 p.

[14] Danilov, O. L., & Kostiuchenko, P. A. (2006). Practical manual on selection and development of energy saving projects. Moscow, ZAO «Tekhnopromstroi», 668 p.

[15] Gorshenin, V. P., Rezanovich, I. V. Management of resource-saving behavior of personnel at industrial enterprises // Scientific journal Modern problems of science and education.

[Electronic resource]. URL: https://science-education.ru/en/article/view?id=15178.

[16] Iarullina G. R. Control of energy saving at an industrial enterprise. Kazan, 2003. 111 p.

[17] Ashmarina, S., Lubnina, A., Shinkevich, M., Zaitseva, N., Sayfutdinova, G., & Ishmuradova, I. (2016). Resource saving innovative forms of the industrial enterprises. International Journal of economics and financial issues, 6(2), 479-483.

[18] Mataras, E. V., & Olekhnovich L. V. (2007). Realization of the basic processes of energy conservation in the Republic of Belarus. Studencheskii Vestnik, no. 10: http://www.bru.mogilev.by.

[19] Novikova, L. V. (2012). Methods of assessment of resource-saving potential in the food industr. Izvestiya Tulgu. Economic and Legal Sciences, 1, 748-754 p.

[20] Zakharchenko, O. V. (2015). Management of resource saving at the enterprise. Ринкова економіка: сучасна теорія і практика управління, (14, вип. 2), 134-139.

[21] Merenkov, I. N., Turyansky, A. V., Dobrunova, A. I., Prostenko, A. N., & Oliva, L. V. (2018).

State support improvement for ecological land-use in terms of transition to rural territory *Corresponding author (I.P. Bogomolova). Tel: +7 (473) 255-27-10 Email: uopioe@yandex.ru ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12M http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12M.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.163

11

sustainable development. Revista Amazonia Investiga, 7(15), 13-19.

[22] Zhizhin, A. A. (2006). Management of investments into new energy-saving technologies in the industry. Oryol, OrelGTU. 22 p.

Professor Dr.Irina Bogomolova is Professor and Head of the Department of Management, organization of production and industry economy, Voronezh state University of engineering technologies (VSUIT), Russia. She has a Doctor of Economic Sciences degree. She is a Member of the academic Council of VSUIT, a member of the scientific and methodological Council of the University, Chairman of the editorial and publishing economic section, a member of the faculty of Economics and management. She is a co-executor of the grant "inter-Sectoral economic cooperation of enterprises (organizations) of grain products subcomplex in the conditions of modern agro-industrial policy" (NAO "Kazakh National Agrarian University"), the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Alexander Kotarev is an Associate Professor of the Department of Management and marketing in the Agroindustrial Complex, Voronezh State Agrarian University named after Emperor Peter I (Voronezh State Agrarian University), Russia.

He is a Candidate of Economic Sciences He is the Head of the Center of Distance Educational Technologies of Voronezh State Agrarian University. His specialization is in International Business.

Dobrunova Alina I. is an Associate Professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Economics of Agriculture, Belgorod State Agricultural University named after V. Gorin. She is a Candidate of Sociological Sciences. She engaged in scientific activities with a focus on Management of Sustainable Rural Development.

Prostenko Alexander N. is an Associate Professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Economics of agriculture, Federal State Budgetary Educational Institution of Higher Education «Belgorod State Agricultural University named after V. Gorin, Russia. He is a Candidate of Economic Sciences. Не holds the position of First Vice-Rector. He is an expert in the field of Economics and Management of Rural Development.

Dmitriy Chugay is an Associate Professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Economics of the Agro-Industrial Complex, Belgorod State Agrarian University named after V.Ya. Gorin, Russian Federation. He is a specialist in Economics and Management and an Expert in the Dairy-Productive Subcomplex.

12

I.P. Bogomolova, A.V. Kotarev, A.N. Prostenko, A.I. Dobrunova, D. Yu. Chugay.

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12N

PERSONALITY AND POST-PURCHASE CONSUMER REGRET EXPERIENCED AFTER IMPULSE BUYING: A CROSS-THEORETICAL APPROACH WITH INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES MODERATOR Khalid Mahmood a*, Muhammad Amir Rashid a, Ghulam Hussain a a

COMSATS University Islamabad, Lahore Campus, PAKISTAN. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 24 May 2019 Received in revised form 22 July 2019 Accepted 01 August 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

This study assessed that how five-factor model (FFM) can assume an important role in elaborating the relationship between impulse buying and post-purchase regret by incorporating assumptions from theory of social learning and imitation, social judgment theory and theory of collectivistic culture. Consumer literature and marketing categorize impulse buying behavior (IBB) as fragmented concept which needs to be mustered cross theoretically at post-purchase phase. The literature regarding personality, impulse buying behavior and Post-Purchase Consumer Regret (PPCR) is reviewed and the research revealed relationship between personality traits, impulse buying behavior and post- purchase regret. But there is a little evidence for individual differences variables exploited as moderators between personality traits and post-purchase consumer regret. The study adopted convenience sampling and was concluded by suggesting relationship between FFM and post-purchase consumer regret moderated by maximization.

Keywords: Five-factor model; Impulse buying; Personality traits; Neuroticism; Maximization consumer; Post-purchase regret; Consumer buying regret.

© 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Ag Cons DD Ex FFM HS IBB Max Neuro Open PPCR PPCRFA *Corresponding

Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, Decision difficulty (Max), Extraversion, Five factor model, High standards, Impulse buying behavior, Maximization, (Max), Neuriticism, Openness to experience, Post-purchase consumer regret, Post-purchase consumer regret due to forgone alternatives.

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

1

1. INTRODUCTION Post-purchase consumer regret (PPCR) is described as psychological discomfort of consumer based on consequence of purchase decision (Sweeney et al., 2000). Baumeister (2002) found that post-purchase regret might be induced in the consumers within same day or later after impulse buying because they were unable to resist the factors which caused impulsive buying behavior. Postpurchase regret has been of major interest to marketers because they are always keen to know the influential factors which trigger consumers to buy more(Bui et al., 2011). Regret theory was initially developed by considering negative emotion theories explaining that the regret is an outcome of choosing among plenty of available alternatives (Zeelenberg & Pieters, 2004). In fact, regret theory concentrated on a process of decision making which is marked as irrational (Loomes & Sugden, 1982). Negative problems were observed in 80 percent consumers after impulse buying Rook (1987).

Kalla and Arora (2011) suggested that existing theories in psychology, marketing and economics did not provide a complete insight about impulse buying behavior and the phenomenon becomes more complex in South Asia. The scholars were also of the view that it needed to be explored in subcontinent as most of the studies are conducted in the West. Further, the post-purchase behavioral phase calls for more work in impulse buying literature to better understand it as predictor, process and outcome based on inter-disciplinary theoretical perspective. It is a viable initiative which is required to be expanded and tested in real life situations (Xiao & Nicholson, 2013). Hence, this study has drawn assumption form theory of social learning and imitation Miller and Dollard (1941), social judgment theory Sherif and Hovland (1961) and theory of collectivistic culture (Triandis, 1995).

Personality traits have attained much importance in the area of consumer behavior as researchers are trying to discover the relationship between excessive buying and personality traits (Mueller et al., 2010; Rose, 2007). Hence, Otero-Lรณpez and Villardefrancos (2013) has used FFM personality traits as antecedents of excessive buying based on impulsiveness. Dispositions and personality affect maximization tendency of an individual and positive or negative life outcomes have been attributed to personality traits in different previous studies (Purvis et al., 2011). The scholars proposed that maximization reflected the dimensions of FFM model. Similarly, while determining the predictors of maximization with reference to personality, it was interesting to note that conscientiousness did not appear as a valid predictor of maximization as it was supposed to be. Rather, the strongest predictor was neuroticism along with openness. Moreover, maximizers also suffer emotional cost due to stress and anxiety induced choices (Purvis et al., 2011; Shiloh et al., 2001). But the question remains that which personality trait accounts for more poorer life consequences (Dar-Nimrod et al., 2009). This provided sufficient evidence to state the research objective as to establish maximization as moderator between personality and post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying simultaneously with cross-theoretical underpinning. Beatty and Ferrell (1998) laid down the basic definition of impulse buying as instant purchasing activity without any planning, irrelevant of realizing or satisfying a desire. Consequently, this type of regret experienced after an impulsive purchase needs to be further explored (Ozer & Gultekin, 2015).

But literature of the last decade shows that impulsivity is deeply rooted in personality of the people (Verplanken & Herabadi, 2001). So, a great attention is being paid to the psychological constructs in the recent years which may affect impulse buying behavior and a huge research volume is available in this regard (Dhaundiyal & Coughlan, 2009; Franken et al., 2008; Russo et al., 2008;

2

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

Wittmann & Paulus, 2008). Studies conducted on impulse buying on the basis of individual differences have opted five factor model as predictor(Badgaiyan et al., 2016; Bratko et al., 2013; Otero-LĂłpez & Villardefrancos, 2013; Ozer & Gultekin, 2015; Thompson & Prendergast, 2015; Verplanken & Herabadi, 2001; Youn & Faber, 2000).

2. THEORY AND HYPOTHESES Preceding review establishes that post purchase regret after impulse buying is minimally associated with product attributes, in fact, it is deeply rooted in individual differences since when consumers are out of impulse buying episode, the paid price exceeds the derived benefit inducing regret (Bayley & Nancarrow, 1998; Park & Lennon, 2006). Since its emergence as personality dimensions taxonomy, FFM has been used as predictor of many negative behavioral patterns like pathological gambling (Mowen et al., 2009), alcoholism (Kuntsche et al., 2008), workaholism (Clark et al., 2010) and tobacco dependence (Terracciano & Costa, 2004). This helps to formulate hypothesis about personality traits and post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying.

Impulse buying might be attributed to unending individual differences and if it holds true, it is inferred that impulse buying corresponds to specific values or it may have a correlation with other lasting individual differences as personality traits and long term objectives (Verplanken & Sato, 2011). Similarly, post-purchase consumer regret is attributed to personality characteristics (Cook et al., 2017).The present world is marked with availability of abundant choices having positive as well as negative consequences for consumers. Hence, considering the deeply rooted association of personality trait neuroticism with IBB, it is expected that; o H#1. Neuroticism is positively associated with post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying The importance of impulsive behavior as a construct of psychology prevails in personality systems(Whiteside & Lynam, 2001). Eysenck et al. (1985) presented a personality model having three dimensions. The scholars argued that extraversion comprised of sensation seeking, impulsiveness and venturesomeness and associated impulsive behavior with psychoticism also. So, we expected that; o H#2. Extraversion is positively associated with post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying Abundant choice has triggered the feelings of life control and being empowered(Broniarczyk & Griffin, 2014; Chernev et al., 2015). But it may also lead to choice paralysis inducing regret. With reference to a few notable factors just like traits and cognitive style, this blurred side of choices can be more prominent for some people than others (Iyengar & Lepper, 2000). Shopping is marked as a prominent leisure activity in Asia(J. A. Lee & Kacen, 2008) and these cultural differences strengthen the belief that post-purchase regret after an impulse purchase is attributed to individual differences rather than product functionality (Bayley & Nancarrow, 1998; Cook et al., 2017).Therefore, we assumed that; o H#3. Agreeableness is positively associated with post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying But, innovative and fast fashion products generate post-purchase regret when their purchase is *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

3

attributed to personality rather than need (Cooke et al., 2001). Life stories, personal concerns and personality traits are labeled as a three- tiered framework of personality and consistencies in social behavior are attributed to these traits (Baumgartner, 2002; McAdams, 1996). So, personality reveals attributes of an individual which cause occurrence of specific behavioral patterns in general and a firm relationship between consumer behavior and personality is vital when consumers choose to react and approach a purchase experience. The relationship between personality and buyer behavior also influences the procedures opted by consumers (Horton, 1979). This led to formulate that; o H#4. Openness to experience is positively associated with post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying Jensen-Campbell et al. (2002) argued that effortful control has significant positive relationship with conscientiousness and it is negatively correlated with neuroticism. Considering these findings Gramzow et al. (2004) established the same relationship of these two big five dimensions with selfregulation and found that association of the constructs with other three dimensions of big five is inconsistent. Verplanken and Herabadi (2001) concluded that impulse buying stems from personality traits but their results are equivocal (Bratko et al., 2013). These scholars suggested that more research was required regarding the impact of FFM on impulse buying. Thompson and Prendergast (2015) argued that there are inconsistencies in the findings among studies particularly done to establish the relationship between FFM and impulse buying as almost 90% of consumers are occasionally involved in impulse buying (Hausman, 2000). Thus, it was assumed that; o H#5.Conscientiousness is positively associated with post-purchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying Interdisciplinary application of psychological theories in marketing is well established but a limited number of studies were conducted to determine the consumesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; psychological types as means of predicting their remorse(Fried, 2008). It is of enduring interest to include maximization as moderator to address the inconsistencies in findings (Cheek & Schwartz, 2016; Dalal et al., 2015; Richardson et al., 2014; Turner et al., 2012). The area of buyerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s regret and personality as its predictor, remained under-explored though some predictive capability is yield by personality traits (Bell, 1967; Fried, 2008). That is why, perhaps, the cognitive style is an influential factor in riskreduction after experiencing remorse or dissonance by consumers (Mitchell, 1993). So, we expected that; o H#6. Maximization moderates the relationship between FFM traits and postpurchase consumer regret experienced after impulse buying

3.

METHODOLOGY

3.1 THE STUDY FRAMEWORK Figure 1 shows the proposed framework of this study which is derived after literature review.

This study consider FM dimensions including Neuroticism, Extraversion, Openness, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness. These factors expect to contribute to the buying behaviors.

3.2 TARGET POPULATION AND SAMPLING PROCEDURE Data were collected from universities in district Vehari and its surrounding cities. The respondents included faculty, students and administration staff and convenience sampling was used.

4

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

FFM DIMENSIONS Neuroticism Extraversion Openness Agreeableness Conscientiousness

Impulse Buying Behavior

Post Purchase Consumer Regret

Maximization

Figure 1: The framework of this study

3.3 DATA COLLECTION METHOD AND RESPONSE The questionnaire was constructed containing items about all constructs. It had three parts starting with the first one to provide demographic information about respondents. The respondents were asked to recall previous impulse purchases of Fast Moving Consumer Goods because the study simultaneously addressed the post-purchase consumer regret which arouse after impulse buying(Ozer & Gultekin, 2015; Thompson & Prendergast, 2015). The researchers distributed 970 selfadministrated questionnaires containing all the measures out of which 538 were returned assuring a 55 percent receiving rate. This also included 33 incomplete responses which were rejected and 505 were included in the study. Lack of research culture and unawareness about its importance in Pakistan led to decide on self-administration of survey instead of opting for electronic media although it is equally good (Hussain et al., 2016).

4. INSTRUMENTATIONS 4.1 FIVE FACTOR MODEL (FFM) FFM dimensions were measured by adapting Gosling et al. (2003) scale. It ensures the cultural similarity as it has been recently used in India (Badgaiyan et al., 2016). According to scholars, these scales are developed to ensure time economy in research. It has two items for each trait.

4.2 MAXIMIZATION Maximization is defined in terms of three distinct aspects: experiencing decision difficulty, expressing high standards and searching alternatives for best possible option (Nenkov et al., 2008).

Short Form of Maximization Scale (MS-S) by Nenkov et al. (2008) consisting of six items was used.

4.3 IMPULSE BUYING BEHAVIOR (IBB) This construct was measured by using Thompson and Prendergast (2015) impulse buying behavior scale consisting five items. The scholars selected and modified items for cross-cultural application of the scale. The modification was also meant to assess the impulsive buying behavior for preceding four to eight weeks purchases. These items were drawn from available scales (Rook & *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

5

Fisher, 1995; Verplanken & Herabadi, 2001) and measure directly spontaneous, unreflective and unplanned impulse buying (Piron, 1991).

4.4 POST-PURCHASE REGRET Post-purchase consumer regret (PPCR) scale was adopted from (S. H. Lee & Cotte, 2009) as it addresses all the facets of regret. The study was based on pure impulse buying which occurs spontaneously by ignoring the alternatives although data was collected about all the facets.

(Badgaiyan et al., 2016; Bratko et al., 2013).

5. RESULT This section presents the result of the study. The researchers employed PLS path-modeling to assess the measurement model and structural model. Measurement model tests the psychometric properties of the scales employed. Structural model is employed to test the proposed hypotheses of the study. Scales reliability and convergent validity was ensured through measurement model(Esposito Vinzi & Russolillo, 2010). The authors introduced the procedure to assess outer loading and established that outer loading value must be 0.5 or above. Items having less value needed to be deleted in ascending order for variance extracted. It was done to increase the data quality.

Although PLS is generally used for small data, its uniqueness of producing results with even two items encouraged us to apply it. This cannot be achieved with SEM which relies on covariance(Akter et al., 2011). Partial least square modeling could obviate covariance based SEM limitations like factor indeterminacy, model identification, measurement level, distributional properties and sample size (Chin, 1998; Hussain et al., 2016; Wetzels et al., 2009). Result is shown in Table 1.

Table 1 Measurement Model Result.

Construct Extraversion Agreeableness Conscenciousness Neuroticism Openness Post purchase consumer regret

Items FFM1 FFM6 FFM2 FFM7 FFM3 FFM8 FFM4 FFM9 FFM5 FFM10 PCRFA1 PCRFA2

Loadings 0.937 0.897 0.864 0.546 0.978 0.924 0.948 0.829 0.939 0.910 0.788 0.873

Cronbach Alpha 0.814

Communality 0.914

Ave 0.841

0.665

0.675

0.522

0.903

0.950

0.905

0.754

0.883

0.792

0.831

0.921

0.854

0.558

0.817

0.691

Table 2 Comparison of Square root of average variance extracted score and correlations Ag Cons Ex Neuro Open Ag 0.722 Cons 0.022 0.951 Ex 0.041 0.844 0.917 Neuro 0.020 -0.062 -0.092 0.890 Open 0.051 0.875 0.836 -0.096 0.924 PPCR 0.166 0.048 0.073 -0.218 0.067 Note: All the values shown in diagonal and bolded represent the square route of average whilst those of the diagonal represent latent variable correlations

6

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

5.1 MODEL EVALUATIONS 5.1.1 MEASUREMENT MODEL Discriminant validity was observed for assurance of external consistency of this model. In this context, Table 2 shows the latent variable comparison where AVE of variables is computed: agreeableness (Ag) = 0.722, conscientiousness (Cons) = 0.951, extraversion (Ex) = 0.917, neuroticism (Neuro)= 0.890, openness (Open)= 0.924.

5.1.2 STRUCTURAL MODEL Direct relationship of the study constructs is computed in PLS. It reveals analysis of inner modeling. It tells about relationship dependency in hypothesized model under study(Hair et al., 2006).

Agarwal and Karahanna (2000) suggested that path coefficients were equal to regression and beta coefficients. Model significance is decided on the premise of t-values and regression beta values and if it is above 1.64, it is assumed to be significant (Henseler et al., 2014). This value helps in deciding on suggested hypothesis (Figure 1).

Figure 2: Measurement Model All the rejected hypothesis contain t-value less than 1.64and accepted hypothesis have a t-value of above1.64. It is illustrated in Table 3. Figure 2 demonstrates t-values subsequent to bootstrapping.

Table 3: Hypothesis (Direct Effects).

Ag -> PPCR Cons -> PPCR Ex -> PPCR Neuro -> PPCR Open -> PPCR

*Corresponding

Path Coeeficients 0.168 -0.036 0.062 -0.217 0.017

Standard Error (STERR) 0.049 0.116 0.083 0.041 0.098

T Statistics (|O/STERR|) 3.309 0.313 0.747 5.502 0.173

Decision Supported Not supported Not supported Supported Not supported

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

7

Figure 3: Structural Model.

5.1.3 MODERATING EFFECTS Smart PLS 2.0 M3 requires to create direct relationship between moderator and criterion variable which are maximization and post-purchase consumer regret respectively. This led to calculating both direct effect and moderating effect for improving the study. Beta coefficients were obtained by running PLS algorithm and results are shown in Table 4. Regarding the hypothesis testing the researchers applied method of bootstrapping. As depicted in Table 4, out of five interaction hypothesis two hypothesis are significant at t-value above 1.64 and three hypothesis are in- significant having t-value below 1.64. Comparison of Figures 2 and 5 reveals that the value of post purchase consumer regret is increased from 0.134 to 0.155 after induction of maximization as moderator between FFM personality traits and post-purchase consumer regret. Figure 4 shows interaction term.

Table 4 Hypothesis (Indirect) Ag * Max Cons * Max Ex * Max Neuro * Max Open * Max

 PPCR  PPCR  PPCR  PPCR  PPCR

Path Coefficients -0.121 -1.142 0.280 0.055 1.205

Standard Error T Statistics (STERR) (|O/STERR|) 0.176 0.691 0.559 2.043 0.428 0.654 0.118 0.463 0.590 2.040

Figure 4: Interaction Term

8

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

Decision Not supported Supported Not supported Not Supported Supported

Figure 5: Bootstrapping Model.

6. DISCUSSION FFM has particularly been used and proved as an antecedent of excessive buying and other negative behavioral outcomes (Clark et al., 2010; Kuntsche et al., 2008; Otero-LĂłpez & Villardefrancos, 2013).Further, FFM personality traits particularly neuroticism and conscientiousness and generally the remaining three are predictors of maximization which is negatively associated with customer satisfaction (Cheek & Schwartz, 2016; Nenkov et al., 2008; Purvis et al., 2011). FFM successfully predicted the impulse buying when studied with trait affect having positive or negative dimensions (Stafford et al., 2010). A relationship by simultaneously linking five factor model with impulse buying behavior and post-purchase consumer regret experienced after it might be influential as buyers within the same day or long after an impulse purchase may experience post-purchase regret because they were unable to resist stimuli causing impulse buying. Dispositions and personality affect maximization tendency of an individual and positive or negative life outcomes have been attributed to personality traits in different previous studies (Purvis et al., 2011). Among individual differences factors, maximization (choosing the best) has emerged as important measures associated with personality in the contemporary era (Cheek & Schwartz, 2016; Schwartz et al., 2002). Recent studies suggested exploiting individual differences moderators while using FFM as predictor of IBB and negative behavioral outcomes at post-purchase level considering cross-theoretical perspective.

The theory of social learning and imitation argues that occurrence of observable behavior is not possible in the absence of certain drives which are categorized as primary or secondary in nature.

During socialization process, imitation drive becomes its base. Hence, it is assumed that response matching with others gains reward properties in itself and frequency of this reward determines the intensity of occurrence of behavior. The consistency of the reward strongly maintains the imitation drive. The theory established that other personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s behavior is a cue which induces internal response resulting in a drive to act on the basis of previous reward strength. Drive reduction is achieved through this imitative process(Miller & Dollard, 1941). *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

9

Now considering Triandis (1995) definition of collectivism which categorized it as a social pattern comprising of people who view themselves as bonded with groups, families and coworkers in society, it is not surprising to note that personal attributes are withheld or repressed in collectivistic cultures leading to create a weaker attitude–behavior and attitude-intention relationship and it remains so for impulsivity also (Bagozzi et al., 2000; Kashima et al., 1992). But, individuals living in collectivistic cultures rapidly change their impulse buying behavior driven by such social patterns as normative evaluations and high standards (in-group goals and duties) in different situational contexts (Triandis, 1995). Assumption from social judgment theory Sherif and Hovland (1961) is used here to support the relationship between FFM and post-purchase consumer regret followed by impulse buying. The theory assumes that individuals categorize and discriminate among stimuli either these are attitudinal or neutral in nature. Sherif and Hovland (1961) proposed that “persons who are strongly committed to positions use fewer categories than less involved persons and highly involved people place a large number of items in unacceptable category”.

The literature review section supported the assumption by confirming realization of severe postpurchase regret when there was sudden onset of impulse buying behavior. Thus, the study found positive relationship between openness to experience and post-purchase consumer regret. This trait has a comfortable tolerance characteristic accompanied by capability to accommodate information and being impulsive(Costa & McCrae, 2008). Openness to experience is marked by being emotionally rich and having a complex life due to deeply rooted sensitivity for beauty and art. These people are undogmatic in their values and attitudes, they are behaviorally supple and curious in their intellect (Costa Jr & McCrae, 1995). Their curiosity leads them to experience both positive and negative emotional states more deeply in comparison with the people low on this dimension and who always think conventionally (Lakhal et al., 2012; Matzler et al., 2006). They firmly consider the hedonic values of products being purchased and their decision making styles are indicative of their motivation and shopping behavior (DeYoung et al., 2005; Zurawicki, 2010). The relationship between personality trait “openness to experience” and impulsive tendency buying is equivocal,(Badgaiyan et al., 2016), so its relationship with post-purchase consumer regret was not only induced due to what was purchased but also corresponded to what could have been purchased(S. H. Lee & Cotte, 2009). Purvis et al. (2011) explored that openness to experience was the strongest predictor of maximization that is why the direct and interaction hypothesis are proved in the present study.

Following the scholars, maximization was aggregated into a single composite score and it is positively associated with post- purchase consumer regret.

People high in conscientiousness are diligent and organized (Costa Jr & McCrae, 1995). Instead of being spontaneous, these people exhibit controlled and planned social behavior and also try to be perfect. They have the tendency to postpone emotional impulses and do not like to be impulsive shoppers. But, at moments, these people are also involved in impulse purchases and feeling regret emotions (Gohary & Hanzaee, 2014; Joshanloo et al., 2012; Zurawicki, 2010). Likely, conscientiousness was also found positively correlated with post-purchase consumer regret although consumers with this trait show a greater self-control yet the assumption from collectivistic culture theory is proved that people in such culture change their impulsive behavior swiftly which results in remorse(Novliadi et al., 2018).

10

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

Neuroticism depicts psychiatric conditions of distress. People who score high on this dimension are emotionally inconsistent and they frequently express worries and anxieties along with aches in the body also. They also exhibit inappropriate behavior in social situations (Costa & Mccrae, 1992).

Johnson and Attmann (2009) revealed that neuroticism is also characterized by compulsive buying which was a disturbing behavior. Further, as the level of neuroticism increases, the vulnerability to impulsiveness and depression also increases leading to inappropriate decision making (Costa Jr & McCrae, 1995). Thus, people who are oriented towards neuroticism remain preoccupied with the current situation rather that rationalizing the decisions by considering past experiences or future consequences (Chetthamrongchai & Davies, 2000). Hence, they are more likely to experience postpurchase consumer regret but interaction hypothesis is rejected in this study while direct effect is confirmed. The reason might be it emerged as a strongest predictor of searching alternatives in literature (Purvis et al., 2011).

People high on agreeableness may form harmonious relations and in doing so they reject the domineering perspective. They do not be suspicious, in fact they rely on others (Zurawicki, 2010).

People who are on the lower side of this dimension, they doubt unfamiliar things (Wang & Yang, 2008). They also possess tendencies to fall prey to negative emotional states (Ho et al., 2004).

Duijsens and Diekstra (1996) discovered that agreeableness and impulse buying are negatively correlated but this claim lacks sufficient literature support (Balabanis, 2002; Wang & Yang, 2008).

Hence, its direct relationship with PPCR is supported but indirect relationship is not supported.

Pleasure and enjoyment are the most prominent in traits cluster which explains extraversion dimension of personality (Costa Jr & McCrae, 1995; Costa & McCrae, 2008). Guido et al. (2007) concluded that extraversions showed hedonic shopping attributes in their personality resulting in abrupt decision-making. Extraversion is positively associated with impulsive buying tendency in most of the studies (Badgaiyan et al., 2016). But surprisingly, Gohary and Hanzaee (2014) discovered negative correlation between impulse buying and extraversion which needed to be tested in real life situations. So, both direct as well as indirect relationship with PPCR is not supported.

7. CONCLUSION Initially observed as exciting and enthusiastic activity providing feelings of happiness and delight Weinberg and Gottwald (1982), IBB has gradually emerged as an uncontrollable regret inducing phenomenon (Baumeister, 2002; Ozer & Gultekin, 2015). The focus has also shifted from product characteristics to personality and individual differences as predictors and antecedents (Peck & Childers, 2006; Rook & Gardner, 1993; Thompson & Prendergast, 2015; Verplanken et al., 2005).

Moreover, maximizers also suffer emotional cost due to stress and anxiety induced choices (Purvis et al., 2011; Shiloh et al., 2001). Maximizers experienced more regret and post-decisional anxiety.

Poorer life consequences are attributable to traits (Dar-Nimrod et al., 2009). So, along with personal fear of invalidity, personal need for structure and need for evaluation at antecedent level Badgaiyan et al. (2016), it is expected that maximization intervenes as moderator between five factor model personality traits and post-purchase consumer regret experienced after an impulse purchase. Facets of maximization may generate matched-dependent behavior. Deep connectivity and social embededness of consumers in collectivistic culture was witnessed by following high standards (HS) *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

11

which are socially learned and consumers are in a state of decision difficulty(DD) by putting a large number of items in unacceptable category during the purchase situation, and to avoid this difficulty, drive reduction is achieved by matching the behavior (impulsively buying the product in this case) which results in post-purchase consumer regret later on.

8. DATA AVAILABILITY AND MATERIAL Data involved in this study can be requested to the corresponding author.

9. REFERENCES Agarwal, R., & Karahanna, E. (2000). Time flies when you're having fun: Cognitive absorption and beliefs about information technology usage. MIS quarterly, 665-694.

Akter, S., D'Ambra, J., & Ray, P. (2011). An evaluation of PLS based complex models: the roles of power analysis, predictive relevance and GoF index.

Badgaiyan, A. J., Verma, A., & Dixit, S. (2016). Impulsive buying tendency: Measuring important relationships with a new perspective and an indigenous scale. IIMB Management Review, 28(4), 186-199.

Balabanis, G. (2002). The relationship between lottery ticket and scratch-card buying behaviour, personality and other compulsive behaviours. Journal of Consumer Behaviour.

Baumeister, R. F. (2002). Yielding to temptation: Self-control failure, impulsive purchasing, and consumer behavior. Journal of consumer Research, 28(4), 670-676.

Baumgartner, H. (2002). Toward a personology of the consumer. Journal of consumer Research, 29(2), 286-292.

Bayley, G., & Nancarrow, C. (1998). Impulse purchasing: a qualitative exploration of the phenomenon.

Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 1(2), 99-114.

Beatty, S. E., & Ferrell, M. E. (1998). Impulse buying: Modeling its precursors. Journal of retailing, 74(2), 169-191.

Bell, G. D. (1967). The automobile buyer after the purchase. The Journal of Marketing, 12-16.

Bratko, D., Butkovic, A., & Bosnjak, M. (2013). Twin study of impulsive buying and its overlap with personality. Journal of Individual Differences.

Broniarczyk, S. M., & Griffin, J. (2014). Decision difficulty in the age of consumer empowerment.

Bui, M., Krishen, A. S., & Bates, K. (2011). Modeling regret effects on consumer post-purchase decisions.

European Journal of Marketing, 45(7/8), 1068-1090.

Cheek, N. N., & Schwartz, B. (2016). On the meaning and measurement of maximization. Judgment and Decision Making, 11(2), 126.

Chernev, A., Bรถckenholt, U., & Goodman, J. (2015). Choice overload: A conceptual review and metaanalysis. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 25(2), 333-358.

Chetthamrongchai, P., & Davies, G. (2000). Segmenting the market for food shoppers using attitudes to shopping and to time. British Food Journal, 102(2), 81-101.

Chin, W. W. (1998). The partial least squares approach to structural equation modeling. Modern methods for business research, 295(2), 295-336.

12

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

Clark, M. A., Lelchook, A. M., & Taylor, M. L. (2010). Beyond the Big Five: How narcissism, perfectionism, and dispositional affect relate to workaholism. Personality and Individual Differences, 48(7), 786-791.

Cook, S. C., Cook, S. C., Yurchisin, J., & Yurchisin, J. (2017). Fast fashion environments: consumer’s heaven or retailer’s nightmare? International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 45(2), 143-157.

Cooke, A. D., Meyvis, T., & Schwartz, A. (2001). Avoiding future regret in purchase-timing decisions.

Journal of consumer Research, 27(4), 447-459.

Costa Jr, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (1995). Domains and facets: Hierarchical personality assessment using the Revised NEO Personality Inventory. Journal of personality assessment, 64(1), 21-50.

Costa, P. T., & Mccrae, R. R. (1992). Normal Personality Assessment in Clinical Practice. Psychological Assessment, 4(1), 5-13.

Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (2008). The revised neo personality inventory (neo-pi-r). The SAGE handbook of personality theory and assessment, 2, 179-198.

Dalal, D. K., Diab, D. L., Zhu, X. S., & Hwang, T. (2015). Understanding the construct of maximizing tendency: A theoretical and empirical evaluation. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 28(5), 437-450.

Dar-Nimrod, I., Rawn, C. D., Lehman, D. R., & Schwartz, B. (2009). The maximization paradox: The costs of seeking alternatives. Personality and Individual Differences, 46(5), 631-635.

DeYoung, C. G., Peterson, J. B., & Higgins, D. M. (2005). Sources of openness/intellect: Cognitive and neuropsychological correlates of the fifth factor of personality. Journal of personality, 73(4), 825858.

Dhaundiyal, M., & Coughlan, J. (2009). The effect of hedonic motivations, socialibility and shyness on the implusive buying tendencies of the Irish consumer.

Duijsens, I. J., & Diekstra, R. W. (1996). DSM-III-R and ICD-10 personality disorders and their relationship with the big five dimensions of personality. Personality and Individual Differences, 21(1), 119-133.

Esposito Vinzi, V., & Russolillo, G. (2010). Partial least squares path modeling and regression. Wiley interdisciplinary reviews: computational statistics. New York: Wiley.

Eysenck, S. B., Pearson, P. R., Easting, G., & Allsopp, J. F. (1985). Age norms for impulsiveness, venturesomeness and empathy in adults. Personality and Individual Differences, 6(5), 613-619.

Franken, I. H., van Strien, J. W., Nijs, I., & Muris, P. (2008). Impulsivity is associated with behavioral decision-making deficits. Psychiatry research, 158(2), 155-163.

Fried, T. A. (2008). The relationship between psychological types, demographics and post-purchase buyer's remorse (Vol. 69).

Gohary, A., & Hanzaee, K. H. (2014). Personality traits as predictors of shopping motivations and behaviors: a canonical correlation analysis. Arab Economic and Business Journal, 9(2), 166-174.

Gosling, S. D., Rentfrow, P. J., & Swann, W. B. (2003). A very brief measure of the Big-Five personality domains. Journal of Research in Personality, 37(6), 504-528.

Gramzow, R. H., Sedikides, C., Panter, A., Sathy, V., Harris, J., & Insko, C. A. (2004). Patterns of self‐ regulation and the Big Five. European Journal of personality, 18(5), 367-385. *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

13

Guido, G., Capestro, M., & Peluso, A. M. (2007). Experimental analysis of consumer stimulation and motivational states in shopping experiences. International Journal of Market Research, 49(3), 365.

Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., Anderson, R. E., & Tatham, R. L. (2006). Multivariate data analysis . Uppersaddle River: NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall.

Hausman, A. (2000). A multi-method investigation of consumer motivations in impulse buying behavior.

Journal of consumer marketing, 17(5), 403-426.

Henseler, J., Dijkstra, T. K., Sarstedt, M., Ringle, C. M., Diamantopoulos, A., Straub, D. W., . . .

Calantone, R. J. (2014). Common beliefs and reality about PLS: Comments on Rönkkö and Evermann (2013). Organizational Research Methods, 17(2), 182-209.

Ho, V. T., Weingart, L. R., & Rousseau, D. M. (2004). Responses to broken promises: does personality matter? Journal of Vocational Behavior, 65(2), 276-293.

Horton, R. L. (1979). Some relationships between personality and consumer decision making. Journal of Marketing Research, 233-246.

Hussain, G., Wan Ismail, W. K., Rashid, M. A., & Nisar, F. (2016). Substitutes for leadership: alternative perspectives. Management Research Review, 39(5), 546-568.

Iyengar, S. S., & Lepper, M. R. (2000). When choice is demotivating: Can one desire too much of a good thing? Journal of personality and social psychology, 79(6), 995.

Jensen-Campbell, L. A., Rosselli, M., Workman, K. A., Santisi, M., Rios, J. D., & Bojan, D. (2002).

Agreeableness, conscientiousness, and effortful control processes. Journal of Research in Personality, 36(5), 476-489.

Johnson, T., & Attmann, J. (2009). Compulsive buying in a product specific context: clothing. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management: An International Journal, 13(3), 394-405.

Joshanloo, M., Rastegar, P., & Bakhshi, A. (2012). The Big Five personality domains as predictors of social wellbeing in Iranian university students. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 29(5), 639-660.

Kalla, S. M., & Arora, A. (2011). Impulse buying: A literature review. Global Business Review, 12(1), 145-157.

Kuntsche, E., von Fischer, M., & Gmel, G. (2008). Personality factors and alcohol use: A mediator analysis of drinking motives. Personality and Individual Differences, 45(8), 796-800.

Lakhal, S., Frenette, É., Sévigny, S., & Khechine, H. (2012). Relationship between choice of a business major type (thing-oriented versus person-oriented) and Big Five personality traits. The International Journal of Management Education, 10(2), 88-100.

Lee, J. A., & Kacen, J. J. (2008). Cultural influences on consumer satisfaction with impulse and planned purchase decisions. Journal of business Research, 61(3), 265-272.

Lee, S. H., & Cotte, J. (2009). Post-purchase consumer regret: Conceptualization and development of the PPCR scale. NA-Advances in Consumer Research Volume 36.

Loomes, G., & Sugden, R. (1982). Regret theory: An alternative theory of rational choice under uncertainty. The economic journal, 92(368), 805-824.

Matzler, K., Bidmon, S., & Grabner-Kräuter, S. (2006). Individual determinants of brand affect: the role of the personality traits of extraversion and openness to experience. Journal of Product & Brand Management, 15(7), 427-434.

14

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

McAdams, D. P. (1996). Personality, modernity, and the storied self: A contemporary framework for studying persons. Psychological Inquiry, 7(4), 295-321.

Miller, N. E., & Dollard, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation.

Mitchell, V.-W. (1993). Factors affecting consumer risk reduction: A review of current evidence.

Management Research News, 16(9/10), 6-20.

Mowen, J. C., Fang, X., & Scott, K. (2009). A hierarchical model approach for identifying the trait antecedents of general gambling propensity and of four gambling-related genres. Journal of business Research, 62(12), 1262-1268.

Mueller, A., Claes, L., Mitchell, J. E., Wonderlich, S. A., Crosby, R. D., & De Zwaan, M. (2010).

Personality prototypes in individuals with compulsive buying based on the Big Five Model.

Behaviour Research and Therapy, 48(9), 930-935.

Nenkov, G. Y., Morrin, M., Schwartz, B., Ward, A., & Hulland, J. (2008). A short form of the Maximization Scale: Factor structure, reliability and validity studies.

Novliadi, F., Zahreni, S., & Iskandar, L. M. (2018). Consumer purchase regret: how personality influences outcome regret and process regret. Journal of Business and Retail Management Research, 13(1).

Otero-López, J. M., & Villardefrancos, E. (2013). Five-Factor Model personality traits, materialism, and excessive buying: A mediational analysis. Personality and Individual Differences, 54(6), 767772.

Ozer, L., & Gultekin, B. (2015). Pre-and post-purchase stage in impulse buying: The role of mood and satisfaction. Journal of retailing and consumer services, 22, 71-76.

Park, J., & Lennon, S. J. (2006). Psychological and environmental antecedents of impulse buying tendency in the multichannel shopping context. Journal of consumer marketing, 23(2), 56-66. doi: 10.1108/07363760610654998 Peck, J., & Childers, T. L. (2006). If I touch it I have to have it: Individual and environmental influences on impulse purchasing. Journal of business Research, 59(6), 765-769. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jbusres.2006.01.014 Piron, F. (1991). Defining impulse purchasing. NA-Advances in Consumer Research Volume 18.

Purvis, A., Howell, R. T., & Iyer, R. (2011). Exploring the role of personality in the relationship between maximization and well-being. Personality and Individual Differences, 50(3), 370-375.

Richardson, C. M., Ye, H. J., Ege, E., Suh, H., & Rice, K. G. (2014). Refining the measurement of maximization: Gender invariance and relation to psychological well-being. Personality and Individual Differences, 70, 229-234.

Rook, D. W. (1987). The buying impulse. Journal of consumer Research, 14(2), 189-199.

Rook, D. W., & Fisher, R. J. (1995). Normative influences on impulsive buying behavior. Journal of consumer Research, 22(3), 305-313.

Rook, D. W., & Gardner, M. P. (1993). In the mood: Impulse buying’s affective antecedents. Research in consumer behavior, 6(7), 1-28.

Rose, P. (2007). Mediators of the association between narcissism and compulsive buying: the roles of materialism and impulse control. Psychology of addictive behaviors, 21(4), 576.

Russo, P. M., De Pascalis, V., Varriale, V., & Barratt, E. S. (2008). Impulsivity, intelligence and P300 wave: an empirical study. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 69(2), 112-118. *Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

15

Schwartz, B., Ward, A., Monterosso, J., Lyubomirsky, S., White, K., & Lehman, D. R. (2002).

Maximizing versus satisficing: happiness is a matter of choice. Journal of personality and social psychology, 83(5), 1178.

Sherif, M., & Hovland, C. I. (1961). Social judgment: Assimilation and contrast effects in communication and attitude change.

Shiloh, S., Koren, S., & Zakay, D. (2001). Individual differences in compensatory decision-making style and need for closure as correlates of subjective decision complexity and difficulty. Personality and Individual Differences, 30(4), 699-710.

Stafford, L. D., Ng, W., Moore, R. A., & Bard, K. A. (2010). Bolder, happier, smarter: The role of extraversion in positive mood and cognition. Personality and Individual Differences, 48(7), 827832.

Sweeney, J. C., Hausknecht, D., & Soutar, G. N. (2000). Cognitive dissonance after purchase: A multidimensional scale. Psychology and Marketing, 17(5), 369-385.

Terracciano, A., & Costa, P. T. (2004). Smoking and the Fiveâ&#x20AC;?Factor Model of personality. Addiction, 99(4), 472-481.

Thompson, E. R., & Prendergast, G. P. (2015). The influence of trait affect and the five-factor personality model on impulse buying. Personality and Individual Differences, 76, 216-221.

Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism & collectivism: Westview press.

Turner, B. M., Rim, H. B., Betz, N. E., & Nygren, T. E. (2012). The maximization inventory. Judgment and Decision Making, 7(1), 48.

Verplanken, B., & Herabadi, A. (2001). Individual differences in impulse buying tendency: Feeling and no thinking. European Journal of personality, 15(S1), S71-S83.

Verplanken, B., Herabadi, A. G., Perry, J. A., & Silvera, D. H. (2005). Consumer style and health: The role of impulsive buying in unhealthy eating. Psychology & Health, 20(4), 429-441. doi: 10.1080/08870440412331337084 Verplanken, B., & Sato, A. (2011). The psychology of impulse buying: An integrative self-regulation approach. Journal of Consumer Policy, 34(2), 197-210.

Wang, C.-C., & Yang, H.-W. (2008). Passion for online shopping: The influence of personality and compulsive buying. Social Behavior and Personality: an international journal, 36(5), 693-706.

Weinberg, P., & Gottwald, W. (1982). Impulsive consumer buying as a result of emotions. Journal of business Research, 10(1), 43-57.

Wetzels, M., Odekerken-SchrĂśder, G., & Van Oppen, C. (2009). Using PLS path modeling for assessing hierarchical construct models: Guidelines and empirical illustration. MIS quarterly, 177-195.

Whiteside, S. P., & Lynam, D. R. (2001). The five factor model and impulsivity: Using a structural model of personality to understand impulsivity. Personality and Individual Differences, 30(4), 669-689.

Wittmann, M., & Paulus, M. P. (2008). Decision making, impulsivity and time perception. Trends in cognitive sciences, 12(1), 7-12.

Xiao, S. H., & Nicholson, M. (2013). A multidisciplinary cognitive behavioural framework of impulse buying: a systematic review of the literature. International Journal of Management Reviews, 15(3), 333-356.

16

Khalid Mahmood, Muhammad Amir Rashid, Ghulam Hussain

Zeelenberg, M., & Pieters, R. (2004). Beyond valence in customer dissatisfaction: A review and new findings on behavioral responses to regret and disappointment in failed services. Journal of business Research, 57(4), 445-455.

Zurawicki, L. (2010). Neural Bases for Segmentation and Positioning Neuromarketing (pp. 163-210): Springer.

Khalid Mahmood is a Lecturer (in Marketing) at Department of Management Sciences,COMSATS University Islamabad, Vehari Campus & a Ph.D fellow at COMSATS University Lahore Campus. He has a decade of corporate sector experience in marketing & sales. His area of interest is Marketing & Psychology Dr.Muhammad Amir Rashid is an Associate Professor & Head of HR at COMSATS Institue of Information Technology, Lahore, Pakistan. He holds an Master degree in Business Administration from University of the Lyceum, Philippines and a PhD degree in Management from Universiti Teknologi Malaysia. His researches are in the areas of Entrepreneurship, Marketing, Corporate Governance and Leadership.

Dr. Ghulam Hussain is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Management Sciences, COMSATS University Islamabad, Lahore Campus, Pakistan. His research interest includes leadership, entrepreneurship and quantitative analysis. He has published his research in reputed journals. He lectures on research methodology and quantitative analysis.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All products names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification and educational purposes only. The use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding

author (Khalid Mahmood). Tel: +92-3067939087. E-mail: khalidmahmood@ciitvehari.edu.pk ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12N http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12N.pdf DOI: 10.14456/ITJEMAST.2019.164

17

Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12O

DETERMINATION OF SUB-SOIL SHEAR WAVE VELOCITY ( Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;˝đ?&#x2018;ş 30) IN LAYERED SOIL WITH FEM IN RELATION TO APPROXIMATED AND ANALYTICAL RESULTS a

Masoud Motalebian , Masoud Hajialilue Bonab

b*

, Mohammad Davoudi

c

a

Department of Civil Engineering, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Tehran, IRAN. Department of Civil Engineering, University of Tabriz, Tabriz, IRAN. c International Institute of Earthquake Engineering and Seismology, Tehran, IRAN. b

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 08 April 2019 Received in revised form 19 July 2019 Accepted 30 July 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

Determining the shear wave velocity of subsoil (Vs) is one of the important parameters in the seismic design of structures. To determine the equivalent shear wave velocity in layered soil (đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; ), several approximated relations and, in some cases, analytical ones have been proposed. The present study aims to determine the equivalent shear wave velocity in the top 30 meters (đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30) in single layer soil with variable shear modulus, and also in two- and three-layered soil using numerical analysis. For the numerical investigation, ABAQUS based on finite element method (FEM) was used and modal analysis was performed by calculating the eigenvalues. The obtained values were compared with analytical and other approximated relations including the presented relation by the Iranian Code of Practice for Seismic Resistant Design of Buildings (Standard2800). The results show that, when the upper layers have smaller Vs than that of the lower layers, Standard2800 relation presents smaller values than that of the numerical results for the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30. Also, when the lower layers have smaller Vs than that of the upper layers, Standard2800 relation presents larger values. Also, an absolute agreement was observed between numerical and analytical results and Standard2800 relation has better consistency with numerical and analytical results compared with other similar cases. In addition, Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR) was used to derive an accurate model expressing đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 in terms of dimensionless parameters in two-layered soil. Š 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

Keywords: Iranian Code of Practice; Standard2800; Modal Analysis; FEM; Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR); Numerical geotechnical analysis; Two-layered soil profile; Three-layered soil profile.

1. INTRODUCTION It is obviously recognized that the effect of the site is the most important characteristic of ground motion and has a well-known influence on the earthquake damage. During an earthquake, the ground motion traits of the site are specifically affected by the soil deposits (Maheswari et al. 2008, Trifunac et al. 2016). Shear wave velocity of soil (Vs) is regarded as the main parameter for site classification and *Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

1

evaluation of earthquake hazard because of its great effect on the local ground motion amplification (Seshunarayana & Sundararajan 2012). Vs has long been known as being a fundamental parameter for considering the dynamic properties of soil and representing the stiffness of the soil layers and its relation to the amplification of the ground (Roy and Sahu 2012).

In current engineering practice, consideration of the equivalent shear wave velocity ( đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018; ) is implemented by using different design spectra for different site classes specified in seismic codes (Street et al. 1997). A variety of approximated relations have been proposed in order to determine đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018; in uniformed layered soil with a different height (Hi), shear wave velocity (Vsi), and density (Ď i) that overlying the rigid bedrock according to Figure 1 (Sawafa, 2004).

Figure 1: Soil layers with different height, shear wave velocity, and specific mass (Sawafa, 2004) One of the recognized but simple relations soil is the identification of đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; based on the weighted average of natural periods of different layers by Eq. 1 (Mohamed et al 2013). n

VS ď&#x20AC;˝

ď&#x192;Ľ ď &#x201C;( H i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i

)

n

ď&#x192;Ľ ď &#x201C;( H i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i

/V s i ) (1)

This approximated relation has been used to determine đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; in most of the codes for the seismic design of buildings including UBC97 (1997), IBC (2006), EuroCode08 (2008), NEHRP (2009), NBCC (2011), and also Iranian Code of Practice for Seismic Resistant Design of Buildings (Standard2800) (2014). Based on this relation, the arrangement of soil layers is not important for the calculation of the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; . In the Iranian Code of Practice for Seismic Resistant Design of Buildings (Standard 2800), based on đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; in the top 30 meters of site (đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30), soil can be classified into I, II, III and IV types in regard to Table 1.

Table 1: Soil types based on đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 (Standard2800, 2015) Soil profile type I II III IV

Ě&#x2026;s 30 (m/sec) V Ě&#x2026;s 30 >750 V Ě&#x2026;s 30 â&#x2030;¤750 375<V Ě&#x2026;s 30 â&#x2030;¤375 175<V Ě&#x2026;s 30 â&#x2030;¤175 V

Among those approximated relations used for determining đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018; , the method of the weighted average of the shear wave velocity of soil layers (WAV) (Madera, 1971) can be calculated based on

2

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

n

1

Vs ď&#x20AC;˝

ď&#x192;ĽV

n

ď&#x192;ĽH i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

S

i

Hi

i

(2).

This approximated relation has been used in Building Japanese Code (Estrada, 2004).

Another approximated relation used for determining đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018; is based on the method of the weighted average of the shear wave velocity of soil layers (WAV) (Vijayendra et al. 2015) can be calculated by

Gs

Vs ď&#x20AC;˝

ď ˛s

(3),

Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; and đ?&#x153;&#x152; where đ??ş Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; are the equivalent shear modulus and the equivalent density of soil, which can be determined by Equations (4) and (5), respectively.

Gs ď&#x20AC;˝

ď&#x192;ĽG

n

ď&#x192;ĽH i ď&#x20AC;˝1

ď ˛s ď&#x20AC;˝

n

1

Hi

i

(4).

ď&#x192;Ľď ˛

n

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

Si

n

1

ď&#x192;ĽH

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

si

Hi

i

(5).

The term G S i is the shear modulus of each layer.

2. FINITE-ELEMENT MODELING AND BASELINE ANALYSIS MODEL The present study aims to estimate the numerical value of the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 and compare the values obtained from the relation proposed by Standard2800 (Eq. 1) for different soil layers. In some cases, some analytical relations have been presented by researchers, which were also compared in order to give better validation. Moreover, the results obtained from the approximated methods including WAM and WAV were compared with the numerical and analytical results. Also, Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR) is used to derive an equation indicating đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 in terms of dimensionless parameters for two-layered soil.

For numerical investigation of the problem, finite elements software ABAQUS 6.12-3 was used.

The modal analysis was conducted by calculating the eigenvalues. Accordingly, the fundamental period of the site including different layers (đ?&#x2018;&#x2021;Ě&#x2026;) can be determined and the required đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; can be estimated by Eq. 6 (Roser and Gosar, 2010).

V

S

ď&#x20AC;˝

4H T

(6).

Parameter H is the total height of all the layers. In all the investigated cases in this paper, the total height of the layers is assumed 30m and overlying rigid bedrock.

This research was conducted based on a two-dimensional model (plane strain). According to the modal analysis, soil behavior was assumed as a linear elastic one. Figure 2a shows the meshed model of the three-layered soil that is developed for modal analysis and the first vibration mode and the *Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

3

corresponding frequency (output of FE) are illustrated in Figure 2b.

Figure2 a) A three-layered uniformed soil layer; meshed in ABAQUS (plane strain) b) First vibration mode (along axis-x) obtained from the modal analysis In the following different layers, arrangements were illustrated and the numerical and analytical results were compared with Standard2800 and the other approximated and analytical relations.

3. Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ??&#x2022;đ??&#x2019; 30 IN A SINGLE-LAYERED SOIL WITH LINEAR VARIATIONS IN THE SOIL SHEAR MODULUS In a soil layer with height H overlying rigid bedrock with linear variations of shear modulus in which the shear modulus of soil in upper and lower layers are đ??ş0 and đ??şđ??ť , respectively, đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018; is equal to the shear wave velocity of the soil at the depth of đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;&#x17E; . Based on Dobry et al. (1976) results, đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;&#x17E; can be calculated by the results of the partial Bessel's equations based on K value or according to Figure 3 (đ??ž = â&#x2C6;&#x161;đ??şđ?&#x2018;&#x201A; /đ??şđ??ť ). K>1.0 represents the decrease, while K<1.0 represents the increase in the shear modulus at the depth of soil.

Figure 3: Determining the equivalent depth for the soil with linear variations of shear modulus in depth (after Dobry et al. (1976)).

Although the relation proposed by the Standard2800 does not include in this case, VS of each layer

4

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

can be calculated and đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; can be estimated through the stairway classification of soil into several layers.

To this end, the soil with 30m high and linear variable shear modulus consists of 10 layers with 3m high is considered and đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 is estimated based on the Standard2800. The same process is also carried out in numerical modeling. For different K values, the equivalent depth ratio (Zeq/H) is compared based on the analytical and numerical methods, Standard2800 relation, WAM and WAV methods in Figure 4.

The results show an appropriate agreement between numerical and analytical results. Minor differences between the results could be related to the linear variations of the shear modulus in the analytical method and the stairway variations in the numerical modeling. The proposed relation by Standard2800 predicts the equivalent depth, particularly due to the increase in the shear modulus at depth which is not significantly lower than the obtained results of the numerical and analytical methods.

Figure4: Zeq/H with linear variations of shear modulus by different methods.

Figure 5: Soil profile with two different uniformed layers (Ď A=Ď B).

4. Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ??&#x2022;đ??&#x2019; 30 IN TWO-LAYERED SOIL

According to the analytical results the fundamental period (đ?&#x2018;&#x2021;Ě&#x2026;) for a site consisting of two layers A and B located on the rigid bedrock (Figure 5), with height and shear wave velocity of HA, HB, and VsA, VsB respectively, can be calculated by Equation (7) (Oskay and Zeghal, 2011). ď ° TA ď ° TB H B TA tan(

where đ?&#x2018;&#x2021;đ??´ =

4đ??ťđ??´ đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ??´

2 T

and đ?&#x2018;&#x2021;đ??ľ =

) tan(

4đ??ťđ??ľ đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ??ľ

2 T

)ď&#x20AC;˝

H A TB

(7),

are respectively the fundamental period of layers A and B, in the

absence of other layers, and đ?&#x2018;&#x2021;Ě&#x2026; is the fundamental period of the two-layered soil, respectively. Having Ě&#x2026; from the above equation and given Equation (6), đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 can be calculated using Equation (8).

T 30

30

VS Vs ď ° HA Vs ď ° HB tan( ) tan( )ď&#x20AC;˝ 2V S H A ď&#x20AC;Ť H B 2V S H A ď&#x20AC;Ť H B VS A

B

B

A

*Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

(8),

5

where HA+HB = H = 30m. Results obtained by the numerical method, analytical methods, the relation proposed by the Standard2800, and other approximated methods are calculated and compared for a two-layered soil for the following cases. Finally, Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR) was used to derive an accurate equation expressing đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 in terms of dimensionless parameters. These results are based on VsA=200m/s and can be generalizable for other dimensionless ratios.

4.1 A WEAK SOIL LAYER ON A STRONG LAYER WITH VARIABLE HEIGHT In this case, two soil layers with different heights with the total height of 30m were considered and the effect of

đ??ťđ??´ đ??ťđ??´ +đ??ťđ??ľ

on

30 Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020;

đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

was investigated. Also, it was assumed that đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´ = 0.2đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??ľ .

The results (Figure 6) showed Srandard2800 which produced lower values for đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30, especially for lower values of the ratio

đ??ťđ??´ đ??ťđ??´ +đ??ťđ??ľ

. Moreover, there was an absolute agreement between results of the

numerical finite element method and the results of analytical analysis. The approximated relation in Standard2800 had better consistency with the analytical results compared to the approximated methods of WAM and WAV.

Figure 6:

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

with variable height.

HA=HB=15m and VsB= ÎąĂ&#x2014;VsA Results obtained for

30 Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020;

đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

showed that for Îą>1.0 (the weak layer on top), the Standard2800

provided lower values for the ratio of đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 than those provided by analytical and numerical results and, for Îą<1.0 (the weak layer in the bottom), the Standard2800 would result in higher values than those for the analytical and numerical results. Also, the numerical results were completely in agreement with the analytical results and the approximated relation proposed by the standard2800 had better consistency compared to the approximated methods of WAV and WAM. (Figure 7).

HA=10m, HB=20m and VsB= ÎąĂ&#x2014;VsA The findings for

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

were in line with those of the previous case, however, the difference

between the results of the Standard2800 relation and the numerical analysis as well as analytical results were more obvious for Îą >1.0 (Figure 8). In the present case, the approximated relation in the Standard2800 had better consistency compared to the approximated WAV and WAM methods.

6

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

Figure 7

Figure 8:

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; VS 30 VsA

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; VS 30 VsA

Figure 9:

for HA=HB and different values of Îą.

for HA=0.5HB and different values of Îą.

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; VS 30 VsA

for different values of Îą and HA/H

4.2 Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;˝Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;şĚ&#x2026;30 IN TWO LAYERED SOIL WITH EPR MODELLING

Equation (8) is a closed-form equation and đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30/VA can be determined using Figure 9, directly.

Based on Figure 9,

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

can be expressed with a relation in terms of two dimensionless variables of Îą

*Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

7

and HA/H. This relation was derived using the Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR). This technique uses multi-objective genetic programming to derive regression equations by creating symbolic models (Giustolisi and Savic, 2006). This technique was originally used for modeling environmental phenomena, but later found applications in geotechnical engineering for predicting and evaluating surface settlement (Rezania and Javadi, 2007), soil permeability characteristics and soil compressibility (Ahangar-Asr et al. 2011) and liquefaction potential of sand (Shahnazari et al, 2013). In this study, the problem was modeled using a software application with the EPR name, which has been coded in MATLAB (Giustolisi and Savic, 2006).

When developing the model, two-thirds of the 270 available data instances were randomly chosen to operate as training data and the remaining one-third was used as test data. This EPR modeling yielded Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30

Equation (9), which expresses

0.78ď&#x201A;´

30

as a function of dimensionless parameters of Îą and HA/H.

đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ??´

Vs ď&#x20AC;˝e Vs A

ď Ą 4

H ( A) H

ď&#x20AC;­0.4

ď&#x20AC;­1

(9) where e is Euler's number. To examine the performance of the chosen model, statistical measures including the correlation coefficient (R), the slope of the regression line in the plot of actual against predicted values (k), and the slope of the regression line in the plot of predicted against actual values (k/) were investigated. R, k and k/ obtained from Eq. 10 to 12, respectively. These values are presented in Table 2 for training and test data (Rashed et al 2011).

N

Rď&#x20AC;˝

ď&#x192;Ľ (h N

N

ď&#x192;Ľ (h

ď&#x20AC;­ h i ) 2 ď&#x192;Ľ (t i ď&#x20AC;­ t i ) 2

i

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

N

k ď&#x20AC;˝

ď&#x192;Ľ (h i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i

ď&#x201A;´t i )

ď&#x192;Ľh N

k ď&#x20AC;˝

(10)

N

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

/

ď&#x20AC;­ h i )(t i ď&#x20AC;­ t i )

i

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

ď&#x192;Ľ (h i ď&#x20AC;˝1

i

2 i

(11)

ď&#x201A;´t i )

N

ď&#x192;Ľt i ď&#x20AC;˝1

2 i

(12)

Where hi and ti are, respectively, the numerical and predicted results for data instance i; h i and t i are the mean values of numerical and predicted results, and N is the number of samples. The closer R, k and k/ the values close to 1, the higher the accuracy of model predictions (Rashed et al 2011) is. Based on a R ď&#x20AC;ž 0.8 rational hypothesis, Smith (1986) has suggested that indicates strong proximity between actual and predicted values. Golbraikh and Tropsha (2002) have suggested that for a model to be suitable, either k or k/ should be between 0.85 and 1.15. As seen in Table 2, the results obtained for training and test data show acceptable proximity, which reflects the suitable accuracy of the derived

8

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

equation.

Table 2: Evaluation of Data Type Trained Tested All

Number number 180 90 270

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; VS 30

estimation model

VsA /

k 1.0462 1.0587 1.0507

k 0.9135 0.9138 0.9136

R 0.9744 0.9594 0.9654

5. Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;˝Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;şĚ&#x2026;30 IN THREE-LAYERED SOIL In this case, three layers with the height of 10m were modeled and the shear wave velocity of upper, middle, and lower layers was assumed to be

Vs Îą

, Vs, and ÎąĂ&#x2014;Vs, respectively (Figure 10). According to

Figure 11, the results showed that, for Îą>1.0 (increase in the Vs in the lower layers), the Standard2800 presented lower values for the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 and, for Îą<1.0 (decrease in the Vs in lower layers), the Standard2800 presented higher values. Based on the Standard2800, an arrangement of the layers had no effect on the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; and the values would be equal to Îą=0.5 and Îą=2.0. This assumption was not valid for the numerical results.

Also, the results obtained through WAM and WAV methods had significant and marked differences compared to those of the numerical results. These results are based on Vs=200m/s and can be generalizable for other dimensionless ratios.

Figure 10: A three-layered uniformed soil with different shear wave velocity.

Figure 11:

Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;

for different values of Îą.

6. Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;˝Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;şĚ&#x2026;30 IN A WEAK SOIL LAYER BETWEEN A STRONG LAYER In this case, according to Figure 12, a soil layer with the height of H=30m and shear wave velocity of VS was assumed in which a weak layer with a height of 2m and shear wave velocity of 0.1Vs was located. In this condition, the effect of depth of the weak layer (H1) was investigated on the soil.

According to the Standard2800, apart from the depth of this weak layer, the equivalent shear wave *Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

9

velocity in the top 30 meters was equal to đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30= 0.625đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;. It represented đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 = 0.940đ?&#x2018;&#x2030; and đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 = 0.966đ?&#x2018;&#x2030; for WAV and WAM methods, respectively. However, the obtained numerical results revealed that

Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; 30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;

decreases with an increase in

đ??ť1 đ??ť

(Figure 13). To put simply, when the weak layer was near

the surface of the ground, the numerical results led to lower values, while in the case in which the weak layer was at the depth of the soil, the results presented higher values for the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 . Also, WAV and WAM methods produced higher values for the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30. These results are based on Vs=200m/s and can be generalizable for other dimensionless ratios.

Figure 12: A weak layer in the middle of the strong layer.

Figure 13:

Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018; Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;30 đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;

7. Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;˝Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;şĚ&#x2026; 30 IN THREE-LAYERED ARRANGEMENTS

for different values of

SOIL

PROFILE

đ??ť1 đ??ť

.

WITH

DIFFERENT

In order to investigate the soil arrangement in đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 in regard to Figure 14, three-layered soil profile with 3 various arrangements a, b, and c was modeled. The only existed difference between these three cases was an alteration in arrangement of them. Also, the height of each layer was assumed 10m in all cases. According to standard2800, in each case đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 = 284 đ?&#x2018;&#x161;/đ?&#x2018; and in these three cases, the site is TYPE III (Table 3). However, based on the findings of numerical analysis, đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 was distinct for every type and presented different site types for each of them. In line with the results obtained from numerical analysis, to what extent a softer layer was in the depth of soil, đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 would provide lower value.

10

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

Figure 14: Three-layered soil profile with different arrangements.

Table 3. comparing the Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 based on Standard2800 and numerical results.

Case a b c

Standard2800 (Equation (1)) Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; Ground Type đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 (m/s) 284 III 284 III 284 III

Numerical Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026;Ě&#x2026; Ground Type đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 (m/s) 378 II 230 III 173 IV

8. CONCLUSION The numerical investigation of the conducted research for determining đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 based on the finite element method and the comparison with the proposed relation by Standard2800, analytical results, and other approximated methods showed that: o In soil with linear variable shear modulus, comparison of the results obtained from the analytical method and the proposed relation by most of the building codes including Standard2800 indicated a significant difference in the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 values, particularly for increasing high linear variations in the shear modulus. o For a two- (three-) layered soil where the Vs increased in low layer(s), đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 obtained from Standard2800 was lower than that of the numerical and analytical results. But, by assuming a decrease in Vs in the lower layers, the proposed relation in Standard2800 presented lower values for đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 than that of the numerical and analytical results. o For the case when a weak soil layer was assumed, according to the Standard2800, the depth of this layer had no effect on đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30. But, the numerical results showed that the closer this layer was to the surface, the higher the đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 would be shown and location of this layer at the depth of the ground would decrease đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30. A comparison of the numerical results with the values obtained from the relation in the Standard2800 showed a significant difference in this case. o Although approximated methods of determining đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 using the weighted average of shear wave velocity (WAV) and modulus (WAM) have relatively simple relations, same as the weighted average of periods (proposed relation in Standard2800), this relation had better consistency with numerical and analytical results in above cases. o In this paper, a complete agreement was observed between the numerical and analytical results. The only minor difference was observed in the soil with variable shear modulus, which could be attributed to the linear variations of the shear modulus in the analytical method and the stairway variations in the numerical method. Obviously, it is possible to achieve a complete agreement between the numerical and analytical results by increasing the number of layers in this case.

Evolutionary Polynomial Regression (EPR) was used to derive an equation expressing đ?&#x2018;&#x2030;Ě&#x2026;đ?&#x2018;&#x2020; 30 in terms of dimensionless parameters for two-layered soil. The statistical measures showed an acceptable *Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

11

correlation for the derived model.

9. AVAILABILITY OF DATA AND MATERIAL Relevant information is available by contacting the corresponding author.

10.

REFERENCES

Ahangar-Asr. A., Faramarzi., A. Mottaghifard. and Javadi. A.A. (2011). Modeling of Permeability and Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using Evolutionary Polynomial Regression. Computers and Geosciences, 37(11), 1860-1869.

Dobry, R., Oweis, I., Urzua, A. (1976). Simplified Procedure for Estimating the Fundamental Period of a Soil Profile. Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, 66(4), 1293-1321.

Estrada, G. (2004). Analysis Of Earthquake Site Response And Site Classification For Seismic Design Practices. Proceeding of the 5th World Conference on Conference on Recent Advances in Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering and Soil Dynamics, San Diego.

Eurocode08. (2008). Seismic Design of Buildings Worked examples, European Commission Joint Research Centre; Ispra, Italy.

Giustolisi. O. and Savic. D. (2006). A Symbolic Data-Driven Technique Based on Evolutionary Polynomial Regression. Journal of Hydroinformatics, 8(3), 207-222.

Golbraikh. A. and Tropsha. A. (2002). Beware of q2!. Journal of Molecular Graphics and Modelling, 20(4), 269â&#x20AC;&#x201C;276.

IBC (2006), International Building Code. International Code Council; Illinois, USA. Madera, G. A. (1971). Fundamental Period and Amplification of Peak Acceleration in Layered Systems.

Report No. R70-37; Department of Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, USA. Maheswari, U., Boominathan, A. and Dodagoudar, G. (2008). Development of Empirical Correlation Between Shear Wave Velocity and Standard Penetration Resistance in Soils of Chennai City.

Proceeding of the 14th World Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Beijing, China, October.

Mohamed. A., Abuelata, A., Abdelazim. F. and Tahaa. M. (2013). Site-specific shear wave velocity investigation for geotechnical engineering applications using seismic refraction and 2D multi-channel analysis of surface waves. NRIAG Journal of Astronomy and Geophysics, 2(1), 88-101.

NBCC. (2011). National Building Code of Canada, National Research Council Canada; Ottawa Canada.

NEHRP. (2009). National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program, Recommended Seismic Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures. Building Seismic Safety Council of the National Institute of Building Sciences; Washington, USA. Oskay, C. and Zeghal, M. (2011). A survey of geotechnical system identification techniques. Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering, 31(4), 568â&#x20AC;&#x201C;582.

Rashed, A., Bolouri. B. and Alavi. H. (2011). Nonlinear modeling of soil deformation modulus through LGP-based interpretation of pressuremeter test results. Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence, 25(2), 1437-1449.

Rezania, M. and Javadi, A. A. (2007). A New Genetic Programming Model for Predicting Settlement of Shallow Foundations. Canadian Geotechnical Journal, 44(12), 1462-1473.

Roser, J. and Gosar. A., (2010). Determination of VS30 for Seismic Ground Classification in Ljubljana Area, Slovenia. Geotechnica Slovenia, 1(2), 61-67.

12

Masoud Motalebian, Masoud Hajialilue Bonab, Mohammad Davoudi

Roy, N. and Sahu, R.B. (2012). Site Specific Ground Motion Simulation and Seismic Response Analysis for Microzonation of Kolkata. Geomechanics and Engineering, 4(1), 1-18.

Sawafa, S. (2004). A Simplified Equation to Approximate Natural Period of Layered Ground on the Elastic Bedrock for Seismic Design of Structures. Proceeding of the 13th World Conference on Earthquake Engineering, Vancouver, Canada, August.

Seshunarayana, T. and Sundararajan, N. (2012). Determination of shear wave velocity and depth to basement using multichannel analysis of surface wave technique. Journal of the Geological Society of India, 80(4), 499–504.

Shahnazari, H. Shahin and Tutunchian, M. (2013). Evolutionary-based approaches for settlement prediction of shallow foundations on cohesionless soils. International Journal of Civil engineering, 12(1), 55-64.

Smith, G.N. (1986). Probability and Statistics in Civil Engineering. Collins, London.

Standard2800. (2014). Iranian Code of Practice for Seismic Resistant Design of Buildings, Permanent Committee for Revising the Iranian Code of Practice for Seismic Resistant Design of Buildings, Building and Housing Research Center; Tehran, Iran (In Persian).

Street, R., Woolery., E., Wang, Z. and Harik, I. (1997). Soil classifications for estimating site-dependent response spectra and seismic coefficients for building code provisions in western Kentucky.

Engineering Geology, 46(3), 331-347.

Trifunac, M. (2016). Site conditions and earthquake ground motion – A review. Soil Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering, 90(1), 88-100.

UBC97 (1997). Uniform Building Code, International Council of Building Officials; California, U.S.A. Vijayendra, K.V., Nayak. S. and Prasad, S. K. (2015). An Alternative Method to Estimate Fundamental Period of Layered Soil Deposit. Indian Geotechnical Journal, 45(2), 192-199.

Masoud Motalebian is a PhD candidate in Geotechnical Engineering, University of Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, Iran. He a researcher in Civil Engineering field. He is interested in Geotechical Engineering.

Professor Dr.Masoud Hajialilue Bonab is Professor at Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Tabriz, Iran. He holds a PhD degree in Geotechnical Engineering from University of Caen, Laboratoire Centrel des Ponts et Chausses (LCPC), France. His research is Computational Geomechanics, Soil Engineering Behaviors, Soil-Cement, and Applications in Civil Engineering.

Dr.Mohammad Davoudi is an Assistant Professor of Geotechnical Engineering Research Center, International Institute of Earthquake Engineering and Seismology, Iran He has a PhD degree in Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, International Institute of Earthquake Engineering and Seismology, Iran. He is interested in Foundation Engineering & Geotechnical Structures.

*Corresponding author (Masoud Hajialilue Bonab). E-mail: hajialilue_bonab@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12O http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12O.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10011650

13

Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12P

SOLVING FUZZY FRACTIONAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS BY ADOMIAN DECOMPOSITION METHOD USED IN OPTIMAL CONTROL THEORY a

b

Sahar Askari , Tofigh Allahviranloo , Saeid Abbasbandy

c*

a

Department of Mathematics, Science and Research Branch, Islamic Azad University, Hamedan, IRAN. Faculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Bahcesehir University, Istanbul, TURKEY. c Department of Mathematics, Faculty of Science, Imam Khomeini International University, Gazvin 34194-288, IRAN. b

ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 20 May 2019 Received in revised form 23 July 2019 Accepted 30 July 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

In this paper, the Adomian decomposition method (ADM) is used to solve the fractional differential equations under Caputo derivative. This study reviews basic definitions of fuzzy set and fractional calculus. This work studies and discusses Adomian decomposition method under Fuzzy fractional Caputo derivative.

Since the ADM approximates the exact solution as an infinite series, then the convergence theorem is considered with successive iterations.

For illustration, an example is given to compare between exact and approximate solutions.

The uniformly convergence of sequence {đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)} with various types of differentiability to the exact solution is proved.

Keywords: Fuzzy Caputo fractional differential equation; Fractional calculus; Convergence theorem; Fuzzy fractional differential equation (FFDE).

Š 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Fractional calculus is a benefit branch in mathematics, chemistry, optics, control theory, engineering and etc that have studied in recent years. Fractional calculus was slowly prepared at first, but it has been a powerful implement in various applications. Fuzzy fractional differential equations is casted by Agarwal et al. (2010). They have drafted the Riemann-Liouville differentiability concept under the Hukuhara differentiability to solve fuzzy fractional differential equations. In Arshad & Lupulescu (2011) and Allahviranloo (2005), the existence and uniqueness are proved for solutions of fuzzy fractional differential equations under Riemann-Liouville differentiability. Allahviranloo et al.

(2014) proved the existence and uniqueness results for fuzzy fractional integral and Integra -differential equations involving Riemann-Liouville differential operators. The famous used method in solving fractional differential equations is the Caputo fractional derivative. Based on generalized Hukuhara derivative (2001), the opinion of fractional Caputo derivative is introduced in Armand & Gouyandeh (2013), afterwards fuzzy fractional differential equations are investigated under this kind of *Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

1

differentiability. Allahviranloo et al. in 2009 proved the existence and uniqueness solution of fuzzy fractional differential equations (FFDEs) under Caputoâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s gH-differentiability.

In the present paper, we attempt an analytical method to solve FFDEs. To this end, we adopted the Adomian decomposition method (ADM) to solve FFDEs. The Adomian decomposition method (ADM) can be used to solve various mathematical models or system of equations involving algebraic equations, differential equations, Integra-differential equations and linear or non-linear equations (Adomian 1988; Adomian, 1994; Abbaoui & Cherruault, 1994; Wazwaz, 2001; Wazwaz, 2005). In Wazwaz (2001) ADM has employed for solving non-linear fractional differential equations. Specifically, in Daftardar-Gejji & Jafari (2005) and Jafari & Daftardar-Gejji (2006) ADM has used for solving systems of fractional differential equations (linear and nonlinear). Convergence of Adomians method has been studied in (Abdelrazec & Pelinovsky, 2011; Abbaoui & Cherruault, 1994; Ghanbari & Nuraei, 2014; Hosseini & Nasabzadeh, 2006).

2. PRELIMINARIES In this section we present some definitions and useful concepts of fractional calculus and fuzzy set.

Let us consider â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š be a set of all fuzzy numbers on â&#x201E;&#x153;.

Definition 2.1. A fuzzy number is a map đ?&#x2018;˘: â&#x201E;&#x153; â&#x2020;&#x2019; [0,1] which satisfies (Zimmermann, 1991) i. u is upper semi-continuous. ii.

u is fuzzy convex, i.e., đ?&#x2018;˘(đ?&#x153;&#x2020;đ?&#x2018;Ľ + (1 â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x153;&#x2020; )đ?&#x2018;Ś) â&#x2030;Ľ đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; {đ?&#x2018;˘ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ), đ?&#x2018;˘(đ?&#x2018;Ś)}for all đ?&#x2018;Ľ, đ?&#x2018;Ś â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;, đ?&#x153;&#x2020; â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; [0,1].

iii.

u is normal, i.e., â&#x2C6;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;; đ?&#x2018;˘ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ) = 1.

iv.

đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;˘đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018;˘ = {đ?&#x2018;Ľď&#x192;&#x17D; â&#x201E;&#x153;|đ?&#x2018;˘ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ) > 0} is the support of the đ?&#x2018;˘, and its closer (đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;˘đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x2018;? đ?&#x2018;˘) is compact.

The metric structure is given by the Hausdorff distance. đ??ˇ: â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š Ă&#x2014; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;+ â&#x2039;&#x192;{0}, đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł) = đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;˘đ?&#x2018;?đ?&#x203A;źâ&#x2C6;&#x2C6;[0,1] đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ľ{|đ?&#x2018;˘ (đ?&#x203A;ź ) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;Ł(đ?&#x203A;ź)|, |đ?&#x2018;˘(đ?&#x203A;ź) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;Ł(đ?&#x203A;ź)|}. (â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š , đ??ˇ) is a complete metric space and the following properties are well known: (Ghanbari & Nuraei, 2014). i. đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘â¨ đ?&#x2018;¤, đ?&#x2018;Łâ¨ đ?&#x2018;¤) = đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł) â&#x2C6;&#x20AC; đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł, đ?&#x2018;¤ â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š ii.

đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘â¨ đ?&#x2018;¤, Ě&#x192; 0) = đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘, Ě&#x192; 0) + đ??ˇ (đ?&#x2018;Ł, Ě&#x192; 0 ) â&#x2C6;&#x20AC;đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š

iii.

đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘â¨ đ?&#x2018;¤, đ?&#x2018;¤â¨ đ?&#x2018;§) â&#x2030;¤ đ??ˇ (đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;¤) + đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;Ł, đ?&#x2018;§) â&#x2C6;&#x20AC; đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł, đ?&#x2018;¤, đ?&#x2018;§ â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š

iv.

đ??ˇ(đ?&#x153;&#x2020;. đ?&#x2018;˘ , đ?&#x153;&#x2020;. đ?&#x2018;Ł) = |đ?&#x153;&#x2020; |đ??ˇ(đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł) â&#x2C6;&#x20AC; đ?&#x2018;˘, đ?&#x2018;Ł â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š đ?&#x153;&#x2020; â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š

Definition 2.2. The generalized Hukuhara difference of two fuzzy numbers u , v ď&#x192;&#x17D; ď&#x192;&#x201A; F (gH-difference for short) is defined as follows (Bede & Stefanini, 2013):

đ?&#x2018;˘â&#x160;&#x2013;

(đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;) đ?&#x2018;Ł=đ?&#x2018;¤ â&#x2021;&#x201D;{ ( ) đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť

đ?&#x2018;˘=đ?&#x2018;Łâ&#x160;&#x2022;đ?&#x2018;&#x160;, đ?&#x2018;Ł=đ?&#x2018;˘â¨ (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1)đ?&#x2018;¤.

Definition 2.3. The generalized Hukuhara derivative of a fuzzy-valued function đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: (đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;? ) â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š at đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 is defined as (Stefanini & Bede, 2009)

2

Sahar Askari, Tofigh Allahviranloo, Saeid Abbasbandy

( f ) ď&#x201A;˘gH ( x 0 ) ď&#x20AC;˝ lim

h ď&#x201A;Ž0

f ( x0 ď&#x20AC;Ť h)

â&#x160;&#x2013; gH

f ( x0 )

â&#x201E;&#x17D;

Also, we say that i. f is [(đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť] differentiable at đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 if (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;)â&#x20AC;˛đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź ) = [đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;â&#x20AC;˛ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 , đ?&#x203A;ź ), đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+â&#x20AC;˛ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 , đ?&#x203A;ź)], 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2030;¤ 1. ii.

f is [(đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť ] differentiable at đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 if (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C; )â&#x20AC;˛đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź) = [đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x201C;â&#x20AC;˛ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 , đ?&#x203A;ź) , đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;â&#x20AC;˛ (đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 , đ?&#x203A;ź)], 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2030;¤ 1.

o

Definition2.4. Let đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2DC; (â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š ) denote the family of all nonempty, compact and convex subsets of ď&#x192;&#x201A; and define the addition and scalar multiplication in đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2DC; (â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; ) is usual (Armand & Gouyandeh, 2013). A mapping đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: đ??ź â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; is strongly measurable, if for all đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; [0,1] the set-valued mapping đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; : đ??ź â&#x2020;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2DC; (â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; ) defined by đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x203A;ź (đ?&#x2018;Ą) â&#x2020;&#x2019; [đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;(đ?&#x203A;ź)]đ?&#x2018;Ą n

Is Lebesgue measurable, when đ?&#x2018;&#x192;đ?&#x2018;&#x2DC; (â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; ) is endowed with the topology generated by the Hausdorff metric D. Definition 2.5. A mapping đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: đ??ź â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; is called integrably bounded if there exists an integrable function h such that â&#x20AC;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x20AC;&#x2013; â&#x2030;¤ â&#x201E;&#x17D;(đ?&#x2018;Ą) for all đ?&#x2018;Ľ â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) (Armand & Gouyandeh, 2013).

Definition 2.6. A strongly measurable and integrably bounded mapping đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: đ??ź â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; is said â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;Ą đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;(đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š (Armand & Gouyandeh, 2013).

to be integrable over I if

Definition 2.7. Let đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; . The fuzzy fractional Riemann-Liouville integral of fuzzy-valued function f is defined as follows (Abasbandy et al., 2012) (đ??˝đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C; )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ) =

1 đ?&#x2018;Ľ â&#x2C6;Ť (đ?&#x2018;Ľ Î&#x201C;(đ?&#x2018;Ł) đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Łâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 đ?&#x2018;&#x201C; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą,

for 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x2030; â&#x2030;¤ 1. For V=1, we set đ??źđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;&#x2122; = đ??ź, the identity operator.

Let us denote đ??śđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] as the space of all continuous fuzzy-valued functions on[đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?].

Also, we denote the space of all integrable fuzzy-valued functions on interval [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] by (đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;)

đ??żđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?]Let đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; đ??śđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] â&#x2C6;Š đ??żđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?], thus the fuzzy gH -fractional Caputo differentiable of fuzzy-valued function đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;(đ??śđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť]-differentiable for short) is defined as following.

Definition 2.8. Consider đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; . Fractional derivative of f under generalized Hukuhara differentiability in the Caputo sense is defined as (Abasbandy et al., 2012) ( gH đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;)(đ?&#x2018;Ľ) =

1 đ?&#x2018;Ľ â&#x2C6;Ť (đ?&#x2018;Ľ Î&#x201C;(đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ł) đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

Also we say that f is

CF

(đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Łâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť (đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą,

đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; < đ?&#x2018;Ł â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;, đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; đ?&#x2018; , đ?&#x2018;Ľ > đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

[ (đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť]-differentiable at x0 if

( gH đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;)(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź) = [(đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź), (đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź)] 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2030;¤ 1 And so f is

CF

(1)

[ (đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; ) â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť]-differentiable at đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 if

( gH đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;)(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź) = [(đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź), (đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź)] 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2030;¤ 1 In this paper, we only consider

CF

(2)

[đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť]-differentiable of order 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x2030; â&#x2030;¤ 1 for fuzzy-valued

*Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

3

function f. Furthermore (đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź )=

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

1 Î&#x201C;(1â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ł)

â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

And (đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )(đ?&#x2018;Ľ0 ; đ?&#x203A;ź )=

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

1 Î&#x201C;(1â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ł)

â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

So (gHđ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;)(đ?&#x2018;Ľ; đ?&#x203A;ź ) =

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

1 đ?&#x203A;¤(1â&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ł)

[min {â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

, â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;â&#x2C6;&#x2019; )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

} , đ?&#x2018;&#x161;đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ľ {â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

đ?&#x2018;Ľ (đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;+ )â&#x20AC;˛(đ?&#x2018;Ą,đ?&#x203A;ź)đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;Ą

, â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;&#x17D;

(đ?&#x2018;Ľâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;đ?&#x2018;Ą)đ?&#x2018;Ł

}]

â&#x20AC;˛ Lemma 2.1. Suppose that đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;: [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š be a fuzzy-valued function and đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; đ??śđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] â&#x2C6;Š

đ??żđ??š [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] Then (Allahviranloo et al., 2013) đ??˝đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;đ?&#x2018;Ł (gHđ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;(đ?&#x2018;Ľ))(đ?&#x2018;Ľ ) = đ?&#x2018;&#x201C;(đ?&#x2018;Ľ ) â&#x160;? đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ťđ?&#x2018;&#x201C; (đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;), 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x203A;ź â&#x2030;¤ 1.

3. ADOMIAN DECOMPOSITION METHOD UNDER CAPUTO DERIVATIVE

FUZZY

FRACTIONAL

Consider a fuzzy Caputo fractional differential equation with fuzzy initial value as follows đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;&#x201D;đ??ť đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014; đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą))

= đ??š(đ?&#x2018;Ą, đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą)) = đ??żđ?&#x2018;Ś (đ?&#x2018;Ą) + đ?&#x2018; đ?&#x2018;Ś (đ?&#x2018;Ą) đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą0 ) = đ?&#x2018;Ś0 â&#x2C6;&#x2C6; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š

( {

(3)

So that 0 â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x2030; â&#x2030;¤ 1 and đ??š: [đ?&#x2018;&#x17D;, đ?&#x2018;?] Ă&#x2014; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š â&#x2020;&#x2019; â&#x201E;&#x153;đ??š is supposed to be continuous. Also

đ?&#x2018;Ł

gH đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;

denote the generalized Hukuhara Caputo derivative of y(t) which must be determined. Also L is a linear operator and N represents the nonlinear operator.

The Adomian supposes that the unknown function y(t) can be written by a sum of components as đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) = â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;=0 đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; , And so, the nonlinear operator Ny (t ) is represented by an in finite series as â&#x2C6;&#x17E;

đ?&#x2018; ( đ?&#x2018;Ą ) = đ??´ ( đ?&#x2018;Ą ) = â&#x2C6;&#x2018; đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; , đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;=0

Such that đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) are called Adomianâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s polynomials, given as đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; =

1 đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;! đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x153;&#x2020;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;

đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; [đ?&#x2018; (â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;=0 đ?&#x153;&#x2020; đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2014; )]

đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 0,1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś.

đ?&#x153;&#x2020;=0

Finally to calculate terms of series â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;=0 đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; , we use the iterated scheme that explain in theorem 3.1.

Lemma3.1. Let đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; , đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 0,1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś , đ?&#x2018;&#x203A; be fuzzy continuous functions. Thus (gH đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł â&#x2C6;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;=0 đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)) = â&#x2C6;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x203A;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;=0 đ??ˇâ&#x2C6;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;Ł đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą).

Proof: We prove this lemma by mathematical induction and (i) -gH-differentiability.

ď&#x20AC;¨

gH

ď&#x20AC;Š ď &#x203A; ď&#x20AC;¨

ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;¨ ď&#x20AC;Šď ? ď&#x20AC;˝ ď &#x203A;D ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;Ť D ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š, D ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;Ť D ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Šď ? ď&#x20AC;˝ D ď &#x203A;ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š, ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Šď ? ď&#x20AC;Ť D ď &#x203A;ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š, ď&#x20AC;¨y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Šď ?

D*v ď&#x20AC;¨ y0 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť y1 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;˝ D*v y 0 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť y1 (t ) , D*v y0 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť y1 (t ) v *

v *

0

ď&#x20AC;˝ gH D

v *

4

v *

0

v *

1

v *

0

1

ď&#x20AC;¨ y0 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;Ť gH D ď&#x20AC;¨ y1 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š.

Sahar Askari, Tofigh Allahviranloo, Saeid Abbasbandy

v *

v *

0

1

1

Suppose that ď&#x192;Ś ď&#x192;§ g H D*v ď&#x192;¨

ď&#x192;ś n ď&#x20AC;­1 y ( t ) ď&#x192;ˇ ď&#x20AC;˝ ď&#x192;Ľ g H D*v yi (t ). ď&#x192;Ľ i i ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;¸ i ď&#x20AC;˝0 n ď&#x20AC;­1

Thus ď&#x192;Ś ď&#x192;§ g H D*v ď&#x192;¨

n ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x192;ś ď&#x192;š n vď&#x192;Š v y ( t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ D y ( t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť y ( t ) ď&#x192;ˇ ď&#x192;Ľ i gH * ď&#x192;Şď&#x192;Ľ i n ď&#x192;ş ď&#x20AC;˝ ď&#x192;Ľ g H D* yi (t ). i ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;¸ ď&#x192;Ť i ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;ť i ď&#x20AC;˝0 n

Theorem 3.1. Assume that đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) = â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;=0 đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; in Eq.(3.1), so that terms of series can be in the various types of differentiability. We consider four cases in this theorem.

Case (I). Let đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (t), â&#x2C6;&#x20AC;i (i = 0,1, â&#x20AC;Ś ) is (i)-gH-differentiable, then đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą0 ) đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 đ??żđ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą)⨠đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą). đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś

(4)

Case (II). Let đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (t), â&#x2C6;&#x20AC;i (i = 0,1, â&#x20AC;Ś ) is (ii)-gH-differentiable, then đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą0 ) đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = 0Ě&#x192; â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1)đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł đ??żđ?&#x2018;Ś (đ?&#x2018;Ą) â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1) đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą). đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś

(5)

0

đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1

0

Case (III). Let i is even, đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)

is (i)-gH-differentiable and j is odd, đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2014; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)

is

(ii)-gH-differentiable, then

(6) Proof: Assume that đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (t) đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 0,1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś is continues function.

(I) Let đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (t), â&#x2C6;&#x20AC;i (i = 0,1, â&#x20AC;Ś ) is differentiable as in Definition 2.3 (i).Thus

ď&#x20AC;¨

ď&#x201A;Ľ ď&#x201A;Ľ ď&#x192;Ś ď&#x192;ś ď Ž ď Ž D y ( t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ D y ( t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ F ( t , yi (t )) ď&#x192;§ ď&#x192;ˇ ď&#x192;Ľ ď&#x192;Ľ gH * gH * i i ď&#x20AC;˝0 i ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;¨ ď&#x192;¸

ď&#x20AC;Š

By the Riemann-Liouville integral of two side of above equation we have ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x201A;Ľ

J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž ď&#x192;Ľ y i (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 (ď&#x192;Ľ gH D*ď Ž y i (t )) i ď&#x20AC;˝0

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x20AC;˝ ď&#x192;Ľ J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y i (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 F (t , y (t )) i ,0 ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y 0 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ď&#x192;Ľ J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y i (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ J t0 ď &#x203A;Ly (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; Ny (t )ď ?

i ď&#x20AC;˝1

ď Ž

ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x201A;Ľ

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Ly i (t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Ai (t ).

ď&#x201A;Ľ

Now by Lemma (2.1) we obtain

( y 0 (t )

â&#x160;?

y0 (t0 )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ď&#x192;Ľ [ yi (t ) i ď&#x20AC;˝1

â&#x160;?

yi (t0 )]

ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x201A;Ľ

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Lyi (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Ai (t ),

*Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

5

~ yi (t 0 ) ď&#x20AC;˝ 0

Thus by suppose that đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą0 ) đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = 0Ě&#x192; â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1)đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł đ??żđ?&#x2018;Ś 0

(II)

Suppose that

đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1

we find

(đ?&#x2018;Ą) â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1) đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą). đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś

yi (t ) , ď&#x20AC;˘i (i ď&#x20AC;˝ 0,1,...)

is differentiable as in Definition 2.3(ii).similar to proof

of (i), we have ď&#x201A;Ľ

J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y0 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ď&#x192;Ľ J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž yi (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ď &#x203A;Ly(t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; Ny(t )ď ? i ď&#x20AC;˝1

,

Thus ď&#x201A;Ľ

((ď&#x20AC;­1) y0 (t0 )

â&#x160;?

(ď&#x20AC;­1) y0 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ď&#x192;Ľ [ď&#x20AC;­ yi (t0 ) i ď&#x20AC;˝1

â&#x160;?

(ď&#x20AC;­1) yi (t )]

ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x201A;Ľ

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Lyi (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Ai (t ).

Therefor đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = đ?&#x2018;Ś0 (đ?&#x2018;Ą0 ) đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) = 0Ě&#x192; â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1)đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 đ??żđ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą) â&#x160;&#x2013; (â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1) đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą). đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; = 1,2, â&#x20AC;Ś (III)

Suppose that i is even, đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) is differentiable according to Definition 2.3(i) and j is odd, đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2014; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) is differentiable as in Definition 2.3(ii). Thus ď&#x201A;Ľ

ď&#x201A;Ľ

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

i ď&#x20AC;˝0

J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y0 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y1 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 ( gH D*ď Ž y2 (t )) ď&#x192;&#x2026;... ď&#x20AC;˝ J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Lyi (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 ď&#x192;Ľ Ai (t )

y0 (t0 )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ((ď&#x20AC;­1) y1 (t0 ) â&#x160;? â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;Ł đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ąđ?&#x2018;Ł0 â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;=0 đ??żđ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2014; (đ?&#x2018;Ą) ⨠đ??˝đ?&#x2018;Ą0 â&#x2C6;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;=0 đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; (đ?&#x2018;Ą ).

( y 0 (t )

â&#x160;?

(ď&#x20AC;­1) y1 (t ))

ď&#x192;&#x2026; ( y2 (t )

â&#x160;?

y2 (t0 )) ď&#x192;&#x2026; ...

ď&#x20AC;˝

Now we give

y0 (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ y0 (t0 ), ~ yi (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ 0 ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 Ly i ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; J tď Ž0 Ai ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ) ,

~ y j (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ 0

(ď&#x20AC;­1) J tď Ž0 Ly j ď&#x20AC;­1 (t )

(ď&#x20AC;­1) J tď Ž0 Aj ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ).

i is even

j is odd

â&#x160;? â&#x160;?

Therefor the proof is completed for even and odd indexes.

4. ADOMIAN DECOMPOSITION METHOD FOR SOLVING FUZZY CAPUTOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S FRACTIONAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Convergence of the ADM to the exact solution is established for many kinds of problems. For instace, Fuzzy initial-value problems, Fuzzy linear systems, Boundary value problems, Partial differential equations and etc. (Abdelrazec & Pelinovsky, 2011; Adomian, 1988; Adomian, 1994; Abbaoui & Cherruault, 1994; Agarwal et al., 2010) In this section we are going to show the uniformly convergence of the successive iterations in theorem 3.1. into y (t ) as an application of ADM. To this end, we need some Lemmas.

6

Sahar Askari, Tofigh Allahviranloo, Saeid Abbasbandy

Lemma 4.1. Adomianâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s polynomials are bounded. It means

~ D( Ai (t ),0 ) ď&#x201A;Ł M

, that đ??ˇ is Hausdorff

metric.

Proof:

ď&#x192;Ś1 di ď&#x192;Š ď&#x201A;Ľ ď&#x192;š ~ ~ ď&#x192;śď&#x192;ˇ j D( Ai (t ),0 ) ď&#x20AC;˝ Dď&#x192;§ N ( ď Ź y ) , 0 j ď&#x192;ş ď&#x192;§ i! dď Źi ď&#x192;Ş ď&#x192;Ľ ď&#x192;ˇ j ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;Ť ď&#x192;ť ď Ź ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;¨ ď&#x192;¸ ď&#x192;š ~ď&#x192;ś 1 ď&#x192;Ś di ď&#x192;Š ď&#x201A;Ľ ď&#x20AC;˝ Dď&#x192;§ i ď&#x192;Ş N ( ď&#x192;Ľ ď Ź j y j ) ď&#x192;ş ,0 ď&#x192;ˇ ď&#x192;ˇ i! ď&#x192;§ dď Ź ď&#x192;Ť j ď&#x20AC;˝ 0 ď&#x192;ť ď Ź ď&#x20AC;˝0 ď&#x192;¸ ď&#x192;¨ đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x153;&#x2020;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;

đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; [đ?&#x2018; (â&#x2C6;&#x2018;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;=0 đ?&#x153;&#x2020; đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2014; )]

is a polynomial that for

đ?&#x153;&#x2020;=0 đ?&#x2018;Łâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;

Remark 4.1. (đ?&#x2018;Ľ â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018; ) suppose that

đ?&#x2018;Ą â&#x2C6;Ťđ?&#x2018;Ą |đ?&#x2018;Ľ 0

ď Źď&#x20AC;˝0

is bounded. Thus the proof is completed.

1 in fuzzy Riemann-Liouville integral is continuous and bounded. Thus we

â&#x2C6;&#x2019; đ?&#x2018; |đ?&#x2018;Łâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 đ?&#x2018;&#x2018;đ?&#x2018; â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018; .

Theorem 4.1. Assume that Eq. (3.1) satisfies the following conditions (i) In the linear terms for đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; â&#x2030;Ľ 1, đ??ˇ(đ??żđ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą), đ??żđ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą)) â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x192; and 1 < đ?&#x2018;&#x192; < đ?&#x2018; â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 such that N is explained in Remark 4.1 . (ii)

In the nonlinear terms for đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; â&#x2030;Ľ 1, đ??ˇ(đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą), đ??´đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 (đ?&#x2018;Ą)) â&#x2030;¤ đ?&#x2018;&#x20AC;, and 1 < đ?&#x2018;&#x20AC; < đ?&#x2018;&#x192; â&#x2C6;&#x2019;1 .

Then the successive iterations in theorem 3.1. are uniformly convergent to đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) on [t0, a].

Proof: We prove the theorem for case (I). The proof of other cases is similar to case (I) that omitted here.

By hypothesis, for case (I) we get

ď&#x192;Š 1 t ď&#x192;š 1 t D( yn ď&#x20AC;Ť1 (t ), yn (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ D ď&#x192;Ş ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ( Lyn ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ( s))ds, ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ( Lyn ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s))ds)ď&#x192;ş ď&#x192;˛ ď&#x192;˛ ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x192;Ť ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x192;ť 1 t ď&#x201A;Ł D ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 Lyn ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ( s) ď ˝, ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1ď ť Lyn ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s) ds ď&#x192;˛ t ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) 0 1 t ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x201A;Ł x ď&#x20AC;­ s Dď ťLyn ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ( s), Lyn ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ď&#x20AC;­1 ( s) ď ˝ds ď&#x192;˛ t ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) 0 t 1 ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x201A;Ł sup Dď ťLyn (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An (t ), Lyn ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; An ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ) ď ˝ ď&#x192;˛ x ď&#x20AC;­ s ds t0 ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x201A;Ł t ď&#x201A;Ł a N ď&#x201A;Ł sup D ď&#x20AC;¨ yn (t ), yn ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ) ď&#x20AC;Š. ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x201A;Ł t ď&#x201A;Ł a (7).

Thus we get N sup D( ynď&#x20AC;Ť1 (t ), yn (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł sup D( yn (t ), ynď&#x20AC;­1 (t )). ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ła t0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ła (8).

ď &#x203A;

ď ť

ď ˝ď ?

With this manner we have

*Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

7

sup D( y n (t ), y n ď&#x20AC;­1 (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł

t 0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a

N sup D( y n ď&#x20AC;­1 (t ), y n ď&#x20AC;­ 2 (t )) ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a

N2 N n ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x201A;Ł sup D( y n ď&#x20AC;­ 2 (t ), y n ď&#x20AC;­3 (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł ... ď&#x201A;Ł sup D( y 2 (t ), y1 (t )). ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) 2 t0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) n ď&#x20AC;­1 t0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a (9) For n ď&#x20AC;˝ 1 , we get

ď&#x192;Š 1 t ď&#x192;š 1 t D( y2 (t ), y1 (t )) ď&#x20AC;˝ D ď&#x192;Ş ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ( Ly1 ( s) ď&#x192;&#x2026; A1 ( s))ds, ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ( Ly0 ( s ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; A0 ( s))dsď&#x192;ş ď&#x192;˛ ď&#x192;˛ ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x192;Ť ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) t 0 ď&#x192;ť 1 t ď&#x201A;Ł D ( x ď&#x20AC;­ s )ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x20AC;¨Ly1 ( s ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; A1 ( s) ď&#x20AC;Š,( x ď&#x20AC;­ s)ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x20AC;¨Ly0 ( s ) ď&#x192;&#x2026; A0 ( s) ď&#x20AC;Š ds ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) ď&#x192;˛t 0 1 t ď Ž ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x201A;Ł x ď&#x20AC;­ s ď&#x20AC;¨Dď &#x203A;Ly1 ( s ), Ly0 ( s)ď ? ď&#x192;&#x2026; D ď &#x203A;A1 ( s ), A0 ( s)ď ?ď&#x20AC;Š ds, ď&#x192;˛ t ď &#x2021;(ď Ž ) 0

ď &#x203A;

ď ?

(10) From (4.4) and by hypothesis, we obtain

sup D( y 2 (t ), y1 (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł

t 0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a

ď&#x20AC;¨P ď&#x20AC;Ť M ď&#x20AC;ŠN . ď &#x2021;(ď Ž )

(11)

If we substitute (4.5) to (4.3) we will get

sup D( y n ď&#x20AC;Ť1 (t ), y n (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł

t 0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a

N n ď&#x20AC;­1 ď&#x20AC;¨P ď&#x20AC;Ť M ď&#x20AC;ŠN ď &#x2021; n ď&#x20AC;­1 (ď Ž ) ď &#x2021;(ď Ž )

ď&#x201A;Ł

Nn ( P ď&#x20AC;Ť M ). ď &#x2021; n (ď Ž )

n n By hypothesis and since P ď&#x201A;Ł P and M ď&#x201A;Ł M , we can write

lim nď&#x201A;Žď&#x201A;Ľ sup D( y n ď&#x20AC;Ť1 (t ), y 0 (t )) ď&#x201A;Ł lim nď&#x201A;Žď&#x201A;Ľ t 0 ď&#x201A;Łt ď&#x201A;Ł a

ď&#x20AC;˝ lim nď&#x201A;Žď&#x201A;Ľ

Nn (P n ď&#x20AC;Ť M n ) n ď &#x2021; (ď Ž ) ( NP) n ď&#x20AC;Ť ( MP) n ď&#x20AC;˝ 0, ď &#x2021; n (ď Ž )

So this guarantee that the sequence {y n (t)} is convergence and if we denote đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) = limđ?&#x2018;&#x203A;â&#x2020;&#x2019;â&#x2C6;&#x17E; đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x203A; (đ?&#x2018;Ą).

Then đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) satisfies Equation (3).

By reasoning similar to case (I) the uniformly convergence of sequence {y i (t)} to đ?&#x2018;Ś(đ?&#x2018;Ą) is established.

5. EXAMPLE We consider example has nonlinear part to illustrate the ADM. Example: Let us consider the nonlinear FFDE

ď&#x192;Ź 0.5 2 2 ď&#x192;Żď&#x20AC;¨ gH D* t ď&#x20AC;Š ď&#x20AC;˝ y (t ) ď&#x20AC;Ť (t ď&#x20AC;­ t ), t ď&#x20AC;ž 0 ď&#x192;­ ď&#x192;Ż y (0) ď&#x20AC;˝ [ď Ą ,2 ď&#x20AC;­ ď Ą ]ď&#x192;&#x17D;ď&#x192;&#x201A; F . ď&#x192;Ž The exact

8

CF

[(i) ď&#x20AC;­ gH ] -differentiable solutions is y (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ t.

Sahar Askari, Tofigh Allahviranloo, Saeid Abbasbandy

From Formula (4), the approximate solutions expressed as t

y1 (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝

1 (t ď&#x20AC;­ x) ď&#x20AC;­ 0.5dx ď&#x20AC;˝ 1.12838t 0.5 , ď &#x2021;(0.5) ď&#x192;˛0

y2 (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝

1 (t ď&#x20AC;­ x) ď&#x20AC;­ 0.51.12838 x 0.5dx ď&#x20AC;˝ 1.27324t , ď &#x2021;(0.5) ď&#x192;˛0

y3 (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝

1 (t ď&#x20AC;­ x) ď&#x20AC;­ 0.51.27324 xdx ď&#x20AC;˝ 1.4367t1.5 , ď &#x2021;(0.5) ď&#x192;˛0

y4 (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝

1 (t ď&#x20AC;­ x) ď&#x20AC;­ 0.51.4367 x1.5 dx ď&#x20AC;˝ 1.62114t 2 ,... ď &#x2021;(0.5) ď&#x192;˛0

t

t

t

By ADM we have ď&#x201A;Ľ

y(t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ ď&#x192;Ľ yi (t ) ď&#x20AC;˝ 1.12838t 0.5 ď&#x20AC;Ť 1.12838t ď&#x20AC;Ť 1.4367t1.5 ď&#x20AC;Ť 1.62114t 2 ď&#x20AC;Ť ... i ď&#x20AC;˝0

Figure 1 shows the exact and approximate solutions. With Comparison between them we can see a good and acceptable converging of ADM.

Degree of membership

t Y(t) Figure 1: Comparison between exact and approximate solutions.

6. CONCLUSION In this paper, we used the Adomian decomposition method (ADM) to obtain an approximation for solution of fuzzy Caputo fractional differential equations. This method is so powerful and efficient that it give approximations of higher accuracy. Also uniformly convergence of sequence {đ?&#x2018;Śđ?&#x2018;&#x2013; (đ?&#x2018;Ą)} with various types of differentiability to the exact solution is proved.

7. REFERENCES Abasbandy, S., Allahviranloo, T., Shahryari, M. B., & Salahshour, S. (2012). Fuzzy local fractional differential equation. Int J Industrial Mathematics (ISSN 2008-5621), 4.

Abbaoui, K., & Cherruault, Y. (1994). Convergence of Adomian's method applied to nonlinear equations. Mathematical and Computer Modelling, 20(9), 69-73.

Abdelrazec, A., & Pelinovsky, D. (2011). Convergence of the Adomian decomposition method for initialâ&#x20AC;?value problems. Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations, 27(4), 749-766.

Adomian, G. (1988). A review of the decomposition method in applied mathematics. Journal of mathematical *Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

9

analysis and applications, 135(2), 501-544.

Adomian, G. (1994). Solving Frontier Problems Decomposition Method.

Agarwal, R. P., Lakshmikantham, V., & Nieto, J. J. (2010). On the concept of solution for fractional differential equations with uncertainty. Nonlinear Analysis: Theory, Methods & Applications, 72(6), 2859-2862.

Allahviranloo, T. (2005). The Adomian decomposition method for fuzzy system of linear equations. Applied mathematics and computation, 163(2), 553-563.

Allahviranloo, T., Kiani, N. A., & Motamedi, N. (2009). Solving fuzzy differential equations by differential transformation method. Information Sciences, 179(7), 956-966.

Allahviranloo, T., Armand, A., Gouyandeh, Z., & Ghadiri, H. (2013). Existence and uniqueness of solutions for fuzzy fractional Volterra-Fredholm integro-differential equations. Journal of Fuzzy Set Valued Analysis, 2013, 1-9.

Allahviranloo, T., Armand, A., & Gouyandeh, Z. (2014). Fuzzy fractional differential equations under generalized fuzzy Caputo derivative. Journal of Intelligent & Fuzzy Systems, 26(3), 1481-1490.

Armand, A., & Gouyandeh, Z. (2013). Solving two-point fuzzy boundary value problem using the variational iteration method. Communications on Advanced Computational Science with Applications, 2013, 1-10.

Arshad, S., & Lupulescu, V. (2011). On the fractional differential equations with uncertainty. Nonlinear Analysis: Theory, Methods & Applications, 74(11), 3685-3693.

Arshad, S., & Lupulescu, V. (2011). Fractional differential equation with the fuzzy initial condition. Electronic Journal of Differential Equations.

Bede, B., & Stefanini, L. (2013). Generalized differentiability of fuzzy-valued functions. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 230, 119-141.

Daftardar-Gejji, V., & Jafari, H. (2005). Adomian decomposition: a tool for solving a system of fractional differential equations. Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications, 301(2), 508-518.

Ghanbari, M., & Nuraei, R. (2014). Convergence of a semi-analytical method on the fuzzy linear systems. Iranian Journal of Fuzzy Systems, 11(4), 45-60.

Goetschel Jr, R., & Voxman, W. (1986). Elementary fuzzy calculus. Fuzzy sets and systems, 18(1), 31-43.

Hosseini, M. M., & Nasabzadeh, H. (2006). On the convergence of Adomian decomposition method. Applied mathematics and computation, 182(1), 536-543.

Jafari, H., & Daftardar-Gejji, V. (2006). Solving linear and nonlinear fractional diffusion and wave equations by Adomian decomposition. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 180(2), 488-497.

Mohammed, O. H., & Khaleel, O. I. (2016). Fractional differential transform method for solving fuzzy integro-differential equations of fractional order. basrah journal of science, 34(2 A), 31-40.

Park, J. Y., & Han, H. K. (1999). Existence and uniqueness theorem for a solution of fuzzy differential equations. International Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences, 22(2), 271-279.

Park, J. Y., & Jeong, J. U. (1999). A note on fuzzy integral equations. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 108(2), 193-200.

Puri, M. L., Ralescu, D. A., & Zadeh, L. (1993). Fuzzy random variables. In Readings in Fuzzy Sets for Intelligent Systems(pp. 265-271). Morgan Kaufmann.

Shawagfeh, N. T. (2002). Analytical approximate solutions for nonlinear fractional differential equations. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 131(2-3), 517-529.

Stefanini, L., & Bede, B. (2009). Generalized Hukuhara differentiability of interval-valued functions and interval differential equations. Nonlinear Analysis: Theory, Methods & Applications, 71(3-4), 1311-1328.

Wazwaz, A. M. (2001). Exact solutions to nonlinear diffusion equations obtained by the decomposition method. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 123(1), 109-122.

Wazwaz, A. M. (2005). Adomian decomposition method for a reliable treatment of the Emdenâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Fowler

10

Sahar Askari, Tofigh Allahviranloo, Saeid Abbasbandy

equation. Applied Mathematics and Computation, 161(2), 543-560.

Cong-Xin, W., & Ming, M. (1991). Embedding problem of fuzzy number space: Part I. Fuzzy Sets and Systems, 44(1), 33-38.

Zimmermann, H. J. (1991). Fuzzy set theoryâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;Its application, 2nd Editions. Dordercht: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Sahar Askari is a PhD. Student in Mathematics at IAU, Iran, Hamedan. Her recent research interests numerical solution of Fuzzy Optimal Control.

Dr. Tofigh Allahviranloo is a professor of applied Mathematics at SRB-IAU,.Iran. He got his BS in Pure Mathematics from Tabriz University. He received his MS. And PhD in Computational and Applied Mathematics, from Azad University. His research is related to Uncertain Mathematics, Uncertain Dynamical Systems, Decision Science, Fuzzy Systems.

Professor Dr. Saeid Abbasbandy is Professor at the Department of Mathematics, Imam Khomeini International University, Gazvin, Iran. He received a Master of Science degree and a PhD from Kharazmi University. His researches encompasses Numerical Analysis, Homotopy Analysis Method.

*Corresponding author (Saeid Abbasbandy). Tel: +98-912-1305326 Email: abbasbandy@sci.ikiu.ac.ir Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228 -9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12P http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12P.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11110514

11

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12Q

AN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS MODEL DEVELOPMENT BASED ON HUMAN RESOURCE STRATEGIES BY GROUNDED THEORY IN DISTRICT 7 OF IRANIAN GAS TRANSMISSION COMPANY Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad

a*

, Sanjar Salajegheh

b

a

Department of Human Resources Management, Faculty of Public Administration, Kerman Branch, Islamic Azad University, Kerman, IRAN. b Department of Governmental Management, Kerman Branch, Islamic Azad University, Kerman, IRAN. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 20 May 2019 Received in revised form 03 June 2019 Accepted 26 July 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

This study developed an educational effectiveness model based on human resource strategies by grounded theory in District 7 of the Iranian Gas Transmission Company. In the qualitative section, 13 experts in District 7 were interviewed to collect data. The statistical population included 221 employees and managers of District 7 of the Iranian Gas Transmission Company. The results showed a positive and significant relationship between organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods, and continuous education and educational effectiveness. There was a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and organizational communication.

There was a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and practical training. There was no significant relationship between HR strategies and teaching methods. There was a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and continuous education.

Keywords:

HRM; HR strategies; Continuous education; Educational effectiveness; Practical training; Teaching methods; Grounded theory.

©2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION One of the most important organizational components which can be effective in adapting, surviving and developing organizations to achieve strategic goals is the training and improvement of knowledge capital or human resources to provide an acceptable level of cognitive knowledge (knowledge of what), advanced skills (knowledge of how) and systemic understanding (knowledge of why) in human resources of the organization to address the problems limiting strategic goals (Navehebrahim & Eidi, 2006). Training and improvement is a set of programmed efforts of an organization to facilitate the learning of employees about their job competences in line with strategic *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

1

goals (Noe, 2002). In order to estimate the educational needs and formulate the curriculum, the questioning approach and an examination of what training people and departments need can be transformed into the approach to address the problems of people and departments, and this is due to the fact that people and departments should exactly estimate and suggest teachings based on the problem. Thus, when need assessment begins with a strategic approach, educational effectiveness can be determined in solving the problems which are based on training content and course (Bamberger et al., 2014). Currently, organizations emphasize the provision of learning opportunities for employees at different organizational levels; with increasing attention to education, expectations and demands have also been promoted simultaneously. If previously training courses and employee attendance appeared to be persuasive, currently training is expected to facilitate organizational goals. In addition to training, therefore, educational system of organizations should consider the effectiveness of these courses (Snell et al., 2015). In this regard, a curriculum can only explain its worth when it provides credible and valid evidence of the effect of training in improving the performance of participants.

This refers to an important aspect of education, often referred to as educational effectiveness (Ghahremani, 2003). In other words, value of education is measured as other organizational activities through determining it to achieve organizational goals.

Currently, effectiveness is particularly important in administrative and educational organizations, because in the current fast-paced world, organizations are able to survive which are effective enough and able to achieve their predetermined goals more than ever. Most experts consider effectiveness as the degree to which a goal is achieved; that is, in every action that is purposeful and based on predetermined goals. Whatever it is closer to the predetermined goal and has been able to achieve the goals, it will have a higher effectiveness than achieving the goals.

Unfortunately, most organizations greatly focus on and invest in educational effectiveness at the final stage of the course; the greatest attention should be paid when education is considered as a solution to the identified problem. Is teaching a solution? If the answer is yes, what requirements should be taken into consideration for the more effective education from the first step? (Abili, 2009).

There are some conditions and factors which can affect the effective reduction or increase of training courses. These factors include training course duration, training course content, training course quality, learner experiences, job attitude, desire to learn new things, study skills, learner attitudes, job counseling, equipment and facilities of training courses. Given the importance and place of education and effort and desire to invest in the past and future plans, it is logical to present these training when they are effective; it is essential to consider the effective factors, both positive and negative, to promote them. It should be noted that the courses are effective when the content of these training courses is consistent with needs of the organization. Hence, this study tends to develop an educational effectiveness model based on human resources strategies in order to present and propose a suitable and comprehensive model.

2. LITERATURE REVIEW Human resource strategies: HR Strategy is defined as the arrangement and activities of the planned human resources model for empowering the organization to achieve its goals.

Education: Education is an experience based on learning to make gradual and relatively stable

2

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

changes to improve the ability to do things. Typically, education can change the skills, knowledge, attitudes, and social and organizational behavior.

Grounded theory: grounded theory is the process of theorizing certain observations in the form of a more comprehensive theory; a theory that is developed in the everyday lives of human beings.

Through this method, a theory of everyday experiences, interactions, documents, literature, and observations is derived by inductive method by systematic data collection and data analysis of phenomena, discovered, developed and conditionally and temporarily approved. The grounded theory involves methods and systematic analytical techniques and enables the researcher to create and develop a theory with observation, generalizability, repeatability, accuracy, solidity and confirmation (Corbin & Strauss, 2007). The grounded theory has the following components: 

Axial category: is the original event resulting from interactions between different conditions.



Causal conditions: causal conditions are a set of events and conditions which affect the axial category. Causal conditions are events that are prior to the original phenomenon.



Strategies: Strategies are targeted actions that provide solutions to the considered phenomenon and result in consequences and outcomes.



Context background: background conditions are a set of conditions that provide the context of the considered phenomenon and affect behaviors and actions.



Mediating conditions: are structural conditions that belong to the considered phenomenon and affect the strategies. Mediating conditions limit or facilitate strategies within a particular context.



Outcomes: are the results of strategies and actions associated with the concerned phenomenon.

Outcomes appear wherever an action/reaction is selected in response to a problem or to manage and maintain a position from an individual or individuals.

The categories extracted from raw data are related theoretically in the form of causal conditions (causes of the main phenomenon), strategy (action or interaction to control, manage, deal with and respond to the main phenomenon), context (effective context background in the strategy), mediating conditions (effective general conditions in strategies), and outcomes (results of strategies) through paradigmatic model (Figure 1) (Corbin & Strauss, 2007). According to Strauss and Corbin, if this model is not used, the grounded theory will lack the precision and complexity required.

Context

Outcome

Actions (strategies)

Axial category or phenomenon

Causal conditions

Mediating conditions Figure 1: the grounded theory.

Noruzy et al. (2013) explored the mediating role of organizational learning and knowledge management in the relationship between transformational leadership and performance in Iranian Manufacturing organizations. The results of structural equation modeling showed that organizational *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

3

learning processes have a direct, significant effect on organizational performance and have a mediating role in the relationship between transformational leadership and organizational performance.

3. MATERIALS AND METHODS In terms of objective, this study can be considered a type of applied research. In the quantitative section, the statistical population included 570 personnel and managers of the 7th district of the Iranian Gas Transportation Company. Purposive and snowball sampling were used. In the qualitative section, the statistical sample included 13 experts in District 7 of the Iran Gas Transportation Company. The Cochran formula was used to determine the sample size. According to the Cochran formula and statistical population (570 people), the sample consisted of 230 employees and managers of 7th district. A researcher-made questionnaire based on components extracted from the interviews was used to measure variables of the grounded theory. In this study, Îą>0.7 was considered as a suitable level for reliability of the instrument. Due to the application of mixed heuristic methods, qualitative and quantitative data analyses were used according to requirements of the study. In the qualitative section, data analysis involved theoretical coding (derived from grounded theory).

Analysis of the data obtained in this study was carried out separately. In other words, qualitative data were analyzed using open, axial and selective coding and requirements for each of these steps. The questionnaire was developed and used as a study tool distributing to collect quantitative data. To analyze quantitative data, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was used to determine validity; path analysis and Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) were used to test the model. In the quantitative section, data was analyzed by CFA and path analysis using LISREL software as shown in Chehrehpak et al. (2018). All three types of coding, including open coding based on the extracted categories, axial coding and selective coding were used. The coding steps used included open coding based on the categories extracted from the preliminary review of literature, axial coding, and selective coding.

According to the conceptual model, the hypotheses included: H1: there is a relationship between educational need assessment and HR strategies.

H2: there is a relationship between learner characteristics and HR strategies.

H3: there is a relationship between planning and HR strategies.

H4: there is a relationship between educational fit and HR strategies.

H5: there is a relationship between talent management and HR strategies.

H6: there is a relationship between job development and HR strategies.

H7: there is a relationship between employee motivation and HR strategies.

H8: there is a relationship between assessment, organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H9: there is a relationship between employee participation and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H10: there is a relationship between organizational climate and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H11: there is a relationship between education support and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H12: there is a relationship between benchmarking and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

4

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

H13: there is a relationship between lack of management support and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H14: there is a relationship between HR strategies and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education.

H15: there is a relationship between organizational communication and educational effectiveness.

H16: there is a relationship between practical training and educational effectiveness.

H17: there is a relationship between teaching methods and educational effectiveness.

H18: there is a relationship between continuous education and educational effectiveness.

Figure 2: LISREL output for variables of causal conditions [Educational need assessment (NA); Learner characteristic (SY); Planning (B); Educational fit (TA); Talent management (ME); Job development (TS); Employee motivation (AK)]. *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

5

4. RESULTS 4.1 CFA FOR VARIABLES OF CAUSAL CONDITIONS CFA was used to validate the variables of causal conditions. Figure 2 reports factor loading. The numbers on the paths are factor loads; all factor loads are greater than 0.3 with p-value<0.01.

According to LISREL output, the calculated χ 2/df=1.86; χ2/df<3 indicates fit of the model. Moreover, root mean square error approximation (RMSEA) should be less than 0.08; in the presented model, RMSEA=0.062. GFI, AGFI, CFI, and NFI should be more than 0.9, which are higher than 0.9 in the model. Therefore, data is well fitted to factor structure of this scale, suggesting consistency of the questions with variables of causal conditions.

4.2 CFA OF STRATEGIES CFA was used to validate strategies. All factor loadings (Organizational communication; Practical training; Teaching methods; Continuous education) was greater than 0.3 with p-value<0.01 (Figure 3). According to LISREL output, the calculated χ 2/df=1.72; χ2/df<3 indicates fit of the model.

Moreover, RMSEA should be less than 0.08; in the presented model, RMSEA=0.057. GFI, AGFI, CFI, and NFI should be more than 0.9, which are higher than 0.9 in the model. Therefore, data is well fitted to factor structure of this scale, suggesting consistency of the questions with strategies.

Figure 3: LISREL output for strategies [Organizational communication (ES); Practical teaching (AM); Teaching methods (RA); Continuous education (AS)].

6

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

4.3 CFA OF VARIABLES OF CONTEXT CFA was used to validate strategies. All factor loads (Assessment; Employee participation; Education support; Organizational climate) was greater than 0.3 with p-value<0.01 (Figure 4). Fit indices also were valid. According to LISREL output, the calculated χ 2/df=1.79; χ2/df<3 indicates fit of the model. Moreover, RMSEA should be less than 0.08; in the presented model, RMSEA=0.060.

GFI, AGFI, CFI, and NFI should be more than 0.9, which are higher than 0.9 in the model. Therefore, data is well fitted to factor structure of this scale, suggesting consistency of the questions with variables of context.

Figure 4: LISREL output for variables of context [Assessment (A); Employee participation (HA); Educational Support (MK); Organizational Climate (JS)].

Figure 5: LISREL output for mediating factors [Benchmarking (OL); Lack of management support (AHM)]. *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

7

4.4 CFA OF MEDIATING FACTORS CFA was used to validate mediating factors. All factor loads (Benchmarking and Lack of management support) are greater than 0.3 with p-value<0.01 (Figure 5). Findings related to fit indices of mediating factors indicate that CFI=1, GFI=0.96, NFI=0.99 and RMSEA=0.052 are acceptable.

These indices show that the data is well fitted to factor structure of this scale, suggesting consistency of the questions with mediating factors.

Figure 6: Standardized coefficients of the tested model (*p<0.05; **p<0.01).

4.5 FINAL MODEL By validating the measurement instruments to identify the relationship between variables, the next step is path analysis. Pearson correlation coefficient was used to identify the relationship between variables in the model. Findings related to the correlation coefficient between the variables indicate a positive and significant correlation between the variables. Figure 6 shows the tested model with standardized values on each of the paths. Red numbers indicate insignificance of the paths. The remaining coefficients are positive and significant.

Table 1 shows path coefficients and variance explained of the variables. As shown in Table 1, the effect of organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education is positive and significant on educational effectiveness. The effect of educational needs assessment, planning, educational fit, talent management, job development and employee motivation

8

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

is positive and significant on HR strategies. However, the effect of learner characteristics is not significant on HR strategies. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on organizational communication.

Table 1: Results of path coefficients and variance explained (* p<0.05; ** p<0.01).

Path On HR strategies vie: Educational need assessment Learner characteristics Planning Educational fit Talent management Job development Employee motivation On organizational communications vie: Assessment Employee participation Organizational climate Education support Benchmarking Lack of management support HR strategies On educational effectiveness vie: Organizational communication Practical training Teaching methods Continuous education

Hypothesis

Direct effect

P-value

Results

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7

0.37** 0.09 0.21** 0.18* 0.37** 0.38** 0.23**

0.003 0.087 0.002 0.034 0.000 0.002 0.003

Accepted Rejected Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted

H8 H8 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14

0.26** 0.19* 0.26** 0.26** 0.15* -0.15* -0.23**

0.002 0.044 0.005 0.004 0.001 0.039 0.004

Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted

H15 H16 H17 H18

0.31** 0.19* 0.40** 0.21**

0.001 0.026 0.001 0.003

Accepted Accepted Accepted Accepted

Variance explained

51%

29%

33%

Table 2: Fit indexes of the fitted model Index Ď&#x2021;2/df RMSEA GFI AGFI CFI NFI

Estimate 1.91 0.064 0.93 0.91 0.97 0.95

Standard <3 <0.08 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9 >0.9

The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant on organizational communication. However, the effect of employee participation was not significant on organizational communication. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, employee participation, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on practical training. The effect of benchmarking is negative and significant in practical training. However, the effect of lack of management support was not significant in practical training. The effect of assessment and education support is positive and significant in teaching methods. The effect of HR strategies, employee participation and organizational climate is not significant on teaching methods. The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant in organizational communication. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on continuous education. The effect of employee participation is not significant in continuous education. The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant on continuous education. As shown in Table 1, the model explains 33% of variance in educational effectiveness, 51% of variance in HR strategies, 29% of variance in *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

9

organizational communications, 36% of variance in practical training, 42% of variance in teaching methods, and 56% of variance in continuing education. Fit indices show that RMSEA=0.064, CFI=0.97, GFI=0.93, NFI=0.95 and AGFI=0.91 are acceptable and these goodness of fit indices show that the data is well fit the model (Table 2).

5. HYPOTHESES RESULTS Hypothesis 1: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between educational needs assessment and HR strategies (p-value<0.01). Therefore, training needs assessment leads to the improvement of HR strategies.

Hypothesis 2: The results showed no relationship between recognizing learner characteristics and HR strategies (p-value>0.05). Therefore, recognizing learner characteristics does not lead to improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 3: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between planning and HR strategies (p-value<0.01). Therefore, planning leads to improved HR strategies. This finding indicates that educational planning, career path planning, scheduling of training implementation, and human resource planning lead to improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 4: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between educational fit and HR strategies (p-value<0.05). Therefore, educational fit leads to improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 5: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between talent management and HR strategies (p-value<0.01). Therefore, talent management leads to improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 6: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between job development and HR strategies (p-value<0.01). Thus, job development results in improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 7: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between employee motivation and HR strategies (p-value<0.01). Employee motivation, therefore, leads to improved HR strategies.

Hypothesis 8: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between assessment and organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuing education (p-value<0.01). Therefore, evaluation leads to improved organizational communication, practical education, teaching methods and continuing education.

Hypothesis 9: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between employee participation and practical education (p-value<0.01) but there was no significant relationship between employee participation and organizational communication, practical education and continuing education. Therefore, employee participation leads to improved practical education.

Hypothesis 10: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between organizational climate and organizational communication, practical education and continuing education (p-value<0.01). Therefore, organizational climate leads to improved organizational communication, practical education, and continuing education.

Hypothesis 11: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between support for education and organizational communication, practical education and continuing education (p-value<0.05). Therefore, support for education leads to improved organizational communication,

10

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

practical education, and continuing education.

Hypothesis 12: The results showed a negative and significant relationship between benchmarking and organizational communication, practical education and continuing education (p-value<0.01). Therefore, benchmarking leads to reduced organizational communication, practical education, and continuing education.

Hypothesis 13: The results showed a negative and significant relationship between the lack of management support and organizational communication and continuing education (p-value<0.01).

Therefore, lack of management support leads to reduced organizational communication and continuing education.

Hypothesis 14: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and organizational communication, practical education and continuing education (p-value<0.01).

Therefore, HR strategies lead to improved organizational communication, practical education, and continuing education.

Hypothesis 15: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between organizational communication and educational effectiveness (p-value<0.01). Therefore, organizational communication leads to increased educational effectiveness.

Hypothesis 16: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between practical training and educational effectiveness (p-value<0.05). Therefore, practical education leads to increased educational effectiveness.

Hypothesis 17: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between teaching methods and educational effectiveness (p-value<0.01). Therefore, teaching methods leads to increased educational effectiveness.

Hypothesis 18: The results showed a positive and significant relationship between continuous education and educational effectiveness (p-value<0.01). Therefore, continuous education leads to increased educational effectiveness.

6. DISCUSSION The most important activity of improvement and development of human resources is through employee training. Therefore, the present study tended to present an educational effectiveness model based on HR strategies by grounded theory in District 7 of the Iranian Gas Transportation Company.

To achieve this objective, the mixed method was used which consists of two qualitative and quantitative parts. In the qualitative section, data was collected using interviews with experts; then, data were analyzed using the grounded theory. The conceptual model was developed by Corbin and Strauss (2007) approach. This model consists of focal phenomenon, causal conditions, context, mediating factors, strategies, and outcomes. In response to causal conditions, educational need assessment, learner characteristics, planning, educational fit, talent management, job development, and employee motivation were extracted. In response to categories of assessment, employee participation, organizational climate, and education support were extracted. In response to mediating factors, benchmarking and lack of management support were extracted. In response to strategies, organizational communication, practical training, continuous education, and teaching methods were *Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

11

extracted. In response to outcomes, educational effectiveness was extracted. Then, the hypotheses were developed based on the model.

In the quantitative section, SEM was used to test and validate the hypotheses and the model by LISREL software. The model showed that the effect of organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods, and continuous education is positive and significant on educational effectiveness. The effect of educational needs assessment, planning, educational fit, talent management, job development, and employee motivation is positive and significant on HR strategies.

However, the effect of learner characteristics is not significant in HR strategies. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on organizational communication. The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant in organizational communication. However, the effect of employee participation is not significant in organizational communication. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, employee participation, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on practical training. The effect of benchmarking is negative and significant in practical training. However, the effect of lack of management support was not significant in practical training.

The effect of assessment and education support is positive and significant in teaching methods. The effect of HR strategies, employee participation and organizational climate is not significant on teaching methods. The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant in organizational communication. The effect of HR strategies, assessment, organizational climate and education support is positive and significant on continuous education. The effect of employee participation is not significant in continuous education. The effect of benchmarking and lack of management support is negative and significant on continuous education. Comparison of the results with previous studies shows that these findings are consistent with Nassiri et al (2013), Hojjati et al (2013), Ahanchian and Zohourparandeh (2010), Aragon, James and Walle (2014), Cho, Song, Yun, and Lee (2013) and Winfred et al (2003).

Finally, the fit indices obtained for evaluating the tested model showed that RMSEA=0.056, CFI=0.97, GFI=0.93, NFI=0.95 and AGFI=0.91 are acceptable and these goodness of fit indices show that the data well fit the model and the educational effectiveness model based on HR strategies can be applied in the District 7 of the Iranian Gas Transportation Company.

Results showed that educational need assessment had a positive and significant effect on HR strategies. Therefore, officials and managers of District 7 of the Iranian Gas Transmission Company are suggested to identify the weaknesses in the areas in need of training and examine the training needs of employees. Moreover, planning has a positive and significant effect on HR strategies.

Therefore, officials and managers are suggested to plan for education, career path, training time and human resources.

7. CONCLUSION From this study, it finds that there is a positive and significant relationship between organizational communication, practical training, teaching methods and continuous education and educational effectiveness. There is a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and organizational communication. There is a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies

12

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad, Sanjar Salajegheh

and practical training. There is no significant relationship between HR strategies and teaching methods. There is a positive and significant relationship between HR strategies and continuous education.

8. AVAILABILITYOF DATAANDMATERIAL Relevant information is available by contacting the corresponding author.

9. REFERENCES Abili, K. H. (2009). A Critique of the Experience of Training Effectiveness and its Evaluation in Organizations (Firms and Solutions), First International Conference of Training Managers, Tehran, Iran.

Chehrehpak, M., Alizadeh, A., & Nazari-Shirkouhi, S. (2018). An empirical study on factors influencing technology transfer using structural equation modelling. International Journal of Productivity and Quality Management, 23(3), 273-288.

Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2007). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Thousand Oaks.

Ghahremani, M. (2003). Evaluating the Effectiveness of Master's Degree Programs in Operations and Operations Management, Quarterly Journal of Management and Development, 11(1), 2-14.

Navehebrahim, Abdolrahim and Eidi, Akbar (2006). Measurement, An Approach to Create Learning Universities. First Conference in Organization Management and Leadership, Tehran, Iran.

Noe, R. A. (2002). Trainee’s attributes and attitudes: Neglected influences on training effectiveness.

Academy of management Review, 11, 736–749. www.jstor.org/stable/258393 Noruzy, A., Dalfard, V. M., Azhdari, B., Nazari-Shirkouhi, S., & Rezazadeh, A. (2013). Relations between transformational leadership, organizational learning, knowledge management, organizational innovation, and organizational performance: an empirical investigation of manufacturing firms. The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology, 64(5-8), 1073-1085.

Snell, S., Morris, S., & Bohlander, G. (2015). Managing human resources. Cengage Learning.

Behrooz Bigdeli Mojarad is a Ph.D. student, Faculty of Public Administration, Department of Human Resources Management, Kerman Branch, Islamic Azad University, Kerman, IRAN. His research includes Human Resources Management, Education Management, Qualitative Analysis.

Dr.Sanjar Salajegheh is an Associate Professor, Department of Management, IslamicAzad University, Kerman Branch, Kerman, Iran. His main interest includes Succession Planning System, Government Management, Compensation System, and related topics

Trademarks Disclaimer: All product names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

*Corresponding

author (S. Salajeghe). Email: Salajeghe_187@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12Q http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12Q.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.10316012

13

©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies

International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

PAPER ID: 10A12R

EFFECTS OF SEED PLANTS ON QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE YIELDS OF VETCH AND BARLEY IN DIFFERENT MIXING RATIOS a

Mehrdad Jilani , Hossein Ajam Norouzi

a*

, Abolfazl Faraji

b

a

Department of Agronomy and Plant Breeding, Faculty of Agriculture, Gorgan Branch, Islamic Azad University, Gorgan, IRAN. b Golestan Agricultural and Natural Resources Research and Education Center, Agricultural Research, Education and Extension Organization (AREEO), Gorgan, IRAN. ARTICLEINFO

A B S T RA C T

Article history: Received 20 May 2019 Received in revised form 10 July 2019 Accepted 26 July 2019 Available online 07 August 2019

Cereal-legume intercropping is one of the ways to achieve greater forage production. In order to evaluate the effects of seed plants on quantitative and qualitative yields of vetch and barley forage, a factorial experiment was conducted in a completely randomized block design in paddy fields of Rice Research Institute of Iran (Rasht) during two seasons of 2013-2015. Experimental factors included application of seed plant in Keywords: two levels (control without vetch and rice husk) and seed ratio (vetch Intercropping; Seed monoculture; barley monoculture; conventional 25% vetch + 75% barley as plant; Forage yield; replacement intercropping; 20% vetch to barley as additive intercropping; Protein yield; Land equivalent ratio; Forage 40% vetch to barley as additive intercropping; and 60% vetch to barley as additive intercropping). The traits evaluated included qualitative traits protein content; Rice husk treatment; Traits of (WSC, ADF and NDF, crude protein, DDM, and RNV) and quantitative seed plant. traits (forage yield and forage protein yield). The results indicated that forage yield was higher in rice husk treatment (mean 10117 kg/ha) than non-rice husk treatment (9225 kg/ha). The highest forage protein content was obtained from vetch monoculture treatment. The highest forage and protein yield was obtained from additive 40% vetch to barley (11189 kg/ha, 1845 kg/ha, respectively). Among treatments, the additive 40% vetch to barley (mean 1.66) was better in terms of treatment land equivalent ratio.

Overall, it seems that additive 40% vetch to barley and rice husk seed plant can be recommended due to increase in most qualitative and quantitative factors in Rasht. © 2019 INT TRANS J ENG MANAG SCI TECH.

1. INTRODUCTION Das et al. (2018) in a two-year study of seed plant (none, soil and living mulch) on three forage plants reported that dry weight of three plants increased in mulch treatment and living mulch gained more yield due to increased height and better growth. In an experiment of non-seed plants and straw seed *Corresponding author (H. Ajam Norouzi). Email: ajamnorozei@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12R http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12R.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11301749

1

plants of three different plants on maize yield, it was found that application of each of the three plants resulted in higher yield than control (Awopegba et al., 2017). In another experiment in China, seed plants increased corn forage yield (40-60%) compared to control treatment (Zhou et al., 2018). Other scientists have shown that additive intercropping and monoculture of forage grain (Guinea grass) and forage beetle (Sesbania grandiflora) in Indonesian salty and poor soils and mulch (3 ton + 6 ton mulch straw rice per ha) and without mulch (3 ton/ha) increased plant growth, forage yield and forage quality of Guinea grass. On the other hand, additive forage guinea treatment on Guinea grass as well as 6 ton per hectare mulch and without mulch treatment did not affect the quantity and quality of forage (Guinea grass) in saline soil (Kasmati et al., 2007). Experimental results of two types of leaf seed plants (both surface and mixed with soil) on barley in Kenya showed that plant height and biomass weight of the plant increased when using surface seed plants. Mixing mulch increased nitrate release in the soil during the first 4 weeks, although it decreased sharply by week 6. On the other hand, surface mulch caused gradual release of soil nitrate during the barley growth period (Kimiti & Gordon, 2013). Further research has shown that quality and quantity of sorghum forage is affected by the type of sowing (Chattha et al., 2017). Based on a study on monoculture and additive intercropping of triticale with forage vetch (100 to 30, 100 to 40 and 100 to 50 and 100 to 60 and 100 to 70%) in dryland condition, it was reported that maximum dry forage yield was obtained from 70% to 100% triticale (5445 kg/ha) and 60% vetch + 100% triticale (5248 kg/ha) treatment. The highest forage crude protein content was obtained from 70 to 100% triticale. The highest percentage of NDF also belonged to the above treatment. They reported that increasing triticale content in intercropping led to increase in final forage yield. On the other hand, increased intercropping of two plants decreased digestibility and increased fiber. The highest soil equivalence ratio was obtained from 60% vetch to 100% triticale (1.61) intercropping (Nasiri et al., 2015). In an experiment comparing six replacement intercropping treatments with 20% fenugreek/barley additive ratio, it was shown that the highest forage yield (12.8 ton/ha) and land equivalence ratio (1.15) was obtained from 20% fenugreek/barley additive treatment (Tarifi, et al., 2018). Results of intercropping of maize and vetch showed that 25% maize to 75% vetch achieved the highest forage yield and the land equivalence ratio was 1.16 (Mousavian & Seyed Mohamadi, 2015). Due to the lack of documented research on the effect of seed plant in paddy field on autumn forage crops, this study tends to investigate the effect of rice husk seed plant on quantitative and qualitative yield of monoculture and intercropping of barley and vetch forage in paddy fields of Rasht.

2. MATERIALS AND METHODS This factorial experiment was conducted through randomized complete block design with three replications during 2014-2015 and 2015-2016 in Rice Research Institute of Iran in Rasht (coordinates: 37°16′51″N 49°34′59″E, 7 m above sea level). Rasht has a humid climate and annual rainfall is based on a 30-year average of 1320 mm. The mean annual rainfall between planting and harvesting was 1014 mm and the average growth temperature was 11.4°C. Soil texture was clay. Experimental factors at two levels (control without rice husk and with rice husk seed plant) as the first factor as well as different seed ratios at six levels: (vetch monoculture, barley monoculture, conventional 25% vetch + 75% barley replacement intercropping, 20% vetch to barley additive intercropping, 40% vetch to barley additive intercropping, 60% vetch to barley additive intercropping) were considered. Barley seed ratio in additive intercropping was 100% and vetch was added to the treatments in additive ratios. Vetch and barley seed

2

Mehrdad Jilani, Hossein Ajam Norouzi, Abolfazl Faraji

ratio was 110 and 170 kg/ha, respectively. The cultivars used were Behrokh (suitable for temperate regions) for barley and Maragheh for vetch (Vicia sativa L.). Each experimental plot had 8 sowing lines and the distance between the rows was 20 cm. The amount of rice husk was calculated in 5 ton/ha and added to the treatments. Forage harvesting was done from the lowest part of the stem to the soil. At harvest time to determine forage yield per unit area by removing sidelines and one meter above and below each plot as a marginal effect, six-line forage in the middle and four meters per plot were harvested and immediately weighed. One kilogram of wet forage was randomly selected to measure forage yield and samples were dried in an oven at 75°C for 48 h and weighed. For measuring qualitative traits such as water-soluble carbohydrate (WSC), acid and neutral detergent fiber (ADF and NDF), digestible dry matter (DDM), relative nutritional value (RNV) and crude protein, near-infrared spectroscopy (NIR) of Forests and Rangelands Research Organization were used. Forage protein yield was also calculated by multiplying the forage crude protein by forage yield. To evaluate usefulness of intercropping, land equivalence ratio (LER) was calculated using the following formula.

LER =

đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;

+

đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;

(1),

where đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; is yield of first plant in intercropping; đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; is yield of first plant in monoculture; đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;&#x2013; is yield of second plant in intercropping; đ?&#x2018;&#x152;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014;đ?&#x2018;&#x2014; is yield of second plant in monoculture.

SAS software (version 9.1) was used for statistical analysis of data and drawing charts. LSD test (p<0.05) was also used to compare the mean.

3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 3.1 WATER SOLUBLE CARBOHYDRATES The results of the two-year composite analysis showed that seed plant Ă&#x2014; mix ratio interaction was significant on soluble carbohydrate traits (Table 1). Comparison of means indicated that control treatment without rice husk seed plant and 40% vetch to barley (21.04%) recorded the highest and the treatment with rice husk seed plant and vetch monoculture (13.14%) recorded the lowest soluble carbohydrate (Table 2). Soluble carbohydrates, which constitute a large part of unstructured carbohydrates, are one of the most important components of forage quality, whose task is to provide energy to rumen microorganisms and maintain digestive health of livestock (Tufail et al., 2019). In the study of maize + mungbean intercropping, the researchers reported that the cereal family had more water-soluble carbohydrates than legumes. Therefore, vetch ratio appears to decrease carbohydrates in intercropping (Nakhzari Moghadam, et al., 2009). The results of experimental maize and poplar intercropping showed that intercropping reduces WSCs compared to maize monoculture (Naghizadeh & Galavi, 2012). Similar results were reported regarding the effects of legumes on forage carbohydrate in intercropping (Najafabadi, et al., 2017; Fatminic, 2017). In another experiment the highest (71.6%) soluble carbohydrate content was obtained from barley monoculture and the lowest content (49.7%) was obtained from fenugreek monoculture (Tarifi, et al., 2018). One study found that intercropping cereals and legumes increased concentration of soluble carbohydrates compared to monoculture (Fathminick, 2017).

*Corresponding author (H. Ajam Norouzi). Email: ajamnorozei@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12R http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12R.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11301749

3

Table 1: Composite analysis of the calculated traits of seed plant and vetch and barley seed ratios in agricultural farms of Rasht during 2014-2015.

Source of variation

Df

WSC

ADF

NDF

DDM

RNV

Year Repetition/Year Seed plant Seed ratio seed plant×seed ratio Year×seed plant Year×seed ratio Year×seed plant×seed ratio Error Coefficient of variation

1 4 1 5 5 1 5

0.43ns 54.76 104.1** 11.07** 43.73** 1.82ns 0.21ns

5.55ns 0.03 0.08ns 6.37** 4.62* 0.02ns 0.02ns

0.48ns 52.5 14.7ns 37.6** 16.0* 0.21ns 0.20ns

15.7* 0.94 1.08ns 22.8** 3.44ns 0.37ns 0.24ns

199.4** 933.8 163.7ns 1593.8** 250.4* 0.39ns 2.36ns

Crude protein 39.26** 6.30 2.89ns 75.33** 4.36ns 1.0ns 0.46ns

151617ns 1377456 14311250** 62953463** 1271474ns 4966ns 192575ns

Forage protein yield 454517.6* 59088.6 260184.9ns 1088928.2** 70233.2ns 7474.6ns 25394.6ns

5

0.94ns

0.02ns

0.17ns

0.30ns

8.1ns

1.54ns

270275ns

25669.6ns

44 -

1.27 6.48

1.67 3.11

4.79 6.23

2.27 2.66

106.9 6.84

5.50 14.26

1157305 11.47

10599.2 20.91

Forage yield

ns: non-significant; * and ** significant at 5% and 1%.

Table 2: Comparison of mean of effect of seed plant and vetch and barley seed ratios on calculated traits in agricultural farms of Rasht during 2014-2015 Treatment Year 2014-2015 2015-2016 Seed plant Without seed plant With seed plant Seed ratio Vetch monoculture Barley monoculture 25% vetch + 75% barley replacement 20% vetch added to barley 40% vetch added to barley 60% vetch added to barley

DDM (%)

RNV (%)

Crude protein (%)

Forage yield (kg/ha)

Protein yield (kg/ha)

WSC (%)

ADF (%)

NDF (%)

17.32 17.47

41.87 41.31

35.05 35.21

57.05a 56.12b

152.80a 149.48a

17.18a 15.70b

97.17 9625

1633.9a 1475.0b

-

18.60a 16.19b

41.56 41.62

35.58 34.68

56.71 56.46

149.64 152.65

16.63 16.24

9225b 10117a

1494.3 1614.5

1.57 1.67

15.93 16.60

40.82 41.77

32.90 36.97

58.94a 55.15c

168.77 139.30

20.97a 13.29c

5129c 9820b

1075.1b 1301.0b

-

17.82

42.23

33.49

57.41b

160.93

16.25b

10275b

1680.8a

1.52

17.71 17.72 16.61

42.18 42.0 40.54

36.03 36.96 34.44

55.86c 56.34bc 55.80c

144.62 142.39 150.96

15.80b 16.57b 15.76b

10400ab 11189a 11214a

1644.1a 1844.6a 1781.3a

1.54 1.66 1.66

LER

In each column, the treatments having at least one letter in common do not have a significant difference in LSD at 5% probability level.

3.2 ACID AND NEUTRAL DETERGENT FIBER Composite analysis of soluble fibers showed that the effect of year and seed plant was not significant. The interaction of seed plants was significant in the mixing ratios (Table 1). The highest ADF was obtained from rice husk seed plant and mixing ratio of 25% vetch and 75% barley (mean 43.20%), while rice husk seed plant and mixing ratio of 60% vetch to barley (mean 39.95%) recorded the lowest content of ADF (Table 3). One of the important factors affecting energy or total digestible nutrients is ADF, the percentage of which is commonly used to estimate digestibility (Tarifi, et al., 2018). Experimental results showed that monoculture had higher content of ADF (Aqababa Dastjerdi, et al., 2014). As content of barley increases, forage digestibility decreases, so that pea monoculture often has the least ADF content and is milder. In the study of replacement and additive intercropping of fenugreek to barley, it was reported that the highest ADF was obtained in barley monoculture and the least content was obtained in fenugreek monoculture (Tarifi, et al., 2018).

4

Mehrdad Jilani, Hossein Ajam Norouzi, Abolfazl Faraji

The results indicated that year and seed plant had no significant effect on NDF, while seed plant×mixing ratio interaction was significant (Table 2). The lowest content (32.90%) of NDF was recorded from vetch monoculture and the highest content (36.97%) was recorded from barley monoculture (Table 2). The results were predictable since legumes were lower in cellulose and hemicellulose than cereals. Comparison of interaction showed that barley monoculture without rice husk seed plant had the highest (38.60%) and vetch monoculture with rice husk seed plant had the lowest (32.10%) ADF (Table 3). NDF has been identified as an indicator of plant cell wall expression as well as an important factor in determining animal feed intake (Aydemir, 2018). In the past, only the percentage of crude fiber was evaluated for ruminants, while currently it has been found that this criterion does not fully determine the digestibility in most cases (Aydemir, 2018).

Table 3: comparison of mean of seed plant×seed ratio interaction on the evaluated traits in agricultural farms of Rasht during 2014-2015 Treatment

With seed plant

Without seed plant

Seed plant × seed ratio Vetch monoculture Barley monoculture 25%vetch + 75%barley replacement 20%vetch added to barley 40%vetch added to barley 60%vetch added to barley Vetch monoculture Barley monoculture 25%vetch + 75%barley replacement 20%vetch added to barley 40%vetch added to barley 60%vetch added to barley

165.6a 134.2d

Crude protein (%) 21.20 13.68

Forage yield (kg/ha) 4956 9753

Protein yield (kg/ha) 1051.8 1416.0

-

56.58

168.4a

15.70

9494

1668.6

1.44

31.77d

57.46

141.3cd

17.53

9911

1534.4

1.51

42.70ab

36.47ab

55.29

139.8cd

15.46

10322

1665.8

1.57

21.04a

41.13cda

37.43ab

55.91

148.5bc

16.26

10917

1710.1

1.66

13.14f 18.39b

41.20cde 42.07abc

32.10d 35.33bc

58.46 54.73

171.9a 144.4bcd

20.74 12.89

5303 9889

1098.3 1268.0

-

14.05ef

43.20a

33.35cd

55.03

153.2b

15.82

11055

1693.0

1.60

18.88b

41.64bcd

35.22bc

57.36

148.0bc

14.98

10889

1753.7

1.58

18.31bc

41.66bcd

35.60bc

56.43

145.0bcd

16.14

12055

2078.5

1.76

14.40e

39.95e

36.48ab

56.76

153.4b

16.88

11511

1964.1

166

WSC (%)

ADF (%)

NDF (%)

DDM (%)

RNV (%)

18.71b 18.82d

40.44ae 41.46bcd

33.70ca 38.60a

59.42 55.57

19.17b

43.35abc

35.53bc

16.75d

41.26cde

17.10cd

LER

In each column, the treatments having at least one letter in common do not have a significant difference in LSD at 5% probability level.

3.3 DIGESTIBLE DRY MATTER The results showed that the effect of year was significant on DDM (Table 1). A comparison of means showed that the first year of the experiment (57.05%) was significantly better than the second year (56.12%) (Table 2). The effect of seed plant was insignificant on DDM but the effect of seed ratio was significant (Table 1). Results showed that vetch monoculture had higher (58.94%) DDM than other treatments and the lowest matter (55.15%) was obtained from barley monoculture (Table 2). Overall, vetch monoculture without rice husk seed plant recorded the highest (59.42%) and barley monoculture with rice husk seed plant recorded the lowest (54.73%) DDM (Table 3). A DDM is a part of forage that is absorbed by the animal at a certain level of its consumption and is useful for the animal if its content is *Corresponding author (H. Ajam Norouzi). Email: ajamnorozei@yahoo.com ©2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12R http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12R.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11301749

5

above 50% (Najafabadi, et al., 2017). According to results of an experiment, the lowest content of DDM was obtained from forage maize monoculture and increased with increasing vetch ratio, so that the highest content (53.4%) was obtained from forage maizeĂ&#x2014;vetch (Javanmard, et al., 2014). The above results indicated higher vetch digestibility and the higher the vetch contribution to forage, the higher forage digestibility.

3.4 RELATIVE NUTRITIONAL VALUE Results indicated that seed plantĂ&#x2014;seed ratio interaction was significant on RNV (Table 1). Overall, vetch monoculture without rice husk seed plant (171.9%) recorded the highest and barley monoculture without rice husk seed plant (134.2%) recorded the lowest values (Table 2). The results also showed that there was no significant statistical difference between most of the intercropping treatments. RNV is one of the important factors for qualitative evaluation of forage. It was reported that the increase in RNV of forage in intercropping compared to monoculture was 3 to 22.7% (Wang et al., 2012). In another experiment, it was noted that forages with RNV>151% had premium quality (Majidi Dizaj, et al., 2014).

Therefore, it can be concluded that most intercropping forage obtained from the above study is of high quality.

3.5 CRUDE PROTEIN The results of the composite analysis showed significant effect of crude protein on year and the first year (17.18%) was better than the second year (15.70%) (Table 2). Among the experimental factors, only seed ratio had a significant effect (Table 1). Among the tested ratios, vetch monoculture provided the highest protein content (20.97%) and the lowest crude protein content (13.29%) was obtained from barley monoculture (Table 2). Given that the leaves were more plentiful and edible and stems were thinner, increased crude protein content was not unexpected in the vetch monoculture. Crude protein is a combination of real protein and non-protein nitrogen compounds that are essential for growth and lactation. Other studies also observed an increase in crude protein in intercropping than monoculture (Klimek Kopyra et al., 2015). Since crude protein has a direct relationship with nitrogen content of the plant, more stabilization, and availability of nitrogen may increase nitrogen uptake for barley intercropping. Reportedly percentage of nitrogen stabilized by legumes was transferred to maize in intercropping (Khalesi, 2017). Another experiment showed that intercropping legumes and grains such as wheat and triticale increased forage protein content and ultimately improved feed quality. In their study, adding lentils to forage composition increased protein content (Wang et al., 2012).

3.6 DRY FORAGE YIELD Dry forage yield is one of the most important indices in forage cultivation, with many of the results such as successfulness being measured based on that. Results showed that the effect of year was not significant on dry matter yield (Table 1). The effect of seed plant was significant on dry forage yield and dry forage yield was better in rice husk seed plant treatment (10117 kg/ha) compared to the treatment without rice husk seed plant (9225 kg/ha) (Table 2). There was also a significant difference between seed ratio treatments; as expected, vetch monoculture with average forage yield of 5129 kg/ha had the lowest and 40% vetch + 60% barley additive intercropping had the highest dry forage yield (Table 2 ). Overall, 40% vetch added to barley with mulch (12055 kg/ha) obtained the highest and vetch monoculture without rice husk seed plant (4956 kg/ha) obtained the lowest dry forage yield (Table 3).

6

Mehrdad Jilani, Hossein Ajam Norouzi, Abolfazl Faraji

Increase of dry forage yield in 40% forage vetch + barley additive treatment indicated that environmental factors such as sunlight were used better in this composition and the light passing through at early stages of growth from barley canopy because of proper distance between the leaves penetrated into the vegetation and well used by the clover to spread the canopy. In the study of monoculture and intercropping of triticale and Vicia villosa, it was also reported that 50% vetch + 50% intercropping had better forage yield than monoculture in an experiment on maize and clover (Nasiri, et al., 2015). Triticale had the highest dry matter yield (8850 kg/ha) and protein yield (1412.2 kg/ha) (Shobairi, et al., 2011).

Researchers have attributed the increase in dry forage production in intercropping treatments to complimentary use of water, nutrients, and light due to differences in morphology and physiology of these plants such as height, depth of root development, and thin and broadleaf and photosynthesis of the plants (Moradi, et al., 2015).

3.7 FORAGE PROTEIN YIELD The results of the composite analysis of data indicated that forage protein yield was not significant in additive or replacement intercropping, but there was a significant difference between years of experiment (Table 1). The first year (1633.9 kg/ha) was better than the second year (Table 2). There was a significant difference between seed ratios (Table 1). Monoculture of vetch and barley had the lowest forage protein yield due to lack of forage yield and crude protein deficiency, respectively. There was no significant difference between intercropping treatments. Overall, the highest forage protein yield was obtained from 40% vetch added to barley with rice husk seed plant (2078.5 kg/ha) and the lowest yield was obtained from vetch monoculture with control without mulch (1051.8 kg/ha) (Table 3). In another experiment, the highest forage protein yield was obtained from 30% vetch + 100% triticale additive intercropping (Nasiri, et al., 2015). A similar report has found a dramatic increase in crude protein yield due to legume-grass intercropping (Yang et al., 2018). Since forage protein yield is obtained by multiplying the crude protein by forage yield, the increase in protein yield in intercropping may be related to their better dry forage yield. Because dry forage yields appear to have a greater contribution in protein yield. One of the major advantages of legume-grass intercropping is the increase in crude protein yield over grass monoculture (Najafabadi, et al., 2017). In the experiment of the effect of monoculture and different ratios of maize-bean intercropping on quantitative and qualitative yield of forage, it was reported that crude protein yield was better in intercropping than monoculture and the highest dry forage yield was obtained from 65% vetch + 35% oat (Nazari et al., 2014). It was also reported that the highest crude protein yield was obtained from 50% barley + 50% fennel intercropping (1528.2 kg/ha) (Kiani, et al., 2014). Another study also showed that 50% vetch + 50% barley treatment obtained higher protein yields than monoculture (Molla et al., 2018).

3.8 LAND EQUIVALENCE RATIO The treatment with mulch (1.67) was also higher than the treatment without mulch (1.5) (Table 2).

Among the intercropping treatments, 40% and 60% additive intercropping (1.66) obtained the highest and thus it is recommended. Overall, rice husk seed plant and 40% vetch + 60% barley additive intercropping is better and recommended. The results showed that the land equivalence ratio of dry matter showed the superiority of two 40% + 60% additive treatments. The results showed ecological superiority of intercropping and efficient use of growth resources. The superiority due to inter-species *Corresponding author (H. Ajam Norouzi). Email: ajamnorozei@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12R http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12R.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11301749

7

competition is less than intra-species competition. An experiment reported that 75% barley + 25% vetch intercropping (1.51) achieved the highest land equivalence index (Hervani & Dizaj, 2012). In another study, the highest land equivalence ratio was obtained from 60% vetch to 100% triticale (1.61) intercropping (Nasiri, et al., 2015).

4. CONCLUSION In the present study, the results showed that seed plants had no effect on most qualitative traits.

Based on the results, higher ratio of vetch improved forage quality due to higher quality traits. Among seed ratios, 40% vetch + 60% barley recorded the highest land equivalence ratio for the calculated yields. In the present study, land equivalence ratio was higher in the treatment with rice husk seed plant due to better seedling establishment. The results also indicated that all intercropping treatments had higher forage protein yield than monoculture and were divided into separate statistical groups. However, no significant differences were observed between the intercropping treatments. Since the highest forage yield was obtained from 40% vetch + barley with rice husk seed plant, this treatment achieved the highest land equivalence ratio. In addition, 40% vetch + barley with rice husk seed plant can be introduced as a better treatment due to most quantitative traits. Regarding the importance of sustainable agriculture and quality of forage source and the importance of availability of forage for livestock feeding and the importance of comparative indices, additive intercropping and intercropping in rice husk seed plant is recommended for cultivation in paddy fields of Rasht.

5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The authors gratefully acknowledge the Rice Research Institute of Iran for their contributions.

6. REFERENCES Aqababa Dastjerdi, M., Amini Dehghi, M., Chaichi, M. & Basaghzadeh, Z. (2014). The effect of different fertilizer systems on nutritional and qualitative traits of forage and intercropping of perennial alfalfa (Medicago Sativa L.) and fennel (Foeniculum Vulgare L.). Journal of crop improvement, 16(1), 111-125.

Awopegba, M., Oladele, S., & Awodun, M. (2017). Effect of mulch types on nutrient composition, maize (Zea mays L.) yield and soil properties of a tropical Alfisol in Southwestern Nigeria. Eurasian Journal of Soil Science, 6(2), 121-133.

Aydemir, S. K. (2019). Maize and soybean intercropping under different seed rates of soybean under the ecological condition of Bilecik, Turkey. International Journal of Environmental Science and Technology, 16(9), 5163-5170.

Chattha, M. U., Iqbal, A., Hassan, M. U., Chattha, M. B., Ishaque, W., Usman, M., & Ullah, M. A. (2017).

Forage yield and quality of sweet sorghum as influenced by sowing methods and harvesting times. Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 13, 301-306.

Das, H., Kundu, C. K., Bandyopadhyay, P. K., Bandyopadhyay, S., & Bandopadhyay, P. (2018). Effect of mulching practices on growth and yield of forage crops under rainfed ecosystem. Journal of Applied and Natural Science, 10(1), 266-271.

Fateminick, F. (2017). Investigating the effect of corn and mung intercropping on the yield and quality of Vigna Radiata in the climate of Shoush city. Journal of Research in Ecology, 5 (1), 582-592.

8

Mehrdad Jilani, Hossein Ajam Norouzi, Abolfazl Faraji

Javanmard, A. et al. (2014). Evaluation of cell concentration, cell wall without hemicellulose, total digestible nutrient content, dry matter intake and specific lactation energy of forage maize in intercropping.

Journal of Crop Production and Processing, 14(4), 175-189.

Khalesi, A. (2017). Effect of different intercropping patterns on dry matter production as well as forage quality of corn and cowpea. Studies of Biological Sciences and Biotechnology, 3(1), 21-29.

Kiani, S. M. et al. (2014). Evaluation of quantitative and qualitative yield of forage in intercropping of barley and fennel at different nitrogen levels. Journal of crop improvement, 15(4), 973-986.

Kimiti, J. M., & Gordon, A. M. (2013). Mulch inoculation and placement influenced barley (Hordeum Vulgare) growth and soil nitrate levels.

Klimek-Kopyra, A., Kulig, B., Oleksy, A., & Zajac, T. (2015). Agronomic performance of naked oat (Avena nuda L.) and faba bean intercropping. Chilean Journal of agricultural research, 75(2), 168-173.

Kusmiyati, F., Sumarsono, S., Karno, K., & Pangestu, E. (2013). Effect of mulch and mixed cropping grass-legume at saline soil on growth, forage yield and nutritional quality of guinea grass. Journal of the Indonesian Tropical Animal Agriculture, 38(1), 72-78.

Lamei Hervani, J., & Alizadeh Dizaj, K. (2012). Selecting the best Vicia villosa+barley+Triticale intercropping under dryland conditions of zanjan. Dryland agriculture, 1(1), 17-39.

Majidi Dizaj, H., Mazaheri, D., Sabahi, G., & Mirabzadeh, M. (2014). Evaluation of forage yield and quality in alfalfa and sainfoin intercropping. Iranian Journal of Crop Sciences, 16(1), 51-61.

Molla, E. A., Wondimagegn, B. A., & Chekol, Y. M. (2018). Evaluation of biomass yield and nutritional quality of oatsâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;vetch mixtures at different harvesting stage under residual moisture in Fogera District, Ethiopia. Agriculture & Food Security, 7(1), 88.

Moradi, P., Asghari, J., Mohsenabadi, G. & Samizadeh, H., 2015. Evaluation of quantitative and qualitative yield of forage in maize + wax bean + cucurbita pepo intercropping. Journal of crop improvement, 17(3), 683-699.

Mousavian, N., & Seyed Mohamadi, A. (2015). Effect of nitrogen and cultivation patterns on morphological traits and growth index in intercropping corn and sunflower. Crop Physiology, 26, 105-120.

Naghizadeh, M., & Galavi, M. (2012). Evaluation of forage quality in intercropping of maize (Zea mays L.) and poplar (Lathyrus sativus L.) affected by bio-chemical phosphorus fertilizers. Agricultural Ecology, 4(1), 52-62.

Najafabadi, A., Jalilan, J., & Zardoshti, M. (2017). The effect of intercropping patterns on some quantitative and qualitative traits of safflower and cattle fodder in high and low input systems. Journal of crop improvement, 19(2), 445-460.

Nakhzari Moghadam, A. et al. (2009). Effect of intercropping corn and green mung on yield, land equivalence ratio and some quality traits of forage. Iranian Journal of Field Crop Science, 40(4), 151-159.

Nasiri, B., Darai-Mofrad, A., & Hosseinian, H. (2015). Evaluation of quantity and quality of forage in intercropping of triticale and vetch in rainfed conditions. Research in agronomic ecosystems, 1(2), 37-48.

Nazari, S. et al. (2014). Effect of different harvesting times on yield and quality of corn forage under intercropping conditions with leguminous plants. Journal of Iranian Field Crop Research, 12(2), 237-245.

Shobairi, S. S. et al. (2011). Evaluation of yield and quality of forage in monoculture and intercropping of vicia villosa and triticale. Iranian Journal of Crop Sciences, 13(2), 269-281.

Tarifi, S., Fateh, A., & Aynehband, A. (2018). The effect of different ratios of intercropping barley *Corresponding author (H. Ajam Norouzi). Email: ajamnorozei@yahoo.com Š2019 International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies. Volume 10 No.12 ISSN 2228-9860 eISSN 1906-9642 CODEN: ITJEA8 Paper ID:10A12R http://TUENGR.COM/V10A/10A12R.pdf DOI: 10.6084/m9.figshare.11301749

9

(Hordeum vulgare) and fenugreek (Trigonella foenum- graecum L.) under nitrogen fertilizer effects on dry matter quantity and quality. Crop production, 11(1), 23-35.

Tufail, M. S., Krebs, G. L., Southwell, A., Piltz, J. W., & Wynn, P. C. (2019). Seeding rate effects on yield components and forage quality of Agaitti Berseem-2002–an improved variety of berseem clover. Journal of Crop Improvement, 1-14.

Wang, L., Gruber, S., & Claupein, W. (2012). Optimizing lentil-based mixed cropping with different companion crops and plant densities in terms of crop yield and weed control. Organic Agriculture, 2(2), 79-87.

Yang, C., Fan, Z., & Chai, Q. (2018). Agronomic and economic benefits of pea/maize intercropping systems in relation to N fertilizer and maize density. Agronomy, 8(4), 52.

Zhou, Y., Xiong, D., Jizong, Z., Fenglu Z., and Lifeng. Z. (2018). Effects of plastic film mulching on rainfall storage and water use in forage maize fields in the cold and arid areas of Northern China. Academia Journal of Agricultural Research, 6 (10), 1-9.

Mehrdad Jilani is a PhD Candidate in Agronomy at the Faculty of Agriculture, Gorgan Branch at Islamic Azad University, Gorgan, Iran. He received his Master’s degree in same major from Takestan Branch at Islamic Azad University, Takestan, Iran. He is interested in Plant and Crop Research.

Dr. Hossein Ajam Norouzi is an Assistant Professor at the Department of Agronomy and Plant Breeding, Gorgan Branch, Faculty of Agriculture, Islamic Azad University Gorgan, IRAN. He is interested in Crop, Plant, and Soil.

Dr.Abolfazl Faraji is a Researcher (Academic) at Golestan Agricultural and Natural Resources Research and Education Center, Agricultural Research, Education and Extension Organization (AREEO). He earned his PhD from the University of the Philippines Los Baños.

Note: This article is extracted from a doctoral dissertation of the first author.

Trademarks Disclaimer: All product names including trademarks™ or registered® trademarks mentioned in this article are the property of their respective owners, using for identification purposes only. Use of them does not imply any endorsement or affiliation.

10

Mehrdad Jilani, Hossein Ajam Norouzi, Abolfazl Faraji

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies http://TuEngr.com

Call-for-Papers: ITJEMAST invites you to submit high quality papers for full peer-review and possible publication in areas pertaining to our scope including engineering, science, management and technology, especially interdisciplinary/crossdisciplinary/multidisciplinary subjects.

More Research Publication Available at

http://TUENGR.COM

Submit your science research today.

:: International Transaction Journal of Engineering, Management, & Applied Sciences & Technologies